oEPA
         United States  1
         Environmental Protection
         Agency
           Office of Wafer
           (4305).
EPA-823-B-99-OD6
November 1998
Better Assessment Science
Integrating Point and
Nonpoint Sources
                                       4,
         BASINS
         Version 2.0
                                   J5J
                         User's Manual
        is


-------

-------
Better Assessment Science Integrating
       Point and Nonpoint Sources
                 BASINS
                    Version 2.0

                 User's Manual
            M. Lahlou, L Shoemaker, S. Choudhury,
            R. Elmer, A. Hu, H. Manguerra, A. Parker

                    Tetra Tech, Inc.
                    Fairfax, Virginia
                 Contract No. 68-C3-0374
                   and 68-C98-010
                   Project Managers

              R. Kinerson, A. Battin, H. Biswas,
              P. Cocca, M. Dannel, B. Goodwin,
          G. LaVeck, E. Partington, W. Tate, M. Wellman
               Exposure Assessment Branch
            Standards and Applied Science Division
              Office of Science and Technology
                   Office of Water
         United States Environmental Protection Agency
                  401 M Street, SW
                 Washington, DC 20460

-------


-------
 Disclaimer
Production of this document has been funded wholly or in part by the U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency. Mention of trade names or commercial products does not constitute endorsement or
recommendation for use by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  The Better Assessment
Science Integrating Point and Nonpoint Sources (BASINS) system described in this manual is
applied at the user's own risk. Neither the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency nor the system
authors can assume responsibility for system operation, output, interpretation, or use.
Acknowledgments


The Better Assessment Science Integrating Point and Nonpoint Sources (BASINS) system was
developed under the direction of Russell Kirierson, Andrew Battin, Hira Biswas, Paul Cocca, Mimi
Dannel, Bryan Goodwin, Gerald LaVeck, Ed Partington, William Tate, and Marjorie Wellman of
EPA's Office of Science and Technology, Standards and Applied Science Division. BASINS was
developed by an interdisciplinary team from. Tetra Tech, Inc., Fairfax, Virginia, under contract
number 68-C3-0374 and 68-C-98-010. Tetra Tech, Inc., would like to acknowledge recent
contributions made to the BASINS system by Jim Callahan, Qin Li, Matt Meyers, Joel Meadows,
and Rick Whetsel. The developers would like to thank the participants in the BASINS Training
Courses and beta testers who contributed comments and recommendations on the BASINS system.

EPA acknowledges the support of Earthlnfo, Inc., which granted permission to4mpt3ft~seleeted-
hourly precipitation data into BASINS from its CD-ROMs. Earthlnfo, Inc., 5541 Central Avenue,
Boulder, Colorado, (303) 938-1788.


This user's manual and the BASINS software are dedicated to our friend and colleague Jerry
LaVeck, whose leadership and inspiration made many of the analytical modeling processes
referenced in the manual possible. Jerry laid much of the foundation for fate and transport modeling
applications in the Environmental Protection Agency. He fit models with user-friendly interface
tools to make life easier for water quality analysts in the EPA regions, states, and tribes throughout
this country. At the local level Jerry contributed substantially to raising the level of awareness and
keeping our precious natural resources clean.

Jerry was extremely dedicated to his work, but he never let it get in the way of his love and devotion
to family, friends, and coworkers. His positive impact on the conservation of our environment will
be felt for years to come, but his kindness, leadership, and vision will be sorely missed.

-------

-------
User Assistance and Technical Support


BASINS was developed to promote better assessment and integration of point and nonpoint sources
in watershed and water quality management.  It integrates several key environmental data sets with
improved analysis techniques. Several types of environmental programs can benefit from the use
and application of such an integrated system in various stages of environmental management
planning and decision making.

EPA's Office of Science and Technology (OST) provides assistance and technical support to users of
the BASINS system to facilitate its effective application. Technical support can be obtained as
described below:

    1.  OST's Internet Home Page: BASINS users are encouraged to access OST's home page for
       information on new updates, answers to the most frequently asked questions, user tips, and
       additional documentation. As more real-world applications become available, references to
       case studies will also be posted.

       EPA OST's Internet home page address: http://www.epa.gov/ost/basins
   2.  Telephone assistance: OST personnel are available to assist potential users with technical
       questions regarding system installation, applications, and data products. Inquiries on the
       BASINS system can be directed to:	.     	

       Andrew Battin, tel. (202) 260-3061, e-mail battin.andrew@epa.gov

       Paul Cocca, tel. (202) 260-8614, e-mail cocca.paulฎepa.gov

       William Tate, tel. (202) 260-7052, e-mail tate.wmiam@epa.gov

-------

-------
Contents





Section                                                                        Page




1  Introduction	1-1




2  BASINS System Overview	2-1




3  Hardware and Software Requirements 	3-1




4  Installation	4-1




   4.1 BASINS System Setup	4.1-1




   4.2 Data Extraction	4.2-1




   4.3 Project Builder	4.3-1




   4.4 Opening a BASINS Project	4.4-1




5  BASINS Components	5-1




6  BASINS Assessment Tools	6-1




   6.1 TARGET 	6.1-1




   6.2 ASSESS 	 6.2-1




   6.3 Data Mining	6.3-1




7  BASINS Utilities	7-1




   7.1 Watershed Delineation	7.1-1




   7.2 Import	7.2-1




   7.3 Land Use Reclassification 	7.3-1




   7.4 Water Quality Observation Data Management  	7.4-1




   7.5 DEM Reclassification  	7.5-1




   7.6 Lookup Tables	7.6-1




8  Watershed Characterization Reports	8-1




   8.1 Point Source Inventory Report	 8.1-1




   8.2 Water Quality Summary Report	 8.2-1

-------
BASINS Version 2.0
    8.3 Toxic Air Emission Report	8.3-1




    8.4 Land Use Distribution Report	8.4-1




    8.5 State Soil Characteristics Report 	8.5-1




    8.6 Watershed Topographic Report	8.6-1




9   Stream Water Quality Models	 9-1




    9.1 QUAL2E	9.1-1




    9.2 TOXIROUTE	9.2-1




    9.3 Visualization	9.3-1




10  Nonpoint Source Model  	  10-1




    10.1   NPSM Execution from the BASINS View	10.1-1




    10.2   Executing NPSM as a Stand-Alone Program	10.2-1




    10.3   NPSM Interface	10.3-1




    10.4   ReachEditor	10.4-1




    10.5   Simulation Time and Meteorological Data	10.5-1




    10.6   Land Use Editor	10.6-1




    10.7   NPSM Control Cards	10.7-1




    10.8   Pollutant Selection Screen	10.8-1




    10.9   Point Sources 	10.9-1




    10.10  Default Data Assignment	10.10-1




    10.11  Input Data Editor	10.11-1




    10.12  Output Manager	10.12-1




    10.13  Run NPSM	10.13-1




    10.14  View Time Series Output	10.14-1




    10.15  Creating an NPSM Default File	10.15-1




11  References  	  11-1

-------
Appendix A   GIS Data Dictionary	,




Appendix B   NPSMData  	




              B.I     HSPF Data Dictionary	




              B.2     Weather Data Files (WDM)




                     B .2.1   Developing WDM Files




                     B .2.2   BASINS WDM Files ...
... A-l




... B-l




..  B.l-1




. .  B.2-1




B.2.2-1




B.2.1-1

-------

-------
                                                                                       1 Introduction
 Section 1
 Introduction
 Better Assessment Science Integrating Point and Nonpoint Sources (BASINS) is a multipurpose
 environmental analysis system for use by regional, state, and local agencies in performing
 watershed- and water-quality-based studies. It was developed by the U.S. Environmental Protection
 Agency's (EPA's) Office of Water to address three objectives:

    •   To facilitate examination of environmental information

    •   To support analysis of environmental systems

    •   To provide a framework for examining management alternatives

 Because many states and local agencies are moving toward a watershed-based approach, the
 BASINS system is configured to support environmental and ecological studies in a watershed
 context. The system is designed to be flexible. It can support analysis at a variety of scales using
 tools that range from simple to sophisticated.

 BASINS was also conceived as a system for supporting the development of total maximum daily
 loads (TMDLs). Section 303(d) of the Clean Water Act requires states to develop TMDLs for water
 bodies that are not meeting applicable water quality standards by using technology-based controls.
 Developing TMDLs requires a watershed-based approach that integrates both point and nonpoint
 sources. BASINS can support this type of watershed-based point and nonpoint source analysis for a
 variety of pollutants. It also lets the user test different management options.

 Traditional approaches to watershed-based assessments typically involve many separate
 steps—preparing data, summarizing information, developing maps and tables, and applying and
 interpreting models. Each individual step is performed using a variety of tools and computer
 systems. The isolated implementation of steps can result in a lack of integration, limited
 coordination, and time-intensive execution. BASINS makes watershed and water quality studies
 easier by bringing key data and analytical components "under one roof. Using the familiar
 Windows environment, analysts can efficiently access national environmental information, apply
 assessment and planning tools, and run a variety of proven, robust nonpoint loading and water
 quality models. With many of the necessary components together in one system, the analysis time is
 significantly reduced, a greater variety of questions can be  answered, and data and management
 needs can be more efficiently identified. BASINS takes advantage of recent developments in
 software, data management technologies, and computer capabilities to provide the user with a fully
 comprehensive watershed management tool.

A geographic information system (GIS) provides the integrating framework for BASINS. GIS
 organizes spatial information so it can be displayed as maps, tables, or graphics. GIS provides
techniques for analyzing landscape information and displaying relationships. Through the use of
GIS, BASINS has the flexibility to display amd integrate a wide range of information (e.g., land use,
point source discharges, water supply withdrawals) at a scale chosen by the user. For example, some
users will need to examine data at a multistate scale to determine problem areas, compare
                                                                                              1-1

-------
BASINS Version 2.0
watersheds, or investigate gaps in data. Others will want to work at a much smaller scale, perhaps
investigating a particular river segment impaired by multiple point source discharges. This
"zooming" capability of BASINS makes it a unique and powerful environmental analysis tool.

Some agencies might wish to perform analyses at a variety of scales, in a nested fashion, to meet
several objectives at once. BASINS is designed to facilitate all of these scenarios because it
incorporates tools that operate on both large and small watersheds. Adding locally developed, high-
resolution data sources to existing data layers is an additional option that expands the local-scale
evaluation capabilities.

BASINS comprises a suite of interrelated components for performing the various aspects of
environmental analysis. The six components include (1) nationally derived databases with Data
Extraction tools and Project Builders; (2) assessment tools (TARGET, ASSESS, and Data Mining)
that address large- and small-scale characterization needs; (3) utilities to facilitate organizing and
evaluating data, including Watershed Delineation, Import, Land Use Reclassification, DEM
Reclassification, and Lookup Tables; (4) Watershed Characterization Reports that facilitate
compilation and output of information on selected watersheds; (5) water quality models including
TOXIROUTE and QUAL2E; and (6) the Nonpoint Source Model (NPSM) and postprocessor, which
provide integrated assessment of watershed loading and transport. The assessment component,
working under the GIS umbrella, allows users to quickly evaluate selected areas, organize
information, and display results. The modeling component module allows  users to examine the
impacts of pollutant loadings from point and nonpoint sources. Working together, these modules
support several specific aspects of watershed-based analysis by

    •    Identifying and prioritizing water-quality-limited waters.

    •    Supplying data characterizing point and nonpoint sources and evaluating their magnitudes
        and potential significance.

    •    Integrating point source and nonpoint source loadings and fate and transport processes.

    •    Evaluating and comparing the relative value of potential control strategies.

    •    Visualizing and communicating environmental conditions to the public through tables,
        graphs, and maps.

This user's guide provides information on the systems and procedures in BASINS Version 2.0. This
version provides some significant enhancements and functions beyond those provided by the original
release of BASINS, Version 1.0. The modification and enhancement of the program reflect the
extensive comments and input provided by the user community regarding the initial version.
Significant changes of which users should be aware include the following:

    •    Additions to the base data sets include USEPA Reach File Version 3 Alpha (RF3 Alpha),
        STATSGO soils, DEM elevation data, federal and Indian land boundaries, water quality
        observation data, ecoregions, fish and wildlife consumption advisories, shellfish
        contamination, and Clean Water Needs Survey.

    •    New utilities to faciliate data preparation such as Watershed Delineation and Watershed
        Characterization Reports.
1-2

-------
                                                                                        1 Introduction
    •   Expanded functionality of the nonpoint source modeling system to include in-stream
        transport and visualization.

    •   Postprocessing tools for evaluation of model output.

Users are encouraged to continue to provide EPA with comments and recommendations for further
development. Future enhancements to the system might include adding additional types of
information, using higher-resolution data, providing Internet access to data and model updates,
expanding assessment and evaluation capabilities, providing enhanced data management and display
tools, and adding a wider range of nonpoint source water quality and ecological modeling
techniques.
                                                                                               1-3

-------

-------
                                                                          2 BASINS System Overview
 Section 2
 BASINS System  Overview
 The BASINS system combines six components to provide the range of tools needed for performing
 watershed and water quality analyses.  These interrelated components can be summarized as follows:

    •   National environmental databases

    •   Assessment tools

    •   Utilities

    •   Watershed characterization reports

    •   Water quality stream models

    •   Nonpoint Source Model (NPSM) and Postprocessor

A graphical representation of the BASINS components and their operating platform is provided as
Figure 2.1.

The BASINS physiographic data, monitoring data, and associated assessment tools are integrated in
a customized geographic information system (GIS) environment. The GIS used is Arc View 3.0a,
developed by Environmental Systems Research Institute, Inc. The simulation models are integrated
into this GIS environment through a dynamic link in which the data required to build the input files
are  generated in the Arc View environment a.nd then passed directly to the models. The models
themselves run in either a Windows or a DOS environment.  The results of the simulation models
can also be displayed visually and can be used to perform further analysis and interpretation.

The modeling tools include the following:

    •   In-stream models: QUAL2E, version 3.2, a water quality and eutrophication model; and
       TOXDR.OUTE, a model for routing pollutants through a stream system.

    •   NPSM, which includes the Hydrological Simulation Program—Fortran (HSPF), version 11,
       a model for estimating instream concentrations resulting from loadings from point and
       nonpoint sources.
rco
                                                                                         2-1

-------
BASINS Version 2.0
                              State and Local Data
 Figure 2.1
 2-2

-------
                                                                              2 BASINS System Overview
The latest versions of both QUAL2E and HSPF (as released by EPA's Center for Exposure and
Assessment Modeling in Athens, Georgia) aire included in the BASINS package. These models were
both written in the FORTRAN programming language. However, to facilitate the use of these
models and their integration into the GIS environment, Windows-based interfaces were developed
using C and C++ as programming languages.

The BASINS GIS, which is driven by the Arc View 3.0(a) or 3.1 environment, provides built-in additional
procedures for data query, spatial analysis, amd map generation. These custom BASINS procedures allow a
user to visualize, explore, query available data, and perform individualized and targeted watershed-based
analyses. Some familiarity with Arc View is helpful in accessing and fully utilizing the capabilities of
Arc View and the custom analytical tools. Furthermore, as users become familiar with ArcView's standard
operations, environmental relationships can be further investigated using complex queries, overlays,
proximity analyses, and buffer analyses.
                                                                                              2-3

-------

-------
                                                                                2.1 BASINS Data Product
 2.1  BASINS Data Products

 The BASINS system includes a variety of databases that are extracted and formatted to facilitate watershed-
 based analysis and modeling. The databases were compiled from a wide range of federal sources.  The data
 were selected based on relevance to environmental analysis, national availability, and scale and resolution.
 As new data become available, updates may be distributed through the BASINS Internet site.  Users are also
 encouraged to import locally derived data sets or higher-resolution coverages into BASINS to support the
 most appropriate and accurate analysis (see Section 7.2, Import). The data included within BASINS are
 intended to provide a starting point and data for those areas where limited site-specific information is
 available.
 Four types of data are delivered with the BASINS analysis system:
    •    Base cartographic data
    •    Environmental background data
    •    Environmental monitoring data
    •    Point sources/loading data
BASINS Base Cartographic Data

BASINS' base cartographic data include administrative boundaries, hydrologic boundaries, and major road
systems. These data are essential for defining and locating study areas and defining watershed drainage
areas. The base cartographic data products included in BASINS are presented in Table 2.1.1.
Table 2.1.1 BASINS Base Cartographic Data
BASINS Data Product
           Source
               Description
Hydrologic Unit Boundaries

Major Roads
Populated Place Locations
Urbanized Areas

State and County Boundaries
EPA Regions
U.S. Geological Survey (USGS)

Federal Highway Administration
USGS
Bureau of the Census

USGS
USGS
Nationally consistent delineations of the
hydrographic boundaries associated with major
U.S. river basins
Interstate and state highway network
Location and names of populated locations
Delineations of major urbanized areas used in
1990 Census
Administrative boundaries
Administrative boundaries
                                                                                              2.1-1

-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Environmental Background Data


Environmental background data provide information to support watershed characterization and
environmental analyses. These data include information on soil characteristics, land use coverages, and the
stream hydrography. This information is used in combination with modeling tools to perform more detailed
assessment of watershed conditions and loading characteristics. Table 2.1.2 lists the environmental
background data included in BASINS.

Table 2.1.2 BASINS Environmental Background Data                                             	
BASINS Data Product
                                            Source
                                              Description
Ecoregions
State Soil and Geographic
(STATSGO) Database


Managed Area Database


Reach Rle Version 1 (RF1)
U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency (USEPA)
National Water Quality Assessment   USGS
(NAWQA) Study Unit Boundaries

1996 Clean Water Needs Survey     USEPA
U.S. Department of Agriculture,
Natural Resources Conservation
Service (USDA-NRCS)

University of California, Santa
Barbara

USEPA
Reach Rle Version 3 (RF3) Alpha     USEPA




Digital Elevation Model (DEM)       USGS


Land Use and Land Cover           USGS
Ecoregions and associated delineations
Delineations of study areas


Results of the wastewater control needs
assessment by state

Soils information including soil component
data and soils


Data layer including federal and Indian lands


Provides stream network for major rivers and
supports development of stream routing for
modeling purposes (l:500k)

Alpha version of Reach Rle 3; provides a
detailed stream network and supports
development of stream routing for modeling
purposes (1:100K)

Topographic relief mapping; supports
watershed delineations and modeling

Boundaries associated with land use
classifications including Anderson Level 1 and
Level 2
2.1-2

-------
                                                                                     2.1 BASINS Data Product
 Environmental Monitoring Data


 BASINS contains several environmental data products developed from existing national water quality
 databases. These databases were converted into locational data layers to facilitate the assessment of water
 quality conditions and the prioritization and targeting of water bodies and watersheds. These data can be used
 to assess the current status and historical trends of a given water body and also to evaluate the results of
 management actions.  Table 2.1.3 lists the environmental monitoring data included in BASINS.
Table 2.1.3 BASINS Environmental Monitoring Data
BASINS Data Product
    Source
 Description
Water Quality Monitoring Stations
and Data Summaries
Bacteria Monitoring Stations and
Data Summaries
Water Quality Stations and
Observation Data

National Sediment Inventory (NSI)
Stations and Database
Listing of Rsh and Wildlife
Advisories

Gage Sites
Weather Station Sites
Drinking Water Supply (DWS)
Sites

Watershed Data Stations and
Database
Classified Shellfish Areas
 USEPA
USEPA




USEPA


USEPA



USEPA


USGS
National Oceanic and
Atmospheric
Administration (NOAA)

USEPA
NOAA
NOAA
Statistical summaries of water quality
monitoring for physical and chemical-related
parameters; parameter-specific statistics
computed by station for 5-year intervals from
1970 to 1994 and 3-year interval from 1995
to 1997

Statistical summaries of bacteria monitoring;
parameter-specific statistics computed by
station for 5-year intervals from 1970 to
1994 and 3-year interval from 1995 to 1997

Observation-level water quality monitoring
data for selected locations and parameters

Sediment chemistry, tissue residue, and
benthic abundance monitoring data for
freshwater and coastal sediments

State reporting of locations with advisories for
fishing, including type of impairment

Inventory of surface water gaging station data
including 7Q10 low and monthly mean stream
flow

Location of selected first-order NOAA weather
stations
Location of public water supplies, their
intakes, and sources of surface water supply

Location of selected meteorologic stations
and associated monitoring information used to
support modeling

Location and extent of shellfish closure areas
                                                                                                    2.1-3

-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Point Source/Loading Data

BASINS also includes information on pollutant loading from point source discharges. The location, type of
facility, and estimated loading are provided.  These loadings are also used to support evaluation of
watershed-based loading summaries combining point and nonpoint sources. Potential source loading
locations from hazardous waste sites and air emissions are also included. Table 2.1.4 lists the point
source/loading data included in BASINS.

Table 2.1.4 BASINS Point Source/Loading Data
BASINS Data Product
                                             Source
                            Description
Permit Compliance System (PCS)
Sites and Computed Annual
Loadings
Industrial Facilities Discharge (IFD)
Sites
Toxic Release Inventory (TRI) Sites
and Pollutant Release Data

Superfund National Priority List Site
Resource Conservation and
Recovery Information System
(RCRIS) Sites
Minerals Availability System/Mineral
Industry Location System
(MAS/MILS)
USEPA
USEPA


USEPA



USEPA




USEPA



U.S. Bureau of Mines
NPDES permit-holding facility information;
contains parameter-specific loadings to
surface waters computed using the EPA
Effluent Decision Support System (EDSS) for
1991-1996

Facility information on industrial point source
dischargers to surface waters

Facility information for 1987-1995 TRI public
data; contains Y/N flags for each facility
indicating media-specific reported releases

Location of Superfund National Priority List
sites from CERCLIS (Comprehensive
Environmental Response, Compensation and
Liability Information System)

Location of transfer, storage, and disposal
facilities for solid and hazardous waste


Location and characteristics of mining sites
2.1-4

-------
                                                               2.2 BASINS Environmental Assessment Tools
2.2 BASINS Environmental Assessment Tools
Three geographically based analytical tools were developed in the BASINS GIS environment to perform
both regional and site-specific analyses—TARGET, ASSESS, and Data Mining. TARGET permits a broad-
based analysis; ASSESS is a simple assessment tool that operates on a single watershed or a limited number
of watersheds; and Data Mining-lets BASINS users more fully access the water quality and point source
databases. The three geographically based analytical tools are fully developed to operate on the water quality
and point source data layers, as described in Section 2.3. BASINS operates on hydrologic units or
watersheds as defined by the United States Geological Survey delineations referred to as "cataloging units."
These watersheds can vary in size from 10 square miles to several hundred square miles.
TARGET

TARGET allows environmental managers to make a broad-based evaluation of a watershed's water quality
and/or point source loadings. This watershed targeting tool is designed to perform analysis on the entire area
extracted (e.g., EPA regions, state) and is best suited for project areas that include more than one watershed
(cataloging unit).  TARGET is designed to integrate and process a large amount of detailed, site-specific data
associated with a particular region and to summarize the results on a watershed basis. Using these water
quality or point source loading summaries, watersheds are then ranked based on the level of selected
evaluation parameters (e.g., DO, BOD, zinc). This analysis allows users to draw preliminary conclusions on
the wide range of environmental data included in BASINS (e.g., 50 water quality parameters and most of the
parameters associated with point source dischargers).


ASSESS

The second geographically based tool uses the same data as TARGET but provides a different perspective on
the locational distribution of potential pollution problems. ASSESS operates on a single watershed
(cataloging unit) or a limited set of watersheds and focuses on the status of specific water quality stations or
discharge facilities and their proximity to water bodies. This proximity analysis (stream reaches, water
quality stations, point dischargers, land uses, etc.) is important because it allows analysts to establish the
interrelationships between the condition of a water body in a watershed and potential pollution sources. The
level of detail provided by ASSESS lets users visually focus on the status of specific stream reaches, assess
their changes over time, evaluate data availability, and evaluate the need for source characterization and
analysis of cause-effect relationships.


Data Mining

Data Mining dynamically links different data elements using a combination of tables and maps. This unique
dynamic linkage of data elements adds a significant informational value to the  raw data on  water quality and
loadings.  This process makes Data Mining  a powerful tool that can assist in the integration and
environmental interpretation of both geographic and historical information simultaneously. Data Mining
complements both TARGET said ASSESS by letting users move progressively from a regional analysis
(provided by TARGET) to a watershed-scale analysis (provided by ASSESS) to a more detailed analysis at
                                                                                            2.2-1

-------
 BASINS Version 2.0
 the station level (provided by Data Mining).  This logical progression of the analysis from regional to site-
 specific is illustrated in Figure 2.2.
                               Figure 2.2
2.2-2

-------
                                                                                  2.3 BASINS Utilities
 2.3 BASINS Utilities
 Watershed Delineation Tool

 The BASINS Watershed Delineation tool allows the user to segment a watershed into several smaller
 hydrologically connected watersheds for use in watershed characterization and modeling. The user can
 define the entire land area contributing to flow in a stream for the purposes of modeling and analysis. Single
 watersheds or watershed systems containing multiple subwatersheds can be created using the BASINS
 Watershed Delineation tool.
BASINS Import Tool

The BASINS Import tool gives the user the ability to import additional data sets and prepares the data to
work properly with BASINS GIS functions and models.  The Import tool is designed to function on four data
types—watershed boundaries, land use, Reach File Version 3, and Digital Elevation Model (DEM). This
tool also provides the capability for users to import locally developed data, which might be more accurate, at
a higher resolution, or more reflective of current conditions.               ;


Land Use Reclassification

The Land Use Reclassification tool assists the user in grouping or renaming land use categories as needed to
support modeling and analysis. Land uses can be reclassified in one of two ways—reclassification of the
entire theme (all land uses) or reclassification of selected themes (single or multiple land uses from within an
entire theme).


Water Quality Observation  Data Management

The Water Quality Observation Data Management utilities can be used to access and manipulate the water
quality observation data within the BASINS system. They can also be used to add new stations to the data,
delete unnecessary stations, relocate misplaced stations, and incorporate new water quality observation time-
series data.  An export utility is also included to provide the capability to generate a text report of water
quality observation data for selected water quality monitoring stations, which can be used for postprocessing
and visualization.
DEM Reclassification

DEM Reclassification performs topographic reclassification on a watershed. It allows users to define a level
of detail for reclassification of Digital Elevation Model (DEM). It permits nonuniform reclassification to
capture and display the key topographic features of the watershed. By assigning different classification
intervals for the hilltop zone and valley zone, users can create suitable topographic classifications to describe
the relief of the watershed they are evaluating.
                                                                                            2.3-1

-------
BAS/NS Version 2.0
Lookup Tables

The Lookup Tables provide users quick access to relevant reference information on data products included
within BASINS. Information is provided for products such as the map projection, definition of agency codes
for monitoring data, Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) codes, and the water quality criteria and
threshold values of selected pollutants.
2.3-2

-------
                                                                2.4 Watershed Characterization Reporting
 2.4 Watershed Characterization  Reporting


 The Watershed Characterization Reporting tools are designed to assist users in summarizing key watershed
 information in the form of standard and automated reports. These tools can be used to make an inventory
 and characterize both point and nonpoint sources at various watershed scales.  These reports allow users to
 quickly evaluate and define data availability for the selected watershed(s).  Six different types of watershed
 characterization reports are included in BASINS:

    •    Point Source Inventory Report

    •    Water Quality Summary Report

    •    Toxic Air Emission Report

    •    Land Use Distribution Report

    •    State Soil Characteristics Report

    •    Watershed Topographic Report


 Point Source Inventory Report

 Point Source Inventory Report provides a summary of discharge facilities in a given watershed. The report
 relies on the EPA Permit Compliance System (PCS) database to identify permitted facilities in a selected
 study area and summarizes their discharge loading for a given pollutant. Application of this report tool
 provides rapid identification of permitted sources, the receiving water body segment (Reach File Versions
 lor 3), and a mapping function to display the geographical distribution of point sources in the study area.


 Water Quality Summary Report

 Water Quality Summary Report provides a summary of water quality monitoring stations within the selected
 watershed that monitored a particular pollutant during a given time period.  The water quality data are
 presented as statistical summaries of the mean and selected percentiles of the observed data. The data were
 originally obtained from USEPA's Storage and Retrieval System (STORET).  The information generated in
 this report can be summarized in tables and maps.


 Toxic Air Emission Report

 Toxic Air Emission Report provides a summary of facilities that are part of the Toxic Release Inventory
(TRI) and that have estimated air releases of a particular pollutant in a selected watershed. Tabular
summaries of TRI facilities are generated with their corresponding estimates of pollutant air releases and
other pertinent information such as facility identification name, city location, status (active or  inactive
facility), ownership type (government, commercial), and SIC code number. This report also generates a map
                                                                                          2.4-1

-------
HAS/NS Version 2.0
showing the location of the TRI facilities overlaid with the Reach File network (RFlor RF3) and the
boundary of the selected watershed.
Land Use Distribution Report

Land Use Distribution Report provides a summary of the land use distribution within the selected
watershed(s).  The BASIN'S default land use data were originally obtained from the USGS Geographic
Information Retrieval and Analysis System (GIRAS) and use the Anderson Level II classification system.
The information generated in this report is summarized in both table and map layout formats.


State So/7 Characteristic  Report

State Soil Characteristic Report provides a summary of the spatial variability of selected soil parameters
within one watershed or a set of subwatersheds. The soil parameters considered include water table depth,
bedrock depth, soil erodibility, available water capacity, permeability, bulk density, pH, organic matter
content, soil liquid limit, soil plasticity, percent clay content, and percent silt and clay content. The data
were originally obtained from the USDA-NRCS State Soil and Geographic Database (STATSGO). The
information generated in this report is summarized in table format and, if selected, in map format.


Watershed Topographic Report

Watershed Topographic Report provides a statistical summary and distribution of discrete land surface
elevations in the watershed.  It also generates an elevation map of the selected watershed.  This information
can be used to quickly evaluate the relative "steepness" of the watershed compared to that of other
watersheds and correlate it with the results of water quality modeling. The information generated in this
report is summarized in table format and, if selected, in map format.
2.4-2

-------
                                                                                 2.5 Stf&sm Models
 2.5  Stream Models


 Two models are integrated into BASINS to allow the user to simulate the in-stream behavior of toxic
 chemicals, conventional pollutants, and nutrients.  The models included were selected to allow users to
 assess in-stream water impacts at various levels of complexity. Data preparation, selection routines, and
 output display tools (for visualization) streamline the use of the models.


 QUAL2E


 The QUAL2E model is provided to allow analysis of pollutant fate and transport through selected stream
 systems. It is a one-dimensional water quality model that assumes steady-state flow but allows simulation of
 diurnal (day-night) variations in temperature, algal photosynthesis, and respiration (Brown and Barnwell,
 1987). The algorithms used in QUAL2E are based on the advection-dispersion mass transport equation
 solved using an implicit, backward difference scheme, averaged over time and space. QUAL2E represents
 the stream system as a series of computational elements of constant length. The model is integrated with
 BASINS through a Windows-based interface, and it allows fate and transport modeling of both point and
 nonpoint source loadings.


 TOXIROUTE

 TOXIROUTE is a modified version of Pollutant Route (PROUTE), an EPA water quality model.
 TOXIROUTE provides a screening-level stream routing model that performs simple dilution/decay
calculations under mean and low flow conditions for a stream system within a given watershed (cataloging
unit). TOXIROUTE can integrate point source loadings computed from the effluent monitoring data stored
in the Permit Compliance System (PCS).
                                                                                          2.5-1

-------

-------
                                                                   2.6 BASINS Nonpoint Source Modeling
 2.6   BASINS Nonpoint Source Modeling


 The BASINS Nonpoint Source Model (NPSM) is a watershed model that simulates nonpoint source runoff
 and pollutant loadings for a watershed and performs flow and water quality routing in reaches. NPSM is a
 Windows interface that works with the EPA-supported HSPF model (version 11.0) (Bicknell et al., 1997).
 Although the HSPF model is a comprehensive watershed loading and transport model, NPSM currently
 supports only selected features of the model.  Future releases of NPSM are expected to expand the model's
 capabilities. Features supported by NPSM include

    •   Estimation of nonpoint source loadings from mixed land uses

    •   Estimation of fate and transport processes in streams and one-dimensional lakes

 NPSM can be run on a single watershed or a. system of multiple hydrologically connected subwatershed that
 has been delineated using the BASINS Watershed Delineation tool.  The model requires land use data, reach
 data, meteorological data, and information on the pollutants of concern in the watershed and the reaches.
 NPSM is designed to interact with the BASINS utilities and data sets to facilitate the extraction of
 appropriate information and the preparation of model input files.  The reach network is automatically
 developed based on the subwatershed delineations.  Users can modify and adapt input  files to site-specific
 conditions through the use of the NPSM interface and supporting information provided by the BASINS
 utilities and reporting functions, as well as locally derived data sources. NPSM works with postprocessing
 tools to facilitate display and interpretation of output data.


 NPSM Postprocessor

The NPSM postprocessor facilitates the display and interpretation of output data derived from model
 applications. This tool allows users to select display locations and time periods. Displays are in graphical
form. The NPSM postprocessor displays NPSM simulation output, BASINS water quality observation data,
and USGS flow data in a graphical fashion. It also performs basic statistical functions and data comparisons.
Due to its ability to display observed and modeled data concurrently and to perform basic statistical and data
comparison functions, the postprocessor is a useful tool in model calibration and environmental systems
analysis. The NPSM postprocessor is also capable of printing the plots displayed in the plot window.
                                                                                          2.6-1

-------

-------
                                                               3 Hardware and Software Requirements
 Section 3
 Hardware and  Software  Requirements
 BASINS Version 2.0 is a customized Arc View GIS application that integrates environmental data,
 analysis tools, and modeling systems. Therefore, BASINS' hardware and software requirements are,
 at a minimum, similar to those of the PC-based Arc View 3.0a or 3.1 system. BASINS can be
 installed and operated on IBM-compatible personal computers (PCs) equipped with the software,
 random access memory (RAM), virtual memory, and hard disk space presented in Table 3.1.
 Because the performance (response time) under the minimum requirements option might be too slow
 for some users especially when dealing with large data sets, a preferred set of requirements is also
 included in Table 3.1. Note that Arc View Dialog Designer must also be installed prior to operating
 BASINS. Arc View Dialog Designer is included in the \AVDialogDesigner folder of the first
 BASINS CD. The dialog designer is included with Arc View 3.1 and is already installed.

 Table 3.1. BASINS Hardware and Software Requirements
                                                                      fer
                                                                      KD
                                                                      ICO
 Hardware/Software
 Minimum Requirements
 Preferred Requirements
 Processor
 Available hard disk space
 Random access memory
 (RAM)


 Compact disc reader
 Color monitor
 Operating system
 ArcView
133-MHz Pentium processor

For a single 8-digit watershed
(cataloging unit), allow for 250 mb
(20 mb for BASINS system, 130
mb for BASINS Environmental
Data, and 100 mb of free
operating space).
32 mb of RAM plus 32 mb of
permanent virtual memory swap
space

Quad speed reader (one-time use)
Configured for 16 colors
Windows 95, Windows 98, NT*
ArcView, Version 3.0a, ArcView
Dialog Designer or ArcView, version
3.1
 200-Mhz Pentium processor or
 higher

 620 mb (20 mb for BASINS
 system, 500 mb for BASINS
 environmental data for
 approximately 1 state, and 100
 mb of free operating space).

 64 mb of RAM plus
 64 mb of permanent virtual
 memory swap space

 24X reader (one-time use)
 Configured for 256 colors
Windows 95, Windows 98, NT*
ArcView Version 3.0a, ArcView
 Dialog Designer or ArcView, version
3.1
*QUAL2E cannot operate on NT.
                                                                                       3-1

-------

-------
                                                                                       4 Installation
 Section 4
 Installation
 This section outlines the steps involved in installing BASINS and creating a project. BASINS is
 available on the World Wide Web at http;//www.epa.gov/ost/basins. Additionally, BASINS is
 packaged in 10 sets of CDs, each set corresponding to a USEPA Region.

 The key steps for installing an operational BASINS system on a user's computer include the
 following:

     1.   Obtain BASINS through the World Wide Web or as a set of CDs.
    2.   Install the BASINS system.
    3.   Extract BASINS data.
    4.   Build a "Project File."
Installation Requirements

It is assumed that BASINS users already have some familiarity with Microsoft Windows, as well as
GIS concepts and Arc View software, and that they have a basic understanding of water quality
analysis techniques and modeling.

Important: Arc View Version 3.0a or 3.1 must be installed on the computer before BASINS can be
installed. In addition, you will need Arc View Dialog Designer extension to run BASINS.


The procedure for a complete installation of BASINS from CDs is described in the subsections that
follow. The installation process can take from 30 minutes to several hours, depending on computer
specifications and performance, CD reader speed, and the geographical size of the  area for which
data are to be installed.

If you have Arc View 3.0 installed on your computer, you need to download Arc View GIS Version
3.0a Update from the Internet (http://www.esri.com) and follow the instructions to upgrade to
Arc View 3.0a.

Since BASINS Version 2.0 uses custom dialog boxes, it is necessary to have Arc View Dialog
Designer installed along with Arc View 3.0a (Arc View 3.1 includes the dialog designer). The
BASINS  setup program will check your computer and prompt you to install Dialog Designer if it is
not already installed. Dialog Designer is not a stand-alone program, and therefore you will not see
any special icon for it. ESRI distributes Dialog Designer for free to Arc View users. A copy of Dialog
Designer is also included on the first CD in BASINS. Arc View Dialog Designer is  also available for
download from http://www.esri.com/base/products/arcview/avsoftware.html.
                                                                                             4-1

-------

-------
                                                                           4.1 BASINS System Setup
4.1 BASINS  System Setup
Purpose

The BASINS installation program checks your computer for necessary programs; copies BASINS
system files, tools, and models; and sets up BASINS icons automatically.
Application

The BASINS system, which can be downloaded or installed from the first CD (in the CD set),
includes all BASINS tools, utilities, and models. There are six main components of
BASINS—BASINS Project, Data Extraction tool, Project Builder, Nonpoint Source Model (NPSM),
QUAL2E, and TOXIROUTE. BASINS Project is an Arc View file that contains all GIS-based
custom components to manipulate spatial data, display maps, and process data for model input files.
The BASINS Project file is not created until you perform data extraction and run Project Builder.
NPSM is a dynamic watershed and receiving water quality model, whereas QUAL2E and
TOXIROUTE are steady-state receiving water quality models. The BASINS installation program
copies all three models, Data Extraction tool, and Project Builder to your local hard drive in a fixed
directory structure. It also sets up a Windows BASINS program group that includes seven icons, one
for each of the components mentioned above and an additional BASINS Projector tool. The BASINS
Projector tool is used to project data sets that where extracted in an unprojected format using Data
Extraction.
Procedures
        Key Procedures
               Download the system setup file from the BASINS web site or insert BASINS
               CD1.

               RunSETUP.EXE.

               Follow the instructions on the screen.
   Tip:   The BASINS system is contained on the first CD. The BASINS installation program does
          not copy any BASINS data (except the optional tutorial) to your hard drive.
  Tip:   If you have multiple hard drives or partitioned drives, you may have only one BASINS
         directory in each partitioned or physical drive.
                                                                                          4.1-1

-------
 BASINS Version 2.0
 System Setup Procedures

    1.  If you are installing BASINS from a set of CDs, insert BASINS CD 1 into a CD drive (e.g., drive D).
        Ohterwise, download the BASINS system file (compressed to one file as setup.exe) from the
        BASINS web site and save it to a temporary location on your hard disk. Choose Run from the Start
        menu and browse to select the setup.exe file from the root directory of the CD or from the location
        where you saved the downloaded file.

    2.  When setup starts, follow the instructions on your screen. You will be prompted to select a hard
        drive where BASINS will be installed. After you select a drive, setup will create a BASINS directory
        on that drive. (Note: The BASINS environmental data, which you will select later, will also be
        placed in this directory. Keep this in mind if your computer has multiple hard drives.)

    3.  The BASINS setup program will check your computer and prompt you to install Dialog Designer if
        it is not already installed. Since BASINS 2 uses custom dialog boxes, it is necessary to have
        ArcView Dialog Designer installed along with Arc View 3.0a or Arc View 3.1.

 The setup program checks your computer for ArcView software and evaluates the available hard disk space.
 It will inform you if it does not find  at least 30 megabytes of space available to install the base software or if
 it cannot locate ArcView. It will give you an option to install Tutorial data on your hard drive.

 At completion, setup will have created a BASINS directory structure on the selected hard drive, as shown in
 Table 4.1.1. Setup also will have created a Windows program group labeled BASINS that contains seven
 program icons—BASINS, Data Extraction, Project Builder, NPSM, QUAL2E, TOXIROUTE, and BASINS
 Projector (screen 4.1.1). The BASINS icon facilitates the use of BASINS projects with ArcView. You can
 use the Data Extraction and Project Builder program icons to generate BASINS projects. The NPSM,
 QUAL2E, and TOXIROUTE icons let you launch these modeling programs independently without BASINS;
 this feature is included for those who want to perform simulations using user-supplied data or continue
 working on a session set up previously. Executing the models from within the BASINS environment offers
 the benefit of BASINS' data preparation capabilities.

      Table 4.1.1 BASINS Directory Structure
       BASINS Directory
Content or Purpose
      drive:\BASINS\APR
      drive:\BASINS\CLASSES
      drive:\BASINS\DATA

      drive:\BASINS\ETC
      drive:\BASINS\MODELS\NPSM
      drive:\BASI NS\MODELS\QUAL2E
      drive:\BASINS\MODELS\TOXIROUTE
      drive:\BAS!NS\MODELOUT

      drive:\BASINS\TEMP
BASINS-related ArcView project files (*.APR)
Classification schemes for BASINS charts and maps
BASINS environmental data in user-named subdirectories
(See Section 4.2, Data Extraction, for more information.)
BASINS system files
Nonpoint Source Model (NPSM) system files
QUAL2E model system files
TOXIROUTE model system files
Output files from BASINS modeling sessions (except
QUAL2E)
BASINS temporary system files
4.1-2

-------
                                                                           4.1 BASINS System Setup
   Tip:  The Windows program group is shown in Screen 4.1.1. Verify that the six program icons have been
          created.
       sBasin^ Projector
            "V* * *• 1  f&   *~>"~i
        E&SINS    -  -
       piป"ซ-x **         i
        Data Extraction
pNonpoint Source Model
   Project Builder
   ,*V>.,  - ,  ' >   ป   N "
  IQUAL2E
  IToxiroute
                                  i
 Screen 4.1.1
BASINS System Installation and Server Setup Options

Although BASINS was designed as a stand-alone program to be operated from a local desktop computer,
there are several options for setting up and using BASINS from a network server. These options and their
limitations are summarized in Table 4.1.2. Option 1 is similar to the standard setup discussed above;
however, ArcView is run from a network server. This option requires no special setup. The BASINS setup
program locates the ArcView program and prompts the user to specify the path is correct.

Option 2 allows the user to run the BASINS program from a network server. In addition, BASINS projects
and data are also maintained on the server. Several additional steps are required to set up the BASINS system
program, including the following:

    •   Map the desired network drive to a local drive using Windows Explorer. The selected drive letter
       (e.g., X:\) must always be used to map to the network drive containing the BASINS directory.

    •   Run the system BASINS SETUP file as described above. You will be prompted to select the desired
       drive to copy the system files to. Select the mapped network drive (e.g., X:\).

    •   Follow the remaining instructions on the screen.

BASINS data and project files need to be kept in the BASINS directory on the server, as described in the
Data Extraction and Project Builder sections. Although multiple users will have access to a BASINS project
on the server, it is recommended that only one user use the BASINS system at a time. The system may
become unstable if accessed by multiple users at the same time. It should be noted that if you try to run
BASINS from another computer it must be mapped to the network drive using the same local computer drive
letter (e.g., X:\).
                                                                                          4.1-3

-------
BASINS Version 2.0
   Table 4.1.2 BASINS Directory Structure
Option
1
2
Description
BASINS system and data on local computer
and ArcView on server.
BASINS system and data on server and
ArcView on server or local computer
Limitations
None
Single user.
Must always map network drive
to the same local drive.
4.1-4

-------
                                                                                   4.2 Data Extraction
 4.2  Data Extraction
Purpose

The BASINS Data Extraction tool allows users to extract environmental data for a specific
geographic area from downloaded archive files or BASINS CDS. This tool is also used to define the
desired map projections.


Application

BASINS data on the Internet are already processed by specific geographic areas (e.g., cataloging
units) and compressed into self-extracting zip files (archive files). The data are compressed into four
separate files including the core data, Reach File Version 3 Alpha (RF3), Digital Elevation Model
(DEM) data and meteorological data (WDMs). The core data file is required to set up a BASINS
project, whereas the RF3 and DEM files are optional. The WDM files are required to run NPSM.
Once the desired files have been downloaded, the Data Extraction tool is used to decompress the
data and define a map projection, if desired.

Each set of BASINS CDS includes data for an entire EPA Region. In most applications, it is
unnecessary to extract all data contained within a given region. Loading the data set for an entire
region results in a very large project file that will likely slow down the performance (response time)
of the computer. The BASINS Data Extraction tool was designed to let users define a limited area of
interest and extract the corresponding data. This process places the retrieved data into the BASINS
data directory on the user's selected hard drive.
Procedures
   Key Procedures
   For extraction from downloaded files

       /   Download the data files from the BASINS web site
       v'   Select Data Extraction in the BASINS Windows program group
       i/'   Choose the "Web Archive" data source option
       ซ/   Select the downloaded data files (core data file and/or RF3 and DEM)
       %^   Specify if you want to project the data and enter projection parameters
                                                                                            4.2-1

-------
BASINS Version 2.0
       Key Procedures (continued)
       For extraction from CD
           /  Insert BASINS CD 1

           ^  Select Data  Extraction in the BASINS Windows program group

           /"  Choose the  "CD-ROM" data source option

           /"  Click on the  Boundary Type button and select from the drop-down list

           /  Select the area for which you want to extract data

           /  Click on the  Data Extraction button

           v'  Select the data types for your extraction and specify whether you want to project the
              data
           */"  Enter projection parameters if you chose to project the data
   Tip:   You may run the Data Extraction tool more than once to extract data for multiple geographically
          unconnected areas. Each time you run the Data Extraction tool, it will create a separate data
          directory under BASINS\DATA unless you choose to overwrite a previously extracted data set.
Data Extraction from Downloaded Web Files

    1.  Download BASINS GIS data from the BASINS web site ( http://www.epa.gov/ost/basins ).
       Currently, the data are organized by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) eight-digit hydrologic unit code
       (HUC). Future data sets will also be available by state. The data on the web site are grouped into four
       main file types.

           •   Core data. The main GIS data set is contained in a compressed file called
               NAME_CORE.EXE, where NAME is the eight-digit cataloging unit ID or two-letter state
               abbreviation (state data files will be available in the future). The core data file is required.

           •   RF3 data and DEM data. Reach File Version 3 (RF3) alpha and DEM elevation data are
               compressed into separate files by cataloging unit (8-digit USGS HUC). These files are not
               required but are useful for modeling and mapping display purposes.

           •   Meteorological data. The meteorological data, referred to  as watershed data management
               (WDM) files, are available by state. These data are required to run the Nonpoint Source
               Model (NPSM). The data are organized by 2-letter state abbreviation. (Note: The Data
               Extraction tool is not used for extracting weather data files. These files can be downloaded
               and then self-extracted by double-clicking on the file name and placing the three extracted
               files into the BASINS\DATA\MET_DATA directory.)
4.2-2

-------
                                                                                 4.2 Data Extraction
2.  Run Data Extraction from the BASINS program group by navigating through the Windows Stan,
    Programs, and BASINS menus on your desktop and clicking the Data Extraction icon (Screen 4.1.1).
    This initiates the BASINS Data Extraction tool program. The first dialog box prompts you to
    specify whether you want to extract from a BASINS CD or web archive file downloaded from the
    BASINS web site (Screen 4.2.1). Choose "Web Archive" and click OK.
        Data Extraction
      , Choose the data source
    ''  *for the extraction,
           CD-ROM
    Screen 4.2.1
3.   The next dialog box prompts you to specify whether you want to project the data. If you choose to do
    so, select a standard "category" and "type" from the pull-down boxes (Screen 4.2.2). The map
    projection parameters can be altered manually by choosing the "custom" option. For example, use
    the custom option to select the "Albers-Equal-Area" map projection for the conterminous United
    States and the "GRS 80" spheroid (GRS 80 spheroid is used to project data based on NAD 83).
    Additional information on map projections is provided at the end of this  section. Click OK to
    proceed.
    Projection Properties
                 " O> Custom
     Calegorjr. j
    ' •*  * '
    .Type:
m
    r Pro jediorc ^ T fans verse M ercator
    ^Sphenoid SRS 80    -
    Central Meffdian -8|16667  ^ '
    IR^fetehCefatudeT 30.00000 '*
    'S(QafeFaqtor, 0,93990 ^ ,
    False,Easfeci.'2qOOC30.00000  t *.-. •',
    False Northing' 0.00000
   Screen 4.2.2
                                                                                          4.2-3

-------
BASINS Version 2.0
   Tip:  Although data projection is not necessary to display the data in GIS, it is necessary to project the
          data before you can use certain features in BASINS. For example, ArcView cannot calculate
          distances and areas if you have not projected the data and, therefore, you will not be able to run
          the models (e.g., NPSM) properly.
    4.   In the "Choose Archives to Project" dialog box, browse to select the downloaded compressed data
        files (Screen 4.2.3). The "core" archive file must be extracted first with or without the RF3 and DEM
        files. Multiple files for a given cataloging unit or state can be selected at the same time by holding
        down the shift key while clicking on the desired file names. Click OK to continue. The files will
        begin to self-extract to the BASESfS\DATA\ directory where "NAME" is the state
        abbreviation or cataloging unit ID.
       Screen 4.2.3

    5.  The final dialog box informs you that the extraction was completed successfully. Click OK.

    6.  Run BASINS Project Builder. Once the core data set has been extracted for a new cataloging unit or
       state, BASINS Project Builder needs to be run to build a new project. Refer to Section 4.3, Project
       Builder. If RF3 and DEM data were extracted separately for an existing project, simply use the Add
       Theme function in BASINS to add these data layers to a project view.
   Tip:   lfRF3 and DEM archive files were not extracted with the core data and you would like to add them
          to an existing project, you will need to run Data Extraction on these two files. Project the data to
          the same map projections used for the core data. Data Extraction will place these files in the
          project directory under the /BASINS/DATA directory. Use the BASINS Import (add theme) tool to
          import these data layers to an existing project (see Section 7.2).
Data Extraction from BASINS CDs

    1.  Run Data Extraction from the BASINS program group by navigating through the Windows Start,
       Programs, and BASINS menus on your desktop and clicking the Data Extraction icon (Screen 4.1.1).
       This initiates the BASINS Data Extraction tool program. The first dialog box prompts you to
4.2-4

-------
                                                                               4.2 Data Extrscffon
    specify whether you want to extract from a BASINS CD or web archive file downloaded from the
    BASINS web site (Screen 4.2.1). Choose "BASINS CD" and click OK.

 2.  A map of the geographic extent of the data available in the set of BASINS CDs will be displayed
    (Screen 4.2.4). A view of EPA Region 3 is shown here. Your view will display the appropriate EPA
    Region, depending on which regional CD set you are using. Follow the remaining extraction steps.
    Screen 4.2.4
3.  Pull down the Extraction menu and select Boundary Type. Four boundary types are available in this
   view (Screen 4.2.5)—State, County, Hydrologic Accounting Unit, and Hydrologic Cataloging Unit.
   The Hydrologic Accounting Unit and Hydrologic Cataloguing Unit are six-digit and eight-digit
   USGS watershed boundaries, respectively.

        State
        County
        Hydrologic Accounting Unit
   Screen 4.2.5
                                                                                         4.2-5

-------
BASINS Version 2.0
    4.  Select the boundary type that most effectively defines the area for which data are needed. The default
       boundary type is "state". Appropriate labels will be displayed on the view with the selected boundary
       type. You can extract data for one or more watersheds (select Cataloging Unit Boundaries), one or
       more counties (select County Boundaries), an entire accounting unit (select Accounting Unit
       Boundaries), an entire state (select State Boundaries), or an entire region (select all the states in the
       EPA Region). Click OK after making a selection.

    5.  Use the Zoom, Unzoom, and Pan features to optimize the view window. Activate the Select
       Feature tool from the Arc View button bar, and point and click or drag a box to select the area for
       which data are needed. The area will become highlighted in yellow  (Screen 4.2.6).

       Make sure that you have enough space in the hard drive before you  continue to the next step. You
       will need approximately 120 megabytes of free space to extract data for one cataloging unit
       (assuming that one weather data file [WDM] will be selected later in the section) and up to 500
       megabytes for one state. You will also need 10 megabytes of work space.

    6.  Pull down the Extraction menu and select Data Extraction, as shown in Screen 4.2.6.
          BASINS 2.0 Data Extraction
                                                                           mmm
        Screen 4.2.6
   Tip:  Although data projection is not necessary to display the data in GIS, it is necessary to project the
          data before you can use certain features in BASINS. For example, ArcView cannot calculate
          distances and areas if you do not project the data and, therefore, you will not be able to run
          BASINS models (e.g., NPSM) properly.
4.2-6

-------
                                                                                 4.2 Data Extraction
 7.  A dialog box prompts you to select the data types to extract and to specify whether you want to
    project the data during data extraction (Screen 4.2.7). The data types include standard, DEM, and
    RF3. Standard ("core") data include all environmental data in BASINS 2.0 except DEM and RF3
    data. The standard data need to be extracted first with or without DEM and RF3. The DEM and RF3
    files can be extracted individually at a later time and added to an existing BASINS project.
        BASINS 2.0 Data Extraction
    Screen 4.2.7
All data in BASINS CDs are unprojected (geographic). If you want to project the data to a projection of
your choice, click on Yes in the "Project the data" option.

8.  Select a standard "category" and "type" from the pull-down menus (Screen 4.2.2). This screen will
    not appear if you did not choose to project the data in Screen 4.2.7. The map projection parameters
    can be altered manually by choosing the "custom" option. Additional information on map projections
    is provided at the end of this section. Click OK to proceed.

9.  Enter a name for the directory that will contain the resulting extracted data (Screen 4.2.8). BASINS
    will accept only an eight-character name (without any spaces) for the directory name. This directory
    will be a subdirectory in the \BASINS\DATA directory. After you enter a name, click OK.
    BASINS Data Extraction
    itซ
    * l-ttter a name for the
   Screen 4.2.8
                                                                                          4.2-7

-------
BASINS Version 2.0
    10. A dialog box will inform you that data extraction and the data projection will take from several
       minutes to several hours, depending on the performance of your computer, the speed of your CD
       reader, and the geographical extent of the area defined for extraction. Click OK to continue.

    11. Insert BASINS CD 2 into the CD reader when you are asked to do so (Screen 4.2.9). Choose OK
       after you place the CD in the reader. Depending on the EPA Region and what data (standard, RF3,
       and/or DEM) you choose to extract, you will be asked to insert additional CDs when needed.
       Screen 4.2.9

    12. Extract weather data files. Hourly weather data for different weather stations within a given state are
       located in one Watershed Data Management (WDM) file. These data are necessary to successfully
       run the Nonpoint Source Model (NPSM). The WDM files are very large, and you might not want to
       extract WDM files outside your state bound"ary. Therefore, depending on the location of the
       geographic area you are interested in, select one or more states for which to extract weather data
       (Screen 4.2.10).
        Screen 4.2.10
4.2-8

-------
                                                                                  4.2 Data Extraction
Tip:  If your watershed is located near the state boundary, you might be interested in the
       meteorological stations located in a WDM file for the adjacent state. In that case you may select
       multiple states in Screen 4.2.10. All meteorological data and additional information are packaged
       in a set of three files with the same name and three different extensions—WDM, INF, and TXT.
       The two-letter state abbreviation is used for the first part of the file names. The Data Extraction
       tool creates a directory under BASINS\DATA called MET_DATA. The MET_DATA directory contains all
       WDM files and other associated files.
 13. A dialog box indicates completion of the data extraction (Screen 4.2.11). If the data extraction is not
    completed successfully, check for possible causes as follows:

    a.  Verify that there is enough free space on the destination drive (the drive that has the BASINS
        directory).

    b.  Verify that the computer has at least 32 megabytes of RAM installed.

    c.  Some CD readers spin down when not in use. Check to see that the CD-ROM can be accessed by
        BASINS. One way to do this is to open a DOS session and type "Dir d:" (or whatever letter the
        CD drive is).

    d.  Clean any fingerprints, dust, or smudges from the surface of the BASINS CD  using a soft, dry
        cloth and CD cleaning liquid or ethyl alcohol.

    e.  Some computer systems are incompatible with the maps projection functions used by BASINS
        Data Extraction tool. Use the BASINS Projector tool described below to project the data set.
     BASINS Data Extraction
       Data Extraction completed successfully!
       BASINS data has been written to directory:
       SbasinsSdataVT utorial
      Before using the BASINS system. Project Builder must be run.
    Screen 4.2.11
                                                                                            4.2-9

-------
BASINS Version 2.0
BASINS Projector Tool

During BASINS development and testing, a problem was identified with the incompatibility of some
computer systems and the projection functions used by BASINS Data Extraction. The BASINS Projector
tool was developed to remedy these map projection problems. If you encounter an error due to projection
problems, we suggest that you re-extract the data set into an unprojected mapping format, then run the
BASINS Projector tool following the procedures described below.

    1.  If a projection error occurs during Data Extraction, delete the newly created data project file located
       on the BASINS DATA directory. Run Data Extraction and select No when prompted to project the
       data.

   2.  Once Data Extraction is complete, run BASINS Projector from the program menu to project the data
       set.

   3.  Specify the desired map projection parameters following the same procedures described for Data
       Extraction.

   4.  The next dialog box will prompt you to choose a data directory (Screen 4.2.12). Select a directory
       and click Ok to continue. Selecting Cancel will exit the Projector.
            c:\basins\data\17060306
       Screen 4.2.12
    5.  The data will be projected and saved under the same project directory. Run BASINS Project Builder
       using this data set to create a new BASINS project.
4.2-10

-------
                                                                                    4.2 Data Extraction
Introduction to Map Projections

Map projections are mathematical formulations that allow areas on the surface of the earth to be represented .
on a flat surface such as a map. Precise positions of features on the earth's surface can be obtained from the
map. All map projections distort shape, area, distance, or direction to some degree. The impact of these
distortions depends on the intended use of the map and its scale. At a large scale, such as a street map,
distortion caused by the projection may be negligible because the map covers only a small part of the earth's
surface. On small-scale maps, like regional and world maps, distortion should be a much bigger
consideration, especially if the application of your map involves comparison of the shape, area, or distance of
different features. In these cases, it becomes very important to know the projection characteristics of the map
you are using. Depending on the application and the scale of the map, it is important to know which map
projection is used by each data set so that you don't use spatial data sets that are in different projections
within the same view.

BASINS data are in decimal degrees and are based on the 1983 North American Datum (NAD 83). The
decimal degrees system is a spherical coordinate system and therefore, by definition, unprojected. In decimal
degrees, longitude-latitude is expressed as a decimal rather than in degrees, minutes, and seconds. Data in
decimal degrees can be drawn in any projection in Arc View. The map projection for BASINS data is selected
during Date Extraction. The user has the option of using a "standard" or "custom" projection. Since
BASINS uses Arc View projection functions and dialog boxes to perform map projections, the user can refer
to Arc View's on-line help for additional information on map  projections. (For help, press the "Fl" key while
the projection screen is active.)

The first projection dialog box prompts the user to select a projection category and type (Screen 4.2.13). The
categories are generic groupings developed for Arc View based on mapping scale (e.g., the world or state).
The type pull-down menu contains actual projection names. The standard projection parameters will be
displayed under the type as shown in Screen 4.2.14. The user can specify other projection parameter values
by selecting the "custom" option (Screen 4.2.15). Remember that BASINS data is based on the 1983 North
American Datum (NAD 83), therefore, the GRS 80 spheroid must be used to properly project the data.
   Tip:   BASINS data are unprojected and based on the NAD 83. It is necessary to project BASINS data
          using Data Extract before you can use certain features in BASINS. For example, ArcView cannot
          calculate distances and areas if you do not project the data and, therefore, you will not be able to
          run BASINS models (e.g., NPSM) properly.
   Tip:   Press the Fl key while a Projection Properties screen is active to display ArcView's On-Line help on
          map projections.
   Tip:   The BASINS Projector tool is currently being updated to include a function for converting BASINS
          data sets from NAD 83 to NAD 27. This will allow BASINS data to be compatible with agency data
          based on NAD 27. The new Projector tool will be available from the BASINS web site
          (www. epa.gov/ost/basins).
                                                                                              4.2-11

-------
BASINS Version 2.0
                   Projections of the World
                    Projections of a Hemisphere
                    Projections of the United States
                    State Plane-1927
                    State Plane-1983
                    UTM
                    National Grids
        Screen 4.2.13
       Screen 4.2.14
4.2-12

-------
                                                                                4.2. Data Extraction
 Projection Properties
         y Albers E qua!Area Conic
         *ซ" - *  :r;r~ซ •!  -   •ซป-3,Bf-' -ซ-
     dard Parallel 1:
      vป   '
      ard Parallel 2:
      "   •-*"
    e Easting:,.
        ,.  j
        rthing;
Screen 4.2.15
   Data themes provided by the user must be projected to the same projection as the BASINS
   project. In addition, the data must be based on the NAD 83. The projection parameters for an
   existing BASINS project can be viewed using the "Lookup, Projection Parameters" menu function
   in the BASINS view. Refer to Section 7.2, Import, for information on importing user-supplied data
   (non-BASINS data).
                                                                                         4.2-13

-------

-------
                                                                                  4.3 Project Builder
4.3  Project Builder
Purpose

The Project Builder creates an Arc View project file from an extracted data set created with Data
Extraction. The new project includes all BASINS GIS tools and utilities, as well as links to the
geographic data you have extracted.
Application

BASINS Project Builder creates an Arc View project file that contains links to your retrieved data
and incorporates all customized GIS functions into your Arc View project file. The project file
contains a customized Arc View Graphical User Interface (GUI) including menus, buttons, and tools.
Details of BASINS custom menus, buttons, amd tools are discussed in later sections. All
environmental data layers except Reach File Version 3 (RF3) and DEM data are automatically
included in a project file. The RF3 and the DEM data layers need to be imported manually using the
Arc View Add Themes feature under the View menu.  RF3 and DEM data are tiled by watershed (8-
digit cataloging units) and located in your data directory. (Refer to Section 4.2 on how to extract
RF3 and DEM data from the BASINS CD or web site.) You can import RF3 and DEM data to your
project file on an as-needed basis to keep your project file clean and efficient.
Procedures
IB
is
            Key Procedures

               /  Click the Project Builder icon in the BASINS Windows program group

               ซ/"  Enter a project name

               /"  Select a data directory from the drop-down list
   Tip:   You may create multiple project files by running the Project Builder more than once.
          However, you cannot create a project file that includes data from two or more separate
          Data Extraction runs.
                                                                                            4.3-1

-------
BASINS Version 2.0
1.
        Navigate through the Start, Programs, and BASINS menus on your desktop and click the
        Project Builder icon. This initiates the BASINS Project Builder subsystem (Screen 4.3. 1).
        Screen 4.3.1
    2.   Supply a name for the project file to be created. The file name may be up to eight characters
        in length. Do not provide a file name extension. The file name will be assigned an ".apr"
        extension. Click OK after you enter a project file name (Screen 4.3.2).
       Screen 4.3.2
    3.   Select a data directory from the drop-down list (Screen 4.3.3). You may have multiple data
        directories, depending on the number of data extractions you have performed. The
        drop-down list contains all the directories created during data extractions. Click OK after
        you make your selection.
           Ic:\basjns\dataStutQfial
           MMjBBH
        Screen 4.3.3
  Tip:   Although there will be an additional directory under BAS1NS\DATA called MET_DATA, it will
          not be displayed in the drop-down list. The MET_DATA directory contains all weather data
          files for the NPSM simulation.
4.3-2

-------
                                                                                    4.3 Project Builder
 4.  A dialog box indicates the completion of Project Builder (Screen 4.3.4).
TUTORIAL                           "    *         .    '   ", \_ ;,

•  Click the Project Builder icon in the BASINS Windows program group

•  Enter a project name

•  Select the BASINS\DATA\TUTORIAL directory.
              BASINS Project Builder
               Project Builder completed successfully!
               BASINS ArcView project - Tutorial, apr - created.

               To begin using the BASINS system:

               1) Click the BASINS icon.
               2) Select project fileABASINSSAPRVTUTQRIALAPR using the
               Open Project dialog box.
               3) Choose OK.
             Screen 4.3.4
                                                                                              4.3-3

-------

-------
                                                                       4.4 Opening a BASINS Project
4.4 Opening a BASINS Project
Purpose
This section explains how to open a BASINS project file.
Application

To begin using BASINS, you need to open a BASINS project.  Completing a Data Extraction and
Project Builder session produces a BASINS project file. The project file contains instructions for
Arc View that generate the BASINS custom environment, which consists of a specialized user
interface, access to water analysis tools, and BASINS-supplied data.
Procedures

    1.  Click the BASINS icon in the BASINS Windows program group (Screen 4.1.1). This
       initiates the "Open BASINS Project" dialog box (Screen 4.4.1).

    2.  Select a project file from the \BASINS\APR directory. Click on OK after selection is
       complete. This will open the BASINS project.
' Filename   |Tutorial apt
  a
                                                     fipen,
                 | BASINS Pioiect Files
      Screen 4.4.1
                                                                                        4.4-1

-------
 BASINS Version 2.0
   Tip:   It is better to select project files using the BASINS program icon than to use ArcView alone
           because the BASINS program cleans up temporary files when it is started.
       Select TUTORIAL.APR
4.4-2

-------
                                                                    5 BASINS Components
Ssctlon 5

BASINS  Components



BASINS Customized ArcView Interface

The BASINS customized ArcView Interface contains all of the menu, button, and tool bar items that
are present in the standard ArcView interface. These standard components provide access to
Arc View's data query, spatial analysis, and map generation tools. The BASINS interface also
contains a number of additional menus and tool bar items that execute BASINS Assessment Tools,
BASINS Utilities, Watershed Characterization Reports, Stream Water Quality Models, and the
Nonpoint Source Model (NPSM). The BASINS Customized ArcView Interface is displayed in
Screen 5.1.
Screen 5.1
                                                                                5-1

-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Standard ArcView Tool Bar Items

The following ArcView tool bar items are present in the BASINS Customized ArcView Interface. They are
used throughout this manual. Use this section as a reference during execution of BASINS functions.
 Save Project


 Theme Properties


 Edit Legend


 Open Theme Table


 Rnd


 Locate Address


 Query Builder


 Zoom to Full Extent


 Zoom to Active Theme(s)


 Zoom to Selected
    Zoom In


    Zoom Out


    Zoom to Previous Extent


    Select Features
    Using Graphic


    Clear Selected Features


    Help
I I   Change Projection
     Identify
     Pointer
    Vertex Edit
                                                                 Select Feature
Zoom In
Zoom Out
Pan
Measure
Hot Link
Area of Interest
Label
Text
Draw Point
BASINS Assessment Tools

The BASINS Assessment Tools consist of three geographically based tools—TARGET, ASSESS, and Data
Mining. These tools can be used to assess in-stream water quality conditions and point source discharges at
the regional, watershed, and stream segment levels..      ,                         .      ;      .r  >,,,
5-2

-------
                                                                                5 BASINS Components
TARGET is accessed from the Target menu and provides two options: Water Quality and Permitted
Discharges.

ASSESS is accessed from the Assess menu and provides the same options as TARGET, Water Quality and
Permitted Discharges.

Data Mining is executed by selecting the Data Mining tool bar item. This tool is only available
when either the PCS, Water Quality Stations, or Bacteria Station Theme is active.
BASINS Utilities

The BASINS Utilities provide the user with the ability to delineate watersheds, import local data, reclassify
land use data, manipulate water quality observation data, reclassify DEM data, query various environmental
databases, and view projection properties.

Watershed Delineation enables the user to define watershed boundaries at a level smaller than the
8-digit Cataloging Unit Boundary level. This function is executed by selecting the Watershed
Delineation tool bar item.  This tool is available when a Watershed Boundary Theme is active.

A watershed boundary created in BASINS can be deleted using the Watershed Cleaning tool bar
item.
Import enables the user to import watershed, land use, DEM, and Reach File Version 3 data for
use with BASINS, or to import any theme as a standard Arc View coverage. Import is executed by
selecting the Import tool bar item.

Land Use Reclassification enables the user to reclassify a land use coverage imported into BASINS. This
function is accessed by selecting Re-classify Land Use from the Utility menu.

Water Quality Observation Station Management enables the user to access and manipulate water
quality observation station information and data. It is composed of a set of station management
tools and two utilities for appending and exporting water quality observation data. The station
management tools are accessed by selecting the Station Management tool bar item. The other
tools can be accessed by selecting either Append Water Quality Observation Data or Export Water
Quality Observation Data from the Utility menu.  These tools are available when the Water Quality
Observation Theme is active.

DEM Reclassification enables the user to reclassify DEM polygon data to better represent a study area. This
function is accessed through selection of Re-classify DEM from the Utility menu.

Lookup Tables enable the user to query a number of environmental databases and view projection properties.
This function is accessed through selection of Water Quality Criteria, Standard Industrial Codes, STORET
Agency Codes, or Projection Parameters from the Lookup menu.

Watershed Characterization Reports

Watershed Characterization Reports assist in summarizing key watershed information. A number of reports
can be developed to inventory and characterize both point and nonpoint sources at the watershed and
subwatershed scale. Watershed Characterization Reports can be created by selecting Point Source
                                                                                               5-3

-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Inventory Report, Water Quality Summary Report, Landuse Distribution Report, Toxic Air Emission Report,
State Soil Characteristic Report, or Watershed Topographic Report from the Report menu.

Stream Water Quality Models

Two stream water quality models can be executed from BASINS: QUAL2E and TOXIROUTE. The
BASINS system develops the input files required to run both models.

QUAL2E is a steady-state, one-dimensional receiving water quality model. It is accessed through selection
of QUAL2E from the Models menu.

TOXIROUTE performs simple assessments of pollutant concentrations in rivers. It is accessed through
selection of TOXIROUTE from the Models menu.

Visualization enables the user to graphically view output from both QUAL2E and TOXIROUTE. This
graphical visualization is accessed through selection of Visualize from the Models menu.

Nonpolnt Source Model (NPSM)

The Nonpoint Source Model (NPSM) is a planning-level watershed model integrating both point and
nonpoint sources. It is capable of simulating nonpoint source runoff and associated pollutant loadings,
accounting for point source discharges, and performing flow and water quality routing through stream
reaches and well-mixed reservoirs. It is executed through selection of NPSM from the Models menu.
BASINS Data Products

The BASINS Version 2.0 system is distributed with several national, regional, and state-level data products.
The data consist of base cartographic products (such as state and county boundaries) and environmental
products (such as water quality monitoring and industrial facility locations). These data products are
accessible within the BASINS system through Arcview standard mapping and analysis tools and through
BASINS customized tools and models.

Table 5.1 is a list of supported data products in BASINS Version 2.0, which also indicates data owners and
reference web sites when available. The list is arranged so that it matches the default listing of data products
in the table of contents of the BASINS View window. The name of the Arcview theme and related DBF
tables are shown for each data product. The table also shows what models and tools are used to access the
data product. Appendix A provides the definition of every attribute field within each data product. All
BASINS2 data is documented using the Federal Geographic Data Committee (FGDC) metadata standard. A
copy of the metadata can be obtained from www.epa.gov/ost/basins/metadata.htm.
5-4

-------
                                                                                         5 BASINS Components
 Table 5.1 BASINS Version 2.0 Data Products
      BASINS Data Product
                                            Theme Name
                                                                      File Name
                                                            Customized Models
                                                                 and Tools*
*Pejjit Compliance System (PCS)
ra^s and ^omputeS Annual
jLopdljjgs^
 t jurce: US Envjronrrjental
 F^rcrtecfion Agency fus'EPA)
 iC""
                                 Permit Compliance System
 Related Table Names:
                                 Permitted Discharges 1991
                                 Permitted Discharges 1992
                                 Permitted Discharges 1993
                                 Permitted Discharges 1994
                                 Permitted Discharges 1995
                                 Permitted Discharges 1996
                                 Permitted Discharges Parameter Table
                                 PCS Code Description
                                                                    pcs.dbf
                                                                    pcs.shp
                                                                    pcs.shx
                                                                    pcsld91.dbf
                                                                    pcsld92.dbf
                                                                    pcsld93.dbf
                                                                    pcsld94.dbf
                                                                    pcsld95.dbf
                                                                    pcsld96.dbf
                                                                    pcs_prm.dbf
                                                                    PCS code.dbf
                                                         Target, Assess, Data Mining,
                                                         Point Source Inventory
                                                         Report, NPSM, QUAL2E,
                                                         TOXIROUTE
(IFD)  .. Industrial Facilities Discharge Sites
                                                                   ifd.dbf
                                                                   ifd.shp
                                                                   ifd.shx
                                                                                   NPSM
                                                                                   QUAL2E
                                                                                   TOXIROUTE
        ease, Jnyentoiy (TRI) Sites
            jtetease Data
|l^://www.epa.gov/env]ro
 Related Table Names:
       Toxic Release Inventory              tri.dbf
      ,                                   tri.shp
      ,                                   tri.shx
                                 TRI Air Emission Data 1987           tri_ai87
                                 TRI Air Emission Data 1988           tri_ai88
                                 TRI Air Emission Data 1989           tri_ai89
                                 TRI Air Emission Data 1990           tri_ai90
                                 TRI Air Emission Data 1991           tri_ai91
                                 TRI Air Emission Data 1992           tri_ai92
                                 TRI Air Emission Data 1993           tri_ai93
                                 TRI Air Emission Data 1994           tri_ai94
                                 TRI Air Emission Data 1995           tii_ai95
                                 TRI Land Release Data 1987          tri_lr87
                                 TRI Land Release Data 1988          tri_lr88
                                 TRI Land Release Data 1989          tri_lr89
                                 TRI Land Release Data 1990          tri_lr90
                                 TRI Land Release Data 1991          tri_lr91
                                 TRI Land Release Data 1992          tri_lr92
                                 TRI Land Release Data 1993          tri_lr93
                                 TRI Land Release Data 1994          tri_lr94
                                 TRI Land Release Data 1995          tri_lr95
                                 TRI POTW Data 1991                tri_pw91
                                 TRI POTW Data 1992                trj_pw92
                                 TRI POTW Data 1993                tri_pw93
                                 TRI POTW Data 1994                tri_pw94
                                 TRI POTW Data 1995                tri_pw95
                                 TRI Underground Injection Data 1987   tri_ui87
                                 TRI Underground Injection Data 1988   tri_ui88
                                 TRI Underground Injection Data 1989   tri_ui89
                                 TRI Underground Injection Data 1990   tri_ui90
                                 TRI Underground Injection Data 1991   tri ui91
                                                                                   Toxic Air Emission Report
* In addition to ArcView'standard mapping and analysis tools
                                                                                                         5-5

-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Table 5.1 Continued

BASINS Data Product Theme Name
Related Table Names (cont): TRI Underground Injection Data 1992
TRI Underground Injection Data 1993
TRI Underground Injection Data 1994
TRI Underground Injection Data 1995
TRI Water Discharge Data 1987
TRI Water Discharge Data 1988
TRI Water Discharge Data 1989
TRI Water Discharge Data 1990
TRI Water Discharge Data 1991
TRI Water Discharge Data 1992
TRi Water Discharge Data 1993
TRI Water Discharge Data 1994
TRI Water Discharge Data 1995
TRI Parameter Table
^— .^—l flagonaf pVio7ily"List • National Priority List Sites
sg"ป!ygg^!!i "|l"1": '' 	 "5""" "**** ":"!b J:a™':'a=s
•'K;™"1"',1 	 !*.'-'c'*raซ'VBriซwrซ^
Customized Models
File Name and Tools*
tri_ui92
tri ui93
tri ui94
tri ui95
tri_wd87
tri_wd88
tri wd89
tri wd90
tri_wd91
tri_wd92
tri_wd93
tri_wd94
tri_wd95
tri_prm.dbf
cerclis.dbf
cerclis.shp
cerclis.shx

                                 Hazardous and Solid Waste Sites
                                   rcris.dbf
                                   rcris.shp
                                   rcris.shx
     !MSftolh^ Stations &"* Water Quality Stations
                  ,B.T.TT-i7!3!TO3WHraiYL*
 Related Table Names:
                         Water Quality Data 70-74
                         Water Quality Data 75-79
                         Water Quality Data 80-84
                         Water Quality Data 85-89
                         Water Quality Data 90-94
                         Water Quality Data 95-97
                         Water Quality Parameter Table
                                   wq_stat.dbf
                                   wq_stat.shp
                                   wq_stat.shx
                                   wq d7074.dbf
                                   wq d7579.dbf
                                   wq d8084.dbf
                                   wq d8589.dbf
                                   wq d9094.dbf
                                   wq_d9597.dbf
                                   wq_parm.dbf
                                                                                   Target, Assess, Data Mining,
                                                                                   Water Quality Summary
                                                                                   Report
 ion|ffiฃSteipnsi& Data_ Bacteria Stations
rles"' '*"*""""""""""	""'	""""'	"	•"	"
""uti:
Bacteria Data 70-74
Bacteria Data 75-79
Bacteria Data 80-84
Bacteria Data 85-89
Bacteria Data 90-94
Bacteria Data 95-97
Bacteria Parameter Table
 Related Table Names:
                                                                    bac_stat.dbf
                                                                    bac_stat.shp
                                                                    bac_stat.shx
                                                            bc_d7074.dbf
                                                            bc_d7579.dbf
                                                            bc_d8084.dbf
                                                            bc_d8589.dbf
                                                            bc_d9094.dbf
                                                            bc_d9597.dbf
                                                            bc_parm.dbf
                                                 Data Mining
 5-6

-------
                                                                                   5 BAStNS Components
Table 5.1 Continued
     BASINS Data Product
Theme Name
File Name
Customized Models
    and Tools*
National Sediment" Inventory (NSf)
".Stations & Database
Source: US*EPA
^ * f *
Related Table Names:
Gage Sites
^|ource: USEPA , ^
fc^j^3" f V ^ k'v.
yDam Locations
'^Sojjrce: US Army Corps of
i Engineers ฃ1996)
fReacrt Fjle/Vereiort 1 (RF1)
Source: USEPA"
'Ftef: http://www.epa.gov/envtro/html/
fesdls/data_sets.html
^eitherslatiort Site's
feopfce: National Oceanic and
Sttrnospheric Administration (NOAA)
dRef, fittp://www4.noaa.gov
e^""^S--t-Ti --
p^^^.^^ „ te „ •*
jy^*Wi-Vป!' ~~ ^ , jl ,
ffrinkTng vVatelr Supply (DWS) Sites
p)ur%" USEPA"
&2-dJvt ' ." -I— -
Watershed Data Stations & '
ffia^tebase
Source: NOAA , ^
Jifl^^/www4.noaa.gov/
r'hydplogc Unit Boundaries
^urcefUS'Geological Survey
g???i . ;• ^ ."
Jซjr* ป „• "•- ^ i.
fe* " ~> >
p^fsi ^ / * ป
S^ ^v- t f " y *
& '
*#"< 4- i_ , '-
*ป _ '
u *• ™^5 ^ ^
'Major Roads
tj^oujce: Jed^eral Highway
^drninistration
1 Populated Place Locations
Source: USGS
sซ"K J-ji
National Sediment Inventory Stations
NSI Biotoxicily Data
NSI Tissue Residue Data
NSI Reference Values
NSI Sediment Chemistry Data
NSI Watershed Summary Data
USGS Gage Stations
1
< Dam Locations
* Reach File, VI
Weather Station Sites
Weather Station Area
A
j
Drinking Water Supply Sites
*,
" WDM Weather Data Stations
1
•3
' Cataloging Unit Code
4
, Cataloging Unit Boundaries
^
?
jS
, Accounting Unit Boundaries
Major Roads
^
Place Names - (state postal
abbreviation)
nsi.dbf
nsi.shp
nsLshx
nsi_bio.dbf
nsi_tis.dbf
nsi_ref.dbf
nsi_sed.dbf
nsi_wsh.dbf
gage.dbf
gage.shp
gage.shx
dam.dbf
dam.shp
dam.shx
rfl.dbf All report tools, NPSM,
rfl.shp QUAL2E, TOXIROUTE
rfl.shx
metptdbf
metpt.shp
metpt.shx
met_stat.dbf
met_stat.shp
met_stat.shx
dws.dbf
dws.shp
dws.shx
wdm.dbf NPSM
wdm.shp
wdm.shx
cat.dbf Data Extraction, Target,
catshp Assess, Data Mining,
catshx Watershed Delineationi all
catptdbf report tools, all utilities
catptshp (except Lookup Tables),
catptshx NPSM, QUAL2E, TOXIROUTE
acc.dbf
acc.shp
acc.shx
fhards.'dbf
fhards.shp
fhards.shx
(ST)ppl.dbf
(ST)ppl.shp
(ST)ppi.shx
* In addition to ArcView standard mapping and analysis tools
                                                                                                  5-7

-------
 BASINS Version 2.0
 Table 5.1 Continued
       BASINS Data Product
                                            Theme Name
   File Name
    Customized Models
        and Tools*
                                   Urban Area Names
                                  Urban Area Boundaries
                                                                     urban_nm.dbf
                                                                     urban_nm.shp
                                                                     urbanjim.shx
                                                                     urban.dbf
                                                                     urban.shp
                                                                     urban.shx
                                 County Boundaries


                                 State Boundaries
                                                                     cntyptdbf
                                                                     cntypt.shp
                                                                     cntypt.shx
                                                                     cnty.dbf
                                                                     cnty.shp
                                                                     cnty.shx
                                                                     stdbf
                                                                     stshp
                                                                     st.shx
                                                                                    Data Extraction
    iRegons'
                                 EPA Region Boundaries
epa_reg.dbf
epa_reg.shp
epa_reg.shx
All report tools
                                 t Ecoregions (Level III)
                                                                    ecoreg.dbf
                                                                    ecoreg:shp
                                                                    ecoreg.shx
                                  NAWQA Study Unit Boundaries
                                                                    nawqa.dbf
                                                                    nawqa.shp
                                                                    nawqa.shx
                                 < Mineral Data
                                                                    mines.dbf
                                                                    mines, shp
                                                                    mines.shx
                                ^ Water Quality Observation Stations
                                                                    wqobs.dbf
                                                                    wqobs.shp
                                                                    wqobs.shx
                                                                    (cu).dbf
                                                                    wqobs_prm.dbf
               Water Quality Management
               tools
                 '-ifSal;-งM,GfSLi -J 1996 Clean Water Needs Survey
                                                                    1996cwns.dbf
                                                                    1996cwns.shp
                                                                    1996cwns.shx
    iteSoi and Geographic   "  "" •  State Soil
  Sit	-	if	i ..-. ' 	'ป	" ;;j,S'ซ,;ii.;	ry. ,i
 nftpyAvww.ftw.nrcs.usda.gov/
 JH ,, jHiii,,,,	ftJlMJM;. Jll'i^llm,!!	hi!,,!	Ui	•ป!ป Jl,., 'It	ป^Si,j*i.i	™™, ,„,,ป.,
  tati.da&,htrnl
Related Table Names:
                                  Soil Component Data
                                  Soil Layer Data
                                                                    statsgo.dbf
                                                                    statsgo.shp
                                                                    statsgo.shx
statsgoc.dbf
statsgol.dbf
               State Soil Characteristic
               Report
 * In addition to ArcView standard mapping and analysis tools
5-8

-------
                                                                                         5 BASINS Components
Table 5.1 Continued
BASINS Data Product
Managed Area Database '
go&c^ef National Aeronautics and
^pace^Administration
SJrtellfish' Areas ' "" ,.
|tefyi|tp;//slate-of-coastnpaa.gov *>
lancf Use and Land "Cover *"
||H|e4|SGSf "*""•*' " ^
fAlpha Release" - ^
pToRi|ieh Fil^ Versiori 2.1
llgrtafElevation Map " " t
^Src^USGS
ifittgS'/edcwww.cr.usgs.gov/nsdi/
ig^ndifrn.htrn t *
psjjciig of Fish and'Wildlife
iSnlrce: USEPA „ 1
Related Table Names:

gg^Tabks /r *
Related Table Names:

Theme Name
Managed Area Database
Classified Shellfish Areas
Land Use Index
LJUSGS Quadrangle Name)
Reach File, V3 (CU)
DEM (CU)


Rsh and Wildlife Advisory (1996)-
Index
Fish and Wildlife Advisory (1996)-
Listing

Water Quality Criteria Table
STORET Agency Codes
Standard Industrial Classification
Codes
File Name
mad.dbf
mad.shp
mad.shx
csa.dbf
csa.shp
csa.shx
lulcndx.dbf
lulcndx.shp
lulcndx.shx
l_(quad).dbf
l_(quad).shp
l_(quad).shx
(cu).dbf
(cu).shp
(cu).shx
(cu).dbf
(cu).shp
(cu).shx


Ifwa96.dbf
Ifwa96ad.dbf

wqcriter.dbf
storetag.dbf
sic.dbf

Customized Models
and Tools*


Import Tool, Landuse
Distribution Report, Landuse
Re-classification, NPSM
Import Tool
Watershed Reports
NPSM
Import Tool, Watershed
Topographic Report, DEM
Re-classification




Lookup Tables


* In addition to ArcView standard mapping and analysis tools
                                                                                                         5-9

-------

-------
                                                                        6 BASINS Assessment Tools
Section 6
BASINS Assessment Tools
Three main geographically based tools—TARGET, ASSESS, and Data Mining—were developed to
assess in-stream water quality conditions and point source discharges at the regional, watershed, and
stream segment levels. These tools and their applications are described in this section. They are
designed to work jointly to allow the user to perform regional assessments, identify hot spots at a
watershed scale, define water quality and point source discharge conditions within watershed
boundaries, and access and review summary data at a site-specific scale. In addition, using overlays
of various BASINS data in conjunction with these assessment tools provides a powerful approach to
establish preliminary relationships between in-stream water quality conditions and potential sources
and causes.

TARGET   Performs a broad-based assessment on the entire extracted project area (region or
            state)

ASSESS    Used to assess data on an individual watershed (cataloging unit) or a limited set of
            watersheds.

Data Mining Generates dynamic links between tables and maps for individual water quality stations
            or permitted facility discharges. In addition, Data Mining also operates on the bacteria
            monitoring station data layer.
                                                                                          6-1

-------

-------
                                                                                        6.1 TARGET
6.1 TARGET
Purpose

TARGET is used to perform broad-based water quality and/or point source loading data evaluations
on the entire extracted project area.
Application

The BASINS TARGET tool allows the user to make a broad-based evaluation of watershed
conditions using water quality and/or point source loadings data included in the BASINS system.
TARGET is designed to perform analysis on the entire project area extracted (e.g., EPA Region,
state) and is best suited for project areas that include more than one watershed (cataloging unit). It is
designed to integrate and process a large amount of detailed, site-specific data associated with a
project area and to summarize the results on a watershed basis. Using water quality or loading
summaries, TARGET ranks watersheds based on the evaluation parameters and thresholds selected
by the user. This analysis can be used to draw preliminary conclusions based on the wide range of
environmental data included in BASINS  (e.g., 47 water quality parameters and most of the
parameters associated with point source dischargers). The available data are analyzed for each
watershed by computing a mean value for the selected parameter. These computed values are then
used for comparisons between watersheds.
Procedures
            Key Procedures
                   Select Water Quality or Permitted Discharges from the TARGET pull-
                   down menu
                   Select monitoring time period

                   Select monitoring parameter to be evaluated

                   Select desired statistical summary

                   Enter threshold value (criterion)
                                                                                            6.1-1

-------
 BASINS Version 2.0
     1.   With BASINS View active, click the TARGET menu and select either Water Quality or Permitted
         Discharges (Screen 6.1.1).

         The remaining TARGET steps and associated screen captures are similar for both Water Quality and
         Permitted Discharges.  The following examples correspond to a TARGET session using the Water
         Quality option.
    Tip:   TARGET automatically performs the analysis for the entire extracted project area.  There is no need
           to select an area for analysis.
            BASINS 2.0


                                        jg||(i|t|dpjsci

            BASINS View

             Industrial FaoiNties
            •   f
             Toxio Release Inva'
            ,   T
            tf<ซtfena
-------
                                                                                      6.1 TARGET
2.  Select a monitoring period for TARGET to use for this session (Screen 6.1.2). Statistical summaries
    of monitoring data for each water quality station or permitted facility are provided for six time
    periods spanning 1974 to 1997. The statistical summaries are for station data spanning a 5-year
    period (3-year period for 1995-1997). Descriptive statistics (mean; 15th, 25th, 50th, 75th, and 85th
    percentiles) are provided for 47 physical and chemical-related parameters at each water quality
    monitoring station.  Refer to Appendix A for additional information on water quality monitoring and
    permitted discharge data included in BASINS.
    la
     Water Quality Targeting
    ^Select monitoring period:
    fP3\ *ffi>"     '  faปi
    bjFrom 1995to 1997 ' 	'	~	'_	~GD' ' '^'^j
    Screen 6.1.2
3.  Select a parameter to evaluate (Screen 6.1.3).
           -•*-
         eet rnonrtoring parameter lo evaluate
         ^ ^^ -^f-U,   /ซ''        ^,
        NITRATE NITROGEN. TOTAL
         LEAD, DISSOLVED
         MERCURY, TOTAL
         NICKEL, DISSOLVED
         NITRITE PLUS NITRATE, DISS. 1 DET.
         NITRITE PLUS NITRATE, TOTAL 1 DET.
    Screen 6.1.3
4.  Select the desired summary statistics to be used for TARGET analysis (Screen 6.1.4).
                                                                                           6.1-3

-------
  BASINS Version 2.0
             Mean
             15th*
             25th %
             50th %
             75th %
         Screen 6.1.4
     5.   Specify a threshold value for the selected monitoring parameter (Screen 6.1.5). The threshold value
         can be a regulatory water quality standard, a discharge standard, or a project-specific value. The
         default value is zero. As described below, the threshold value will be used to summarize the number
         of times the value is exceeded based on the monitoring data statistical summaries.
    Tip:   Water quality criteria for selected parameters are available in BASINS under the Water Quality
           Criteria Lookup Table, which can be activated under the Lookup menu. Refer to Section 7.6 for
           details on how to use lookup tables.
        Screen 6.1.5
    6.  The TARGET session ends by generating three output windows (Screen 6.1.6) that summarize the
        results in map and graphical form:

        •   A map displaying the average monitoring value computed for each watershed (hydrologic
           cataloging unit) based on the user-specified parameter, statistical summary, and threshold value.

        •   A bar chart that shows the distribution of cataloging units with respect to the number of stations
           exceeding the selected threshold value.
6.1-4

-------
                                                                                           6.1 TARGET
         A bar chart that summarizes the distribution of cataloging units with respect to the average
         monitoring values.
Tip:  You can repeat this analysis using different monitoring time periods, parameters, and threshold
       values. You can also apply TARGET to the evaluation of point source information, using the same
       steps.
Tip:   TARGET will notify you if no data are available for the selected parameter or if there are no data
        exceeding the selected threshold value.
        BASINS 2.0
                                                                           BBS

                                                        Targeted Cataloging Units by No. of Stations
                                                                 Exceeding Threshold
                                                           Total Stations in Project Area: 12603
                                                                   Category

      Targeted Cataloging Units by Avg. Monitoring Value
           Total Cataloging Units in Project Area: 58
            on
            -17
       Units
L
   Category
IO-1.19388(MG/LAS
11.19388- 5.96938 (M
15.96938-23.8775 (M
     Screen 6.1.6
                                 ,:.  '!.:„<;*   Av^r^^.^
                                                                Water Quality Targeting for NITRATE NIT
                                                                                                6.1-5

-------
 BASINS Version 2.0
   TUTORIAL
   •   Select water quality from the TARGET pull-down menu (Screen 6.1.1).
   •   Select the following values for the given parameters:
          Monitoring period = 1995 to 1997 (Screen 6.1.2)
          Water quality monitoring parameter = "Nitrate Nitrogen, Total" (Screen 6.1.3)
          Statistical Summary = 85th percent/Ye (Screen 6.1.4)
          Threshold value = 0 (Screen 6.1.5)
   This TARGET session will generate a view showing the 85th percentile statistical summary of nitrate data
   collected between 1995 and 1997 for each watershed in the study area. Because a threshold value of
   zero was  selected, all available data will be shown on the view. Watersheds that do not have data for the
   selected parameter are illustrated by the "< 0" classification in the legend. Screen 6.1.6 shows the output
   for this TARGET session. (Note: If a threshold value is selected, only watersheds with summary data values
   greater than the threshold value will be displayed. All other watersheds will be grouped into the "<
   threshold value" classification.)
6.1-6

-------
                                                                                         6.2 ASSESS
   6*ป  it f^^rf^f*
  .2 ASSESS
Purpose

The BASINS ASSESS tool allows users to perform water quality and point source discharge
assessment on an individual watershed or a group of watersheds. The water quality assessment relies
on the water quality statistical summaries database. It evaluates each monitoring station separately
and provides a comparative view of the water quality condition at each station. The point source
discharge assessment uses the Permit Compliance System (PCS) stations and corresponding data to
produce a comparative view of sources based on the magnitude of their loading discharges.
Application

ASSESS is the second geographically based analytical tool developed in the BASINS GIS
environment. It is a simple assessment tool that allows the user to evaluate water quality and point
source loading data for individual stations or facilities within a given watershed (cataloging unit) or
group of watersheds. Following a TARGET analysis performed on a regional or state level, the user
can apply ASSESS to examine in more detail those watersheds identified as areas of concern.
Because it operates on individual stations (or point sources), it has several applications, including the
following: evaluation of stream conditions, establishment of preliminary relationships between in-
stream water quality conditions and potential sources and causes, and evaluation of monitoring
programs and availability of monitoring data for selected water quality parameters.
Procedures
            Key Procedures

                %^  Activate Cataloging Unit theme

                •/  Select watershed(s)

                /  Select Water Quality or Permitted Discharges from the ASSESS pull-
                   down menu.

                ป/"  Select monitoring time period

                /  Select monitoring parameter to be evaluated

                i/"  Select desired statistical summary on which the analysis will be
                   performed
                                                                                             6.2-1

-------
 BASINS Version 2.0
        Select one or more watersheds of interest using the Select Feature tool. Watersheds can be selected
        from BASINS View or the targeting view generated by a TARGET analysis, as shown in Screen
        6.2.1. In BASINS View the Cataloging Unit Boundary theme must be active and visible to select a
        watershed. The Average Monitoring Value theme must be active and visible if selecting the
        watershed from the generated targeting views.
   Tip:   ASSESS can be run by selecting one or more watersheds within BASINS view, or the Water Quality
          or Permitted Discharges views generated using TARGET.
       Screen 6.2.1
    2.  Pull down the ASSESS menu and select either Water Quality or Permitted Discharges (Screen
       6.2.1).

       The remaining ASSESS steps and associated screens are similar for both Water Quality and
       Permitted Discharges. The following examples correspond to an ASSESS session using the Water
       Quality option.
6.2-2

-------
                                                                                       6.2 ASSESS
 3.  The system identifies which cataloging units are selected and prompts you for confirmation
    (Screen 6.2.2).
     Water Quality Assessment
              You chose 02050301  02050304.02050305,02050306,
       ft*-***;*. //, 7~i-w
    Screen 6.2.2
4.  Select a monitoring time period to use for this session (Screen 6.2.3). Note that water quality
    statistical summaries are provided for 5-year time periods spanning the years 1970 to 1997; the 1995
    to 1997 time period includes only 3 years of data. Descriptive statistics (mean; 15th, 25th, 50th, 75th,
    and 85th percentiles, as well as the number of water quality observations and standard deviation) are
    provided for each time period and include summary data for 50 physical and chemical-related
    parameters. Refer to Appendix A for additional information on the water quality monitoring and
    permitted discharge data included in BASINS.
        From 1990 to 1994
        From 1985 to 1989
        From 1980 to 1984
        From 1975 to 1979
        From 1970 to 1974
                                          12
    Screen 6.2.3
5.  Select a parameter to evaluate (Screen 6.2.4).
                                                                                           6.2-3

-------
BASINS Version 2.0

          I NITRATE NITROGEN. TOTAL
            LEAD, DISSOLVED
            MERCURY, TOTAL
            NICKEL DISSOLVED
            NITRATE NITROGEN, TOTAL
            NITRITE PLUS NITRATE, DISS. 1 DET.  M
            NITRITE PLUS NITRATE, TOTAL 1  DET.S
       Screen 6.2.4
    6.  Select a water quality summary statistic to use for ASSESS analysis (Screen 6.2.5).

       Screen 6.2.5
    7.  The ASSESS session ends by generating two output windows that summarize the results (Screen
       6.2.6):
       •   A map with water quality stations ranked according to the average monitoring value for the
           selected time period, selected water quality parameter, and corresponding statistical summary
           data.
       •   A bar chart displaying the distribution of the stations based on the monitoring value
   Tip:  Use overlays of other BASINS data layers (e.g., land use, Permit Compliance System) to establish
          a preliminary relationship between in-stream water quality conditions and other upstream sources.
6.2-4

-------
                                                                                              6.2-ASSESS
Tip:   You can repeat this analysis iteratively using different monitoring time periods and parameters.
        Through this iterative analysis, you can establish the changes in a given parameter over time (e.g.,
        compare the 1995-1997 water quality parameter values at a given station to those of 1970-
        1974).
 8.  Use the Arc View Identify tool to examine data for selected stations. Screen 6.2.7 shows an
     expanded view of the station distribution map and the information table for a selected station
     containing the station reference, concentration value, and parameter measurement unit.
     3 BASINS 2.0
                                 BHB!
              ป!&!ป,.  Ihepe firapWcs  Taiget Assejs Model  Beport  Lookup  Utility  Window
              aA^fl......y..tj.....!.,....?•,.-> ''j.Ja^.f-s	..,*—_  i_l_X,__—.,.„,,..,.,	Q	1.1...., ,„ „'' j*.—_,j—*
         Water Quality Targeting for NITRATE ...       E3 |K
                                                        Distribution of Monitoring Stations by Parameter
                                                                 Value for Cataloging Units:
                                                          02050301,02050304
                                                       No.
                                                      Station
                    > 0 - 0.57375 (MG/L
                    0.57375-2.295 (MG/
                    2.295-11.475 (MG/L
                    No Data
                                                                  Category

                                                                                          .••BEOS1
^Pl
                                                                                  ent for NITRATE N
                                                                  Water Quality Targeting for NITRATE NIT
                                                                  Water Quality Targeting for NITRATE NIT
                                             '   /  '   ~*J
                                         r.Vi.'. ..v  ป~ซ. .
    Screen 6.2.6
                                                                                                  6.2-5

-------
BASINS Version 2.0
           Walei Quality Assessment for NITRATE NITROGEN, TOTAL [P= 95-97, S= 85th Z) V
       Screen 6.2.7
  TUTORIAL
  In the water quality targeting view generated with TARGET, select cataloging units 02050301, 02050304,
  02050305, and 02050306. These cataloging units can be identified by activating the attributes table for
  the Average Monitoring Value theme and querying the table on the "Cu" field. Refer to ArcView HELP files
  for additional information on how to query an attributes table.
  •   Select Water Quality from the ASSESS pull-down menu (Screen 6.2.1)
  •   Confirm that the appropriate cataloging units were selected (Screen 6.2.2).
  •   Select the 1995-1997 time period as the period for the analysis (Screen 6.2.3).
  •   Select "Nitrate Nitrogen, Total" as the parameter of concern (Screen 6.2.4).
  •   Select 85"1 percentiles for the statistical summary data to be used for the analysis (Screen 6.2.5).
6.2-6

-------
                                                                                      6.3 Data Mining
6.3 Data Mining
Purpose

Data Mining builds dynamic links between the map interface and related data tables to allow users
to retrieve and visualize (1) water quality stations and parameter data, (2) permitted facility locations
and pollutant loading discharge data, and (3) bacteria stations and corresponding parameter values.

Application

Data Mining is a tool that allows the user to retrieve and visualize BASINS water quality and point
source loading data using a dynamic linkage between various related data sets. It has several
technical applications, including the following:

•   When used in conjunction with TARGET and ASSESS, it allows examination of impaired
    stream reaches and the geographical extent of potential water quality problems.

•   It provides station-level statistical summaries of water quality condition for six time periods
    (1970-1974, 1975-1979, 1980-1984, 1985-1989, 1990-1994, and 1995-1997). Changes in water
    quality condition as reflected in the statistical summaries are indicative of potential trends.

•   When used in combination with other data layers, including upstream land use distribution and
    point source location, it provides a powerful tool for examining potential pollution sources and
    causes.

•   Because it establishes a dynamic link between station locations and their corresponding loading
    or concentrations for all parameters monitored, it can be used to support various analyses of
    monitoring programs; assess the availability of monitoring data; and identify data gaps in terms
    of geographic station coverage, monitoring periods, and monitoring parameters.

The unique relational process established by Data Mining provides an integrated approach to GIS
and regional data management. It brings environmental data closer to watershed and water quality
analysts and allows for a detailed analysis at the site-specific level.
                                                                                              6.3-1

-------
 BASINS Version 2.0
 Procedures
                Key Procedures

                    *^  Activate appropriate theme

                    /  Activate Data Mining Feature tool button

                    /  Use mouse to select stations or facility locations

                    i/"  Select a data point or record on the resulting map or tables to review
                        data for a given station or facility
    1.  Activate the Water Quality Station, Bacteria Station, or Permit Compliance System theme by
        clicking on the theme name. Check the box next to the selected theme for display on the BASINS
        view.

        The remaining steps are the same for water quality, bacteria, or PCS data. The following example
        corresponds to a Data Mining session using the Water Quality Station theme.

    2.  Using the Zoom In tool, zoom to a scale suitable for selecting the desired water quality stations.

    3.  Activate the Data Mining Feature tool button.

    4.  Select one or more stations, dragging a box around the stations/area of interest (Screen 6.3.1).
   Tip:  Although Data Mining can operate on an unlimited number of monitoring stations, it is best to
          limit the selected stations to a reasonable number to maximize the functionality of the tool.
6.3-2

-------
                                                                                     6.3 Data Mining
    & BASINS 2.0
                   Iheme fiiraphW Tatget
                  *       •" .' ,    *
Assess,  Modd vfleport  HoSkup Utility , isdgdow "Help'",ฃ1 ^T"J

       BASINS View

    Screen 6.3.1
    The system determines the number of stations selected and prompts you for confirmation
    (Screen 6.3.2). Click Yes to continue.
     Data Mining
                                 '•„-'  V7,    -''
           f  You have selected 4 water quali< Rations.
                        to continue?     *
    Screen 6.3.2


5.   Upon confirmation, Data Mining builds the appropriate relational data tables and corresponding data
    mining map (Screen 6.3.3). The following tables and map will be linked:

    •   Water Quality Station Table

    •   Water Quality Parameter Table
                                                                                             6.3-3

-------
          BASINS Version 2.0
                 •   Water Quality Data Tables (one table for each statistical summary table).

                 •   Water Quality Data Mining View

                 A Data Mining analysis of bacteria stations will generate a similar set of tables with bacteria data.
                 PCS Data Mining analysis will generate up to six permitted discharges data tables for the years 1991
                 through 1996 that include annual loading rates. Refer to Appendix A for additional information on
                 the data products included in BASINS.
            Tip:   Only the data tables that contain data for the selected station(s) or facilities will be displayed. For
                    example, if water quality data are available for only 1975 to 1989 for the selected station(s), only
                    three water quality data tables will be displayed in the Data Mining results (1975-1979,
                    1980-1984, and 1985-1989).
.
         6.3-4
                        ^^^'i^Mfi^.^^ih': V^^j^:^My^^^f\i^^iM
                                                                               lBp4Z23U*lmwROv-,,ป,,,,,.ป,
                                                                               l^rJll!liLP^i'*<' •'H'%''!$ff$ $i ฐ•
                    WQ Parameter Table HBEltjHS: WQ'Data SO-8*--"" -..--.^ BHiH*
                                                gi?'lp;g;g;|^'?:e'^?^1giS^
                  00095
                  OMDO"
                  'oo'iTb"
                  00515
                  00620
         s.p.E9f iง. c,s.y syFi*1^11
         m'
         Ayo^NlirxigtALiASjL
         RESIDUE, TOTAL FLT R]!
00900
00940"
                Screen 6.3.3
        MJIOATE .NIIROGEN- US
        UA'5'f!VjPc'
-------
                                                                                     6.3 Data Mining
 6.  Close all the windows except the project APR view to exit Data Mining.
Tip:   Data tables and maps generated by Data Mining will be overwritten every time this function is run;
        therefore, the results will not be permanently saved when the project is saved.
TUTORIAL    ^          '.„-../•.  ,- J '.„    --..-',.-"     _--    *  !
•  Activate tne Water Quaffty Station theme by clicking on the theme name.

•  Check the box next to the theme name to display the theme on the map.

•  Select the following stations using the Data Mining Feature tool 03042185, 03042190,
   03042230, and 03042200 (Screen 6.3.1). When prompted,  confirm that the stations are selected
   (Screen 6.3.2).
•  Once the Data Mining tables and maps have been generated, click on the Water Quality Parameter
   Table to activate it. All subsequent linkages will be based on water quality parameters.

•  Click on  "Alkalinity, Total (as mg/l CACQ3)" to select this parameter.  Note that stations that have
   measured alkalinity data are highlighted in the Water Quality Stations Table and in the Water Quality
   Data Mining map. Data records are also highlighted in  each of the water quality data tables (Screen
   6.3.3).
•  Click on  the Water Quality Stations title box to activate  it. This changes the focus from parameters to
   stations.
•  Click on  a station record. Now, all of the parameters measured by this station are highlighted in the
   Water Quality Parameter Table, as well as in the water quality data tables. Selected stations are also
   highlighted on the Data Mining map. If you select a station on  the Data Mining map, the data records
   corresponding to the selected station will be highlighted.
                                                                                              6.3-5

-------

-------
                                                                                     T BASINS Utilities
Section  7
BASINS  Utilities
Several BASINS utilities have been developed to assist with data management and watershed
assessment.  The data management tools are used to update existing data or to add additional local or
regional data to supplement or replace BASINS data products. The comprehensive data products
included in BASINS were developed based on nationally available information and are suited for
large-scale assessments. However, when dealing with localized small-basin analysis, higher-
resolution data might be necessary to effectively capture the site-specific feature variability.  The
BASINS utilities includes six main functions that allow the user to delineate subwatershed
boundaries, import new data sets, reclassify existing land use data, manage water quality station data,
reclassify Digital Elevation Model (DEM) data, and access reference tables. These tools and their
functions are described below.

•   Watershed Delineation: This tool is used to create subwatershed boundaries within a cataloging
    unit, thereby allowing the user to evaluate and model water quality conditions on a subwatershed
    scale.

•   Import: This tool is used to import additional data sets and to prepare the data to make them
    compatible with BASINS GIS functions and models. The Import tool is currently designed to
    function on four data types—watershed boundaries, land use, Reach File Version 3, and Digital
    Elevation Model (DEM).

•   Land Use Reclassification: This tool is used to change land use classifications within an existing
    data set. Reclassification allows the user to update land use data to evaluate the effect of land
    use changes on water quality.

•   Water Quality Observation Data Management: This tool is used to manage water quality data
    by allowing the user to add new stations, delete unnecessary stations, relocate misplaced stations,
    and incorporate new data into existing stations.

•   DEM Reclassification: This utility is used to tailor the display of the topographical data.

•   Lookup  Tables: This function allows the user to access several reference tables, including water
    quality criteria data, Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) codes and definitions, and STORET
    agency codes and definitions.  In addition, a Projection Parameter table that displays the
    projection parameters for an active BASINS project is included under the Lookup menu.
                                                                                               7-1

-------

-------
                                                                            7.1 Watershed Delineation
7.1 Watershed Delineation
Purpose

The BASINS Watershed Delineation tool allows the user to segment a watershed into several
smaller hydrologically connected watersheds for use in watershed characterization and modeling.
Application

A watershed boundary created using the BASINS Watershed Delineation tpol allows a user to define
the entire land area contributing to flow in a stream. The BASINS system enables a user to manually
delineate watershed boundaries for analysis and modeling. This tool operates on Arc View vector
data and does not require the Spatial Analyst Extension. Watersheds can be delineated for Reach
File, VI or Reach File, V3 stream segments depending on which Reach File data will be used for
modeling. Single watersheds or watershed systems containing multiple subwatersheds can be
delineated using the BASINS Watershed Delineation tool. Watershed analysis can be performed on
delineated watersheds using the BASINS Watershed Characterization Report tools. Sample reports
include landuse distribution, point sources (PCS), water quality data, toxic chemical releases (TRI),
soil distribution (STATSGO), and elevation (DEM). Watershed modeling can also be performed on a
single delineated watershed or multiple watersheds using the BASINS Nonpoint Source Model.

The procedures for using the Watershed Delineation tool are described below for single and multiple
watershed delineations.  Watershed delineations procedures are the  same for Reach File, VI and
Reach File, V3 stream segments. However, reach file data provided for the Pacific Northwest
(PNW) region of the United States is in a different format then standard Reach File, V3 data and
requires special data processing to prepare the data for watershed delineation and modeling. The
procedures for delineating PNW reach data are included at the end of this section.
Procedures
           Key Procedures

               /  Activate the Cataloging Unit Boundary theme

               y  Select the Cataloging Unit Boundary in which to perform the
                  delineation
               ซ/  Execute the Watershed Delineation Tool

               /  Select Reach File Version 1 or Version 3

               t/'  Assign a watershed name

               i/  Create the watershed outline

               /  Create additional watershed outlines as needed
                                                                                            7.1-1

-------
 BASINS Version 2.0
Single-Watershed Delineation

    1.  Turn on the Cataloging Unit Boundaries and Reach File, VI or Reach File, V3 themes. Reach File,
        V3 data will need to be imported using the BASINS Import tool (Refer to section 7.2). Zoom in on
        the area in which you wish to delineate a watershed.
   Tip!  It ;"s recommended that you import and turn on the Reach File, V3 and DEM (elevation) themes for
          your selected area. Both themes are useful in defining the watershed boundaries.
    2.  Activate and display the Cataloging Unit Boundaries theme.

    3.  Select the cataloging unit boundary in which the watershed delineation will be performed (Screen
       7.1.1).

        fSf-Accounting Unit Bo(
       Screen 7.1.1
7.1-2

-------
                                                                          7.1 Watershed Delineation
4.  Click the BASINS Watershed Delineation tool button.
5.  A dialog box will prompt you to select a Reach File (Screen 7.1.2). Select "Reach File, Version 1"
    or "Reach File, Version 3" depending on the stream level to be used for NPSM modeling. A unique
    ID will be assigned to the delineated watershed based on the Reach File, VI or Reach File, V3
    stream reach contained by the watershed.  This unique ID is used for watershed characterization
    report functions and NPSM modeling.
lir
            -Subwatershed:delineaiio
                                                iSU^m

                                      '*'
                                      ^
^Select a jeach file-
<*45 ?^ 1, ! '  *  _  ,'
                                <*   '
        Reach File.. Version 1
        Reach File, Version 3
    Screen 7.1.2
6.   The next dialog box will prompt you: "Please assign a name to the delineated watershed" (Screen
    7.1.3). At this prompt, enter a name of the watershed to be delineated. Click OK to save file and
    continue.  The default directory for delineated watershed boundary themes is
    BASINS\DATA\\DELINEATED WATERSHEDSY
    Please assign a name to the delineated watershed.!
     File Name:
                                    Directories:              ~   v
                              2]jU t c.\basins\dafaSpa\delineated waters  '^-ป'~-~~^
                                   1     * 	_	-					1ฑ	1—		" ^4fg^%y7rV"r?T wซl
                                           i                     ipw~~ li^^i^  t laKif^ol    J
                                          % \                    iPA. F^g^"^ ss&^wdM*'*?*  ^ I
                                                                H^_.j ^ ^^fe-—••-	—	-•	*..3i-~.rf-..>—i
                                     T *
                                      f <.
                                     >J '
                                              basins
                                              data
                                              delineated watersheds
                                                                            * *  <•  ^s ? #*?/i
                                                                           ^-ซ:ซ•*' **,,'..(•
                                                                            ^i>       **  *
                                                                         *fr45^ป .;  ซ•  .-ป,
                                        Drives1
                                         c:
    Screen 7.1.3
                                                                                          7.1-3

-------
 BASINS Version 2.0
    7.  A window will prompt you to begin watershed delineation (Screen 7.1.3). Click OK to continue.
        Screen 7.1.4
   Tip:  The theme for your soon-to-be-created watershed will appear at the top of the themes list, the
          theme will be active, and the check box will display a check and a dashed outline. The dashed
          outline indicates that the theme is in edit mode and ready for watershed delineation.
    8.  To delineate your watershed, you need to begin and end the delineation process at the boundary of
        the cataloging unit in which you are working. The cataloging unit boundary should now appear red.
        Place the mouse pointer slightly outside the cataloging unit boundary and click the left mouse button
        to begin delineation. Move the cursor to a point within the cataloging unit boundary and click the left
        mouse button once to create the first line segment of the watershed outline. Repeat this point-and-
        click process until the entire watershed outline is developed (Screen 7.1.5). Finish the watershed
        outline by double clicking the mouse at a point just outside the cataloging boundary. It is not
        necessary to delineate the portion of your watershed that coincides with the cataloging unit
        boundary. The delineation tool automatically clips your watershed' at the cataloging unit boundary.

    9.  After completing the watershed delineation, you will be asked: "Do you want to continue
        subwatershed delineation?" For a single-watershed delineation, Select No (Screen 7.1.6).
   Tip:   Best results are produced by an "out-and-back" procedure; that is, delineate in the direction of
          the watershed's pour point (on one side of the stream segment) and return to the cataloging unit
          boundary on the other side of the stream. Stan the watershed delineation at the uppermost
          stream segment (headwaters) within the study area and work down stream.
7.1-4

-------
                                                                                  7.1 Watershed Delineation
                                           Assess  Model fieport  Lookup  Utility  J&indow
      JO Water Qualify Statfc.'"^
                        length ?069mi
     Screen 7.1.5
      NPSM Watershed Delineation
                Do you wart to continue subwatershed delineation?
                         .ปซ.ปป, ^i,^*—ซซ.™,7v i     ^ y*1-**
                         j  ' Yes -11    V ฃ
     Screen 7.1.6
Tip:   If the watershed is not delineated successfully, either the watershed boundary will not appear or
        the watershed boundary will appear with a warning window (Screen 7.1.7). If the watershed
        boundary appears along with a warning, it is necessary to immediately clean (delete) the
        watershed. Click OK to continue. Watershed cleaning is discussed after Multiple-Subwatershed
        Delineation.
                                                                                                  7.1-5

-------
BASINS Version 2.0
        Screen 7.1.7
Multiple-Subwatershed Delineation

Multiple-subwatershed delineation lets you create and save a subwatershed system as a single .shp file.
Subwatersheds in the system can be modeled and analyzed individually or as a group.

    1.  Activate the watershed boundary theme created above or start a new watershed delineation using the
       cataloging unit theme.

    2.  Select the BASINS Watershed Delineation tool button. If a user delineated watershed boundary
       theme is used, a dialog box will prompt: "Do you want to modify this watershed delineation?"
       (Screen 7.1.8).  Answer YES to continue the delineation on the existing watershed theme.  Answer
       NO to create a copy of the existing watershed boundary theme. This option allows you to alter a
       copy of the watershed delineation theme without making changes to the original theme.
        Watershed Delineation
          lii^S
                 Do you want to modify this watershed delineation? ^nsj$er._Npjif:&-
         jl'yi'fVMir ini'bfnjn	,!!	SHN'iB	:',
        il'li.iillllillhJIIiiP^lnllihiillnllPliiilii^^
ift.Ye*  II
                    Mei#*~
                                    No
       Screen 7.1.8

    3.  Delineate a new watershed boundary using the methods described above for a single watershed
       delineation.

    4.  After completing a watershed delineation for the first subwatershed, you will be asked: "Do you
       want to continue subwatershed delineation?" Select Yes (Screen 7.1.6).

    5.  Begin delineation of the second subwatershed in the same manner as the first. For this delineation
       and subsequent subwatershed delineations, you can begin and end at a cataloging unit boundary or
       the boundary of a previously delineated subwatershed (in the same .shp file; i.e., the present
       subwatershed system being delineated). Subwatersheds will automatically be clipped where they
       cross either the cataloging unit boundary or the outline of another subwatershed (Screen 7.1.9).
7.1-6

-------
                                                                                 7.1 Watershed Delineation
        IS BASINS 2.0
        yEile^ .Edit  Mieffi,  Utegjw  graphics „ Taiget  Assess /Model  fieport  Lookup  iitility  tfaidow" Help
HHEi
          *j'i foxio Releas-'a Jnvf'^ ^J
        Screen 7.1.9
    6.  Respond by clicking Yes after each subwatershed delineation if you would like to continue
        delineating more subwatersheds. When you have completed the final subwatershed in the system,
        click No. Watershed Cleaning
  Tip:   Additional delineations can be performed using an existing watershed theme. Activate the
         appropriate theme and select the BASINS Watershed Delineation tool. A window will appear
         (Screen 7.1.5). Click Yes to delineate additional subwatersheds in the current watershed theme.
         Click No to create a new watershed .shp file. Click Cancel to exit delineation.  The remaining steps
         are similar to those discussed above.
Watershed Cleaning

In many situations, it is necessary to delete a watershed or subwatershed that has been delineated improperly.
The Watershed Cleaning tool can be used to delete a previously created watershed.

    1.  Turn on and activate the appropriate watershed theme.

   2.  Click the Watershed Cleaning tool.
                                                                                                 7.1-7

-------
BASINS Version 2.0
    3.   Select the watershed boundary segment you wish to delete. A window will ask if you want to delete
        the line (Screen 7.1.10). Click Yes to delete the line. Note the selected watershed boundary is
        deleted.
                    ,   ,            .     ,
                   p roll want to continue cleaning the watershed theme?
                     ""

       Screen 7.1.10
    4.  After deleting the watershed, you will be prompted to continue cleaning (Screen 7.1.11). If you wish
       to clean additional watersheds associated with the watershed theme, click Yes. If you are finished
       cleaning the watershed theme, click No.
                 Do you want to delete this line?
       Screen 7.1.11
  Tip:   If an unsuccessful delineation warning (Screen 7.1.7) continues to appear after clearing and trying
          to continue the watershed delineation, review the theme view and attributes table to make sure no
          small polygons (defective subwatersheds) were inadvertently created during the delineation.  These
          polygons may not be visible until you zoom in on the view. Use the cleaning tool to remove any
          small polygons.
  TUTORIAL

  •   Import the Reach File Version 3 theme: 05010007 and the DEM theme: 05010007.
  •   Zoom in on Cataloging Unit # 05010007. Either the DEM or the Reach File Version 3 can be used as
      an aid in delineation.  Only the Reach File Version 3 theme will be used here.
  •   Turn on theme 05010007.
  •   Select Cataloging Unit # 05010007.
7.1-8

-------
                                                                           7.1 Watershed Delineation
   TUTORIAL (continued)

   •   Assign the name watershed to your delineation.
   •   Save the file in the BASINS\PA\DELINEATED WATERSHEDS directory.
   •   Zoom in further, so that Reach File Version 1 segments 05010007012, 05010007013, and
      05010007014 are visible and cover most of the screen.
   •   Delineate a watershed for all tributaries feeding into Reach File Version 1 segment 05010007014.
      Select Yes to continue delineation.
   •   Add additional subwatersheds to the watershed.shp delineation for segments 05010007012 and
      05010007013.
   •   Select No to end delineation after completing a subwatershed for each of these three segments.
Watershed Delineations using Pacific Northwest Reach File Data

Stream reach data included in BASINS for the Pacific Northwest (PNW) region of the United States requires
additional data processing before a watershed can be properly delineated and modeled. The PNW reach data
is based on River Reach File, Version 2.1 specifically developed for this region. Data processing described
below assist in simulating PNW reach file data in a manner similar to Reach File, V3.

    1.  Imported PNW reach data as a Reach File, V3 theme using the BASINS Import Tool. Procedures for
       importing Reach File, V3 data are presented in section 7.2.

    2.  Activate the PNW reach theme and select all stream reaches within a study area. Also select the
       downstream reach just beyond the study area.

    3.  Once all stream segments are selected, choose Convert to Shapefile... from the Themes menu to
       convert these stream reaches into their own shapefile.  In the dialog box that appears, enter a file
       name for the reach file theme to be created.  Save the file to the BASINS\DATA\\ RF3\ directory to make this file easy to find when needed (Screen 7.1.12).
        Convert Reach File, V3 [17060306]
        _J>> -Ni'Xo^r.L-	 	      1ฃ=
       Screen 7.1.12
                                                                                          7.1-9

-------
          BASINS Version 2.0
             4.  The next dialog box will prompt to "Add shapefile as theme to the view", select NO. The theme can
                 not be directly added to a view because it needs to be "tagged" as a Reach File, V3 theme to properly
                 function with BASINS GIS functions and modeling.  This is accomplished by re-importing the new
                 theme as a BASINS Reach File, V3 theme.

             5.  Import the new PNW theme using the BASINS Import tool (Refer to section 7.2).  Turn off the
                 original reach theme to clearly display the new theme in the view.
             6.  Once the new theme has been imported, the stream network has to be developed using the following
                 steps below. The PNW reach data contains many stream reaches with multiple line segments. A
                 reach is defined as the portion of a stream between two tributaries or the headwaters to the first
                 confluence. A reach must contain a single segment to properly function with BASINS GIS tools and
                 models.
                 a.  Use the Select Feature tool to identify reaches that include multiple segments. The multiple
                    segments of a reach need to be merged to form a reach with a single segment.
                 b.  Select all segments within a single reach.

                 c.  From the Themes menu, select Start Editing
                 d.  From the Edits menu, select Union Features.  The multiple segments will be merged into on
                    segment.
                 e.  Select the segments in the next reach to be merged.

                 f.  Select Union Features from the Edit menu.
                 g.  Select Stop Editing from the Themes menu. Choose YES when prompted to save changes to
                    theme.
                 h.  Repeat steps e to g until all reaches contain a single segment.

                 i.  View the attributes table for this theme to confirm that all reaches contain a single segment.  The
                    number of records (rows)  in the attributes table should correspond to the proper number of
                    reaches (single segment reaches) in the theme.

                 Assign a stream order to the network using the steps described below.  Stream order is used to define
                 the connectivity of the stream network which is required for modeling. As shown in Figure 7.1, this
                 method is based on an increasing stream ordering number from downstream to upstream. In this
                 example, Blacklick Creek is assigned a stream level of one for its  entire length. All tributaries that
                 discharge directly to Blacklick Creek are assigned a two. For example, Elk Creek is a second order
                 stream. All tributaries directly discharging to Elk Creek are then assigned a three. The process
                 continues to the upper most reach. Note that at a confluence the main stream channel identified by
                 name (i.e., Blacklick Creek) in the reach file database is assigned the same stream level for its
                 upstream and downstream segments.

                 a.  Activate the new RF3 theme's attribute table.  From the Windows menu, select Tile to display the
                    attributes table and BASINS view together.

                 b.  With the attributes table active, select Start Editing from the Table menu.

                 c.  Select Add Field from the Edit menu. A Field Definition dialog box will appear (Screen 7.1.13).
                    Enter the parameters for the Name, Type, Width and Decimal  Places fields according to the
                    values shown in Screen 7.1.13.  Select OK to continue. A new field labeled "Level"  will be
                    created in the table.
7.
.
         7.1-10

-------
                                                                        7.1 Watershed Delineation
Figure 7.1
 Field Definition
 ' Dedinjd.Piaces:
Screen 7.1.13

d.  With the attribute table still in edit mode, return to the BASINS view and select the downstream
    reach in the new RF3 theme.  The record that corresponds to this reach will also become selected
    in the table.

e.  Return to the attributes table to enter an order number in the new "Level" field for this
    stream reach. A number is entered into the "Level" field by selecting the Edit button
    from the button bar and using the mouse to click on the record in the level field (Screen
    7.1.14).

f.   Repeat steps d and e until every reach is assign an order number. Proceed from downstream to
    upstream reaches to help properly assign stream order.

g.  Select Stop Editing from the Table menu. Choose YES when prompted to save changes to theme.
                                                                                       7.1-11

-------
 BASINS Version 2.0
                                Leng>h_ni
                                             RlStchW
             412
             412
             412
             412
             412
                           610
                                   544.93
                                  1721,21
                                  1055,60
                                         1706030610430.001
                                         170603067044 0.001
                                         1706030610250.00
                                                    srr
__ 454.81 1706030610370.00j  O1
 i"4!5p.36T37ireg3olio55a"Q5'l  jf
                                                           s.
                                                           i-r
                             (ii i I'M M i iVi mViVmปi i*MViViVm*ill&i8miE f9* |  ซ
                              ^ ™tป* J im'l*UJ.!!>f!JifI>t'j"iii!ffrit1^.iri..ii.iif	.1  ^'
Vf Reach File, V3 (N *ป)
   A/
 -j Reach Fib, V3(17060308)
"  A/
^ Permit Compliance System    t  $f
    T                       4
                             ?
__J iodustrra! Facilities 0 is charge Sites  T
    r                         (
__J Toxic Be lease Inventory         tji!
    T                        !
	f Nation a! Ptioiity List Sites          *>
    .T                       ,"*
_J Hazardous and Solid Wasie Sites     ,
    T
_J Wat*r Quality Stations            ,
    *                       i >
                            t
  ! Bacteria Static ns               <
~™                            i
    ซ                        H
                            *! il
^^ National Sediment Inventory Station?/ ft
    B                       ^

_j USSS Oa^e Stations
         Screen 7.1.14

     8.  The new theme containing the PNW reach file data is now ready to be used for watershed delineation
         and subsequent watershed characterization functions and modeling. Follow the watershed
         delineation methods discussed previously in this section. When prompted to select a Reach File, V3
         theme, select the new RF3  theme and follow the standard watershed delineation procedures (Screen
         7.1.15).
               Reach File, V3fl 7060306]
         Screen 7.1.15
7.1-12

-------
                                                                                         T.2 import
7.2   Import
Purpose
                                                                                                   1
The BASINS Import tool gives the user the ability to import additional data sets and prepares the
data to work properly with BASINS GIS functions and models.
Application


When conducting a watershed assessment using BASINS, the user will often want to add additional
local or regional data to supplement or replace BASINS data products. The comprehensive data
products included in BASINS were developed based on nationally available information and are
suited for large-scale assessments. When dealing with localized small-basin analysis, however,
higher-resolution data may be necessary to effectively capture the site-specific feature variability.
The BASINS system is designed to provide a flexible GIS framework that allows users to easily
integrate local environmental data to supplement or replace the national data products supplied with
the program.

The BASIN Import tool functions like the standard "Add Theme" tool in Arc View; however, it
performs additional functions to prepare the data for use with BASINS GIS functions and models.
The BASINS Import tool is currently designed to import four data types—watershed boundaries,
land use, Reach File Version 3,  and Digital Elevation Model (DEM) data. As summarized in Table
7.2.1, the four data types must contain a number of required data attributes. Other data layers can be
imported as a standard Arc View coverage. To import a new data layer into BASINS, the data
layer must have the same projection and datum (NAD83) as the data in the BASINS project.
The projection parameters for the project were selected during the initial BASINS data extraction
and can be determined by using the Lookup Project Parameter menu. The BASINS Import tool
allows the user to project the new data layer, if needed.
 Table 7.2.1 Required Data Attributes
 Data Type
Type of Coverage
    Required
 Required Field and Its
      Attributes
       Other Restrictions
 Watershed
 Boundaries
 Land Use
 Digital Elevation
 Model (DEM)

 Reach File, V3
 (RF3)
Polygon
Polygon
Polygon
Line Coverage
No attributes required

Land use code field
Land use area in m2
Land use description field

BASINS DEM data
BASINS RF3 data
All watershed polygons must overlay
an RF1 or RF3 line segment
User-imported land uses are
currently configured to work only
with NPSM and cannot be used with
the Land Use Report generator
This function is designed to work
with the DEM data provided with
BASINS.
This function is designed to work
with the RF3 data provided with
BASINS.
                                                                                             7.2-1

-------
 BASINS Version 2.0
 Procedures
     Key Procedures
            Select Add Theme from the View menu
            Select one of the following from the dialog message box
            -   BASINS Watershed
            -   BASINS Land Use
            -   BASINS Reach File V3
            -   BASINS DEM (polygon)
                Other (This option corresponds to the standard "Add Theme" function in ArcView.)
            Select the file name to be imported
 Importing Watershed Data

 Subwatershed boundaries delineated within a cataloging unit(s) are often required for small-basin analysis.
 Users can import their own subwatershed themes using the BASINS Import tool. The Import tool assigns
 each subwatershed a unique identification number that is used for BASINS GIS functions and modeling.

    1.   Select Add Theme from the View menu or use the Import button.

    2.   Select "BASINS Watershed" from the data type message box (Screen 7.2.1).

    3.   Select the shape file name to be imported (Screen 7.2.2).

    4.   A dialog box will provide an option to project the data theme to be imported. If the data are not in
        the same map projection as the BASINS project, select OK to project the data. Refer to Section 4.2,
        Data Extraction, for an introduction to map projections.

    5.   The final dialog will prompt you to select a reach file (Screen 7.2.3).  Select "Reach File, Version 1"
        or "Reach File, Version 3" depending on the stream network to be used for NPSM modeling.  A
        unique ID will be assigned to each subwatershed based on the RF1 or RF3 segment that it contains.
        This unique subwatershed ID is used for watershed characterization report functions and modeling.
7.2-2

-------
7.2 Import

^^B BASINS - Data Loading



s ฅ%*> ,^- -^3. & /* jj^-^y^v
ff4^'VT ' ^ ' . V" : v ^' '*x ^
1 BASINS Watershed • D
I BASINS Land Use j^-
1 BASINS Reach File, V3 p
I BASINS DEM (Polygon) l'? •
1 Others T.
1 ^
1 f':
I L
1 E

Screen 7.2.1
•
f
"4
M
ป''
5',
i ซ.
p <
*• ff '/
y '-
ซ. ^
-^
* c
k/ **
v^-^
kr

^^^^^^^^^•1

, — .4 A. ซV
-, ฐK - ,
r-<^T^
< Cancel f
( 3
Sq-
t


iv^*
\ * '*
*Vv';
v , ,* ' ;" <
ซ > <• . <
% ,
>• f ;<* * ?• ^
^ c ป *.






^^B Add Theme . | Q ^|

•
Directory: IjcAbjisjnsWajaXpcL 	
* * '

__,

_ 	 _..__
> -i r
""""""" 	 """"" "|^ •# - v ,-v ^-(>- n, ^^
El 1996cwns.shp jf*. * * | IS data
E] acc.shp [T~ '-'' ^^E^^^l^^^^^l
/ EH bac_stat.shp jl^_ , Q delineated watershec
i H cat.shp Xvp ' CH dem
! H catpt.shp _** r~l landuse
| H cerclis.shp ^ , CD newlu
^ cnty.shp {"l^1* I--3 r^
Data Source Types: " Drives:
i Feature Data Source 1^11^% c.
• — ป 	 - •"
Screen 7.2.2
^^^HiNPSM - Subwatershed delineation




pr^ip^s^v/^ *"i -, * -
tefSelect a reach file: -
**Cifrc-ป*i *"" ^ s ^ "* -
II* Reach File, Version 1 TT
Rfianh Filp V/f=rsinn 1 ^tBi

Reach File, Version 3 ^ .
(^
^
f-y
I
il^
r^
S/
V




!*"
/
<* il
;






:|
,
f '• OK >
5> Cancel'''



U ป, r -irr^ — - 	 """' 	 '

S ^^ # %$St*v $& ^ $^ff -^i s?rf A*
i ' f V^ Directories
ฃf tl,rC" "Libraries " o
-ฃฃฃ sr*6*"^* >ซ-*!.* f ^ f^ ^A^^- ซ. > # ^
^ f
_kii '*-• • - j '


xj
:






Screen 7.2.3
    7.2-3

-------
 BASINS Version 2.0
         Example:

         Hydrologic unit boundaries delineated by state or county agencies can be imported directly into
         BASINS and used with BASINS tools. In this example hydrologic unit boundaries delineated by the
         Virginia Division of Soil and Water Conservation were reprojected and imported into a BASINS
         project file for use with NPSM (Screen 7.2.4).
          3 Citiloslns Unit Bo
             tlutlriil FjoiKtiei __
          _ , Toxto RMis* InwEV.Yi
          I Biclircj Stjliors .
          fs ....... •'&ฃ:•&• f~ ...... '-si
        Screen 7.2.4
Importing Land Use Data

If a new land use data layer will be used for modeling, it must be imported using the BASINS land use
Import tool. The following steps are used to prepare the new data set for future land use reclassification and
modeling. Refer to Section 7.3 of the manual for additional information on land use reclassification.

    1.   Select Add Theme from the View Menu or use the Import button.
  Tip:   Land use data imported by a user can be used by NPSM but is not available for the Land Use
         Distribution Report function.
7.2-4

-------
                                                                                         7.2 Impart
 2.  Select "BASINS Land Use" from the data type dialog box (Screen 7.2.1).

 3.  Select the land use file name to be imported.

 4.  A dialog box will provide an option to project the data theme to be imported.  If the data are not in
    the same map projection as the BASINS project, click OK to project the data. Refer to section 4.2,
    Data Extraction, for an introduction to map projections.

 5.  Following the projection dialogs a series of windows will follow prompting the user to specify
    names of existing land use code and description fields. Declaration of these new fields is required to
    run NPSM and to reclassify land uses.

 6.  A message box will prompt you for the original land use code field. Select the land use code field
    name from the list and click OK (Screen 7.2.5).
   Screen 7.2.5
7.  Enter a new land use code field name and click OK (Screen 7.2.6). Creating a new field name
    protects the original data field.
BASINS Landuse Classification
fvTV"""- ^
Mnter new ianduse'cot
h*^ ' ' ' '
{newcode
* >"m ""^(I V
" ' J-5 J .
ie field name L * ' [U*s/ฃ
" .ซ 	 * 	 * 	 ' 	 ,,,_ fr%wi
JfcJ*Par


•fx

i"1
ijTrr
icel^
*ซ• *

Screen 7.2.6
8.   Select the existing land use description field and click OK (Screen 7.2.7). The descriptive field
    contains the name of the land use classification, such as residential or deciduous forest. If the new
    land use data do not contain a descriptive field, click Cancel to skip this step. Otherwise, enter a new
    land use description field name and click OK (Screen 7.2.8).
                                                                                           7.2-5

-------
BASINS Version 2.0
         NPGM Landuse Classification

          Selict the existing landuse oescription field:
           No description field)
           L_pittpa_
           L_pittpa_i
           Lucode
        Screen 7.2.7
        fJ enter New Landuse Description held Name:
       Screen 7.2.8
    9.  The last screen prompts you to enter a land use group number. If the land use is a single tile, click
       Cancel. The group number is used to identify tiles that belong to the same land use data layer.

    10. The new land use theme is added to the BASINS View; however, it is unclassified. The new land use
       can be classified using the legend editor. Select the Load button within the legend editor to load
       default land use legends.
Importing Reach File Version 3 Data

The Reach File, Version 3 Import tool assigns a unique name to the theme and creates a default legend. This
tool is designed to import Reach File Version 3 data that were extracted from the BASINS CD or web
archive. These data are already in the proper projection and datum. Extracted Reach File data are located in a
folder named "RF3" under the project data directory. The reach files are grouped by cataloging numbers.

    1.  Select Add Theme from the View menu or use the Import button.

    2.  Select "BASINS Reach File V3" from the data type dialog box (Screen 7.2.1).

    3.  Select the file name to be imported (Screen 7.2.2).
7.2-6

-------
                                                                                     7.2 Import
Importing Digital Elevation Model (DEM) Coverages

The DEM Import tool assigns a unique theme name to the coverage and builds a default DEM legend to
display the data. DEM data that were extracted from the BASINS CD or web archive can be directly
imported into the BASINS View using this tool. These data are already in the proper projection and datum.
DEM data extracted from the BASINS CD are located in a folder named "DEM" in the project data
directory.

   1.  Select Add Theme from the View menu or use the Add Theme button.

   2.  Select "BASINS DEM (Polygon)" from the data type dialog box (Screen 7.2.1).

   3.  Select the file name to be imported (Screen 7.2.2).
  TUTORIAL

  •  Import the Reach Hie Version 3 theme 05010007 and the DEM theme 05010007 from the tutorial
     directory.
                                                                                       7.2-7

-------

-------
                                                                          7.3 Land Use Recfassification
 7.3 Land Use Reclassification
Purpose

BASINS Land Use Reclassification tool is used to group detailed land use classes, based on their
code and descriptions, into broad categories. The land use reclassification tool can modify the
existing land use theme(s) or create new themes with different classifications to reflect alternative
scenarios.

Application

Reclassification of land use is often required to update existing land use data files, to group land use
types, or to evaluate water quality impacts or management alternatives based on changes to land use
over time. For example, changes in water quality due to urbanization can be accounted for by
converting agricultural or forested land that is likely to be developed into an urban land
classification. In addition, land use classes that have similar characteristics can be grouped into a
single classification to simplify modeling. The main application of this tool is to support nonpoint
source modeling.

Procedures
           Key Procedures
                   Import land Use using BASINS Import Land Use tool

                   Activate the' land use theme

                   From the Utility menu select Re-classify Land Use

                   Select an existing land use code(s) to be reclassified

                   Assign a new code and description
       Prior to being reclassified, a land use theme must be imported using the BASINS Import Land Use
       tool. This includes the existing BASINS land use themes included in the project. The BASINS land
       use theme data files must be copied, renamed, and then imported using the Import Land Use tool.
       The application and procedures for using BASINS Import Land Use tool are described in Section 7.2
       of this manual.
  Tip:  If the land use theme that is currently active has a scenario joined to it, you will be prompted to
         use the Unjoin Scenario tool first.
                                                                                            7.3-1

-------
BASINS Version 2.0
    2.  Activate the land use theme to be reclassified by clicking the cursor on the theme name. Check the
       box next to the theme name to display the theme on the BASINS View.

    3.  From the Utility menu, select "Re-classify Land Use" (Screen 7.3.1).
             CELIiijS'lULilliliJITIl^
       Screen 7.3.1

    4.  The reclassification dialog will appear on the screen (Screen 7.3.2). In the left box there will be a list
       of land use codes. These are the original land use codes. Click on one and its description will appear
       below the box. To add a land use code to a reclassified category select a code or multiple codes (hold
       Shift and click other codes for multiple selection), and then click the button with the arrow pointing
       to the right. The codes should appear in the right box.

    5.  Below the right box are two text entry fields. Use the "landuse Code" field to enter a new numerical
       code for the codes listed above. In the "Landuse Description" field enter a new description for this
       new land use category.

    6.  When finished with the current classification click on the "Lock Changes" button. The new code will
       reappear in the left box. If you click on the new code, the new description will appear below the left
       box.
7.3-2

-------
                                                                          7.3 Land Use Reclassification

^^^^^H s8 Landuse Re-classification Tool |





















t& *L, """Hr-ST ~ฃ
^ChoGseianSt

*ปjpiiปcliNfi
1s' V
*tr
?
%
16
\t*
4r
?t
*,<

I :
-&
* /
0
••••
wajim
12
13
1'4
15
16
17
21

22
t!|* 4— jpBjSSfTSf,
i%ฃ CtฃF6nt Dssc
*~*
^3 j- - * ("


;alion"
•BmUBIIII^^^
^^^K









5f=ปrp= i=W— s-
^ibon.
t

" i •> "i t fi
f ป j

b
!;•
k
b
fft
^L~ -* . ^
I,, 'ป ri t K r ^ ,
^ ! /_. * •
' v v d ^
^"^yf^"! , ^
N" --/fTT^? -

*

fe
w,^1
iฑ:J

." 4,^ J -i. ^ > '
^1P*'L'"' * * ** ^ IA
r-J? r^WT* ^ • f & f,
">
S=
,r? ^ - "l ' -'

i
P
!jrr

r
h
[^
f
','
nr
	 	 	 SE
2^fy> v^rT" vf, 'ซ',
^fl|6Ci^^ OpoS Sra . ^
3Je$cfsStort, tffilow
W1" ^. *- *
L^lduseCode
px

1


&
*>
r
ฃ *
t*
W'f
A
' rt
r~
**K,
4
^

- 5

* RESIDENTlAi. _, j <> <••
^ *,tf<ฃf i* „ * f r ^ 1 &^
^^S f / *>"
^5jEj Says dassificaton as a seed
E CSSaVfl-dassificatootolandus
yiH>^ ^ * *ซ p

igf r^&fbLj!
m&*-
%&r? .,!*2m
fe;_ f/^%^
r , '- ^
^0
•ปth*n*~ { (f '
* f ( jฃ—^_fc.^t **' 7 ' 1 '
jpa^5 1 ,
**. A %
-, ,
Landuse Descrffi^Qa^
— %
I ^ 	 _ai_f^^sa_ ^
*~!ซ-^*: ^.1 ^fc^.-i.J- ฅ_,,
>'..'' 	 i -1 	 	 I

9
























Screen 7.3.2
Tip: Once "Lock changes" has been clicked it is
unless you quit and begin again.
not possible to go back to the original classification
7.  Repeat steps 4 through 6 until reclassification is complete.

8.  Below the left box are two radio buttons labeled "Save classification as a scenario" and "Save
    classification to landuse theme". Select one of these options and Click OK button to save changes.

    When the "Save classification to landuse theme" option is selected, the new classification is saved to
    the original attribute table. This option is not recommended if multiple scenarios will be considered.
    Selecting the "save classification as a scenario" option will save the reclassified landuse into a new
    database. This option allows the user to save multiple scenarios for an area without altering the
    original landuse information.

9.  When saving as a scenario you will be prompted to enter a filename (Screen 7.3.3). Enter a filename
    and click OK. The scenario file will be saved to a user selected directory. The file extension is .sen
    (for scenario).

10. BASINS returns to the BASINS View. The classification changes may only be immediately
    noticeable if the "Save classification to  landuse theme" option was exercised. If the "Save
    classification as a scenario" option was  used then the changes will only be apparent when running
    NPSM.
                                                                                             7.3-3

-------
BAS/NS Version 2.0
       Screen 7.3.3
  Tip:  The ^classification land use data will be used by NPSM but is not available for the Land Use
         Distribution Report function.
    11. Enter scenario information in the next dialog box. (Screen 7.3.4)
       Screen 7.3.4
  Tip:  Once the selected Land Uses have been reclassified, the NPSM model will need to be rerun to
         incorporate these changes into the model.
7.3-4

-------
                                                                           7.3 Land Use Reclass/ficat/on
     Modify the percent perviousness for each landuse if necessary (Screen 7.3.5). Click OK to save the
     changes and complete the reclassification.
     - Modify Percent Peiviousness
     CT| Select a ianduse Category
           WETLANDS
           FOREST
          •** j&VK*
          (/
           '-'-
                                                    'ft.
       ^'Efrter percent perviousness-      [         ^yf?''*5
     Screen 7.3.5
TUTORIAL                                     ..      f
•      Activate the "Newlu.shp" Theme (do not select an area on the theme).
•      Select "Re-classify Land Use" from the Utility menu.
•      Select existing land uses 11 through 17 from the list by clicking on them one at a time (Screen
       7.3.2).
•      Enter "10" for the New Land Use code.
•      Enter "Urban or Built-up" for the new description name.
•      Select "save classification as a scenario" and click OK.
•      Enter a file name for the scenario and save to the land use directory (Screen 7.3.3).
•      The new land use classification scenario file can be selected while executing NPSM from BASINS.
                                                                                              7.3-5

-------

-------
                                                      7.4 Water Qualify Observation Data Management Utilities
7.4  Water Quality Observation Data Management
Purpose

The Water Quality Observation Data Management utilities can be used to access and manipulate
the water quality observation database of the BASINS system. They can be used to add new stations
to the database, delete unnecessary stations, relocate misplaced stations, and incorporate new water
quality observation time-series data. An export utility is also included to provide the capability to
generate a text report of water quality observation data for selected water quality monitoring stations.
This text report can then be opened in the post processor and visualization tools along with modeling
results..
Application

The Water Quality Observation Data Management utilities include a palette of tools and two
utilities—the Water Quality Observation Station Management tools, the Append Water Quality
Observation Data utility, and the Export Water Quality Observation Data utility.

The Water Quality Observation Station Management tools operate only on the water quality
observation stations' primary attributes. A default point data layer of water quality stations was
created from the USEPA STORET database. Only a limited set of stations was selected from
STORET to be included in this layer. The selection criteria included the availability of sufficient
time series of raw water quality observation data to allow for trend analysis and assessment of water
quality conditions over time. Other considerations included the size of the overall water quality
observation file and the need to obtain a balanced national coverage. With the station management
tools, the user can enhance the station layer by updating the file and adding stations not included in
the original file.

The Append Water Quality Observation Data utility can be used to add new water quality
observation time series into the database for a given station. The basic database provided with
BASINS is prepared from the USEPA STOELET database and contains observation data for 106
parameters. The water quality observation data are collected by a number of organizations including
individuals, contractors, universities, water laboratories, and federal, state, and interstate agencies.
   Tip:   The water quality observation data of a particular monitoring station are stored as a DBF
          file with a filename the same as the 8-digit (string) name of the cataloging unit where the
          station Is located. The observation data for several monitoring stations within the same
          8-digit watershed are stored in the same file. The DBF file is stored in the WQOBS
          subdirectory under the user's DATA directory.
                                                                                             7.4-1

-------
 BASINS Version 2.0
 For this utility to function properly, the file that contains the new data to be appended should be in the
 correct format. A single file may include new data for several stations. The utility will ensure that the new
 data will be appended to the appropriate observation DBF files in the DATAYWQOBS directory.

 By providing users the capability to add new water quality stations and update observation data, the BASINS
 data system can be enhanced and expanded to include more local data and therefore increase the usefulness
 of the system to state and local watersheds and water quality  analysts.

 The Export Water Quality Observation Data utility can be used to generate a text file that contains a report of
 observation time-series data on selected water quality parameters for selected water quality monitoring
 stations. The exported text file can be used in several applications. Model calibration is a key application
 using the NPSM postprocessor or other commercially available spreadsheets. Another key application is for
 analysis of trends and changes over time at a given location (involving a single station or multiple stations).
 The third key application is for comparative analysis  of water quality conditions at various locations. For
 example, the user can compare several monitoring locations (upstream and downstream of a water body) to
 evaluate the contribution of a point or nonpoint source.
Procedures
                Key Procedures

                Water Quality Station Management Tools
                    v'  Activate and check the check box of the Water Quality Observation
                       Station theme
                    */"  Select the appropriate tool from the drop-down palette of Water
                       Quality Station Management tools
                    i/"  Edit the geographical location or attribute data of the water quality
                       monitoring station
                Append Water Quality Observation Data
                    i/  Activate and check the check box of the Water Quality Observation
                       Station theme
                    /  Under the Utility main menu, select the Append Water Quality
                       Observation Data submenu
                    %/"  Enter the filename of the file to append
                Export Water Quality Data Observation
                    •/  Activate and check the check box of the Water Quality Observation
                       Station theme
                    /"  Select the station(s) for which the export file will be generated
                    /"  Under the Utility main menu, select the Export Water Quality
                       Observation Data submenu
                    i/  Select the water quality parameters) in the select box
                    /  Enter the filename of the export file
7.4-2

-------
                                                       7.4 Water Quality Observation Data Management Utilities
Adding New Water Quality Monitoring Stations - Operation Steps

    1.   In the BASINS View table of contents (Screen 7.4.1), click the name of the Water Quality
        Observation Station theme to make it active. Check its check box to display the point locations of the
        stations in the View window. This will activate the icon for the drop-down pallette of Water Quality
        Station Management Tools. The drop-down menu includes the four Water Quality Station
        Management Tools as follows:

        "A" for adding a new station
        "M" for moving an existing station
        "E" for editing primary attributes of an existing station.
        "D" for deleting an existing station
         3 BASINS 20
                  ieV Iheme "firapWcs" Taipei' Assess  Model  Beport Lookup  Utility "Mndow
                                                                              ~

            Water Quality Observation!*
         |gfsl1&98 Clean Water N eeds Sffj
              •
            .State Soil
            *eta*ssi
-------
 BASINS Version 2.0
         processing code indicates the last processing function performed on the selected station and include
         the following:

         "A" for adding a new station
         "M" for moving an existing station
         "E" for editing primary attributes of an existing station.
        i Attributes of New Water Quality Observation Station

                                                  '  ''•"'  '"  :'   "" """
         If+Jlfej.
                                                                  '
         DMe 3^MM_aL2517:28:031998

         C^mmenls J |
        Screen 7.4.2
    4.  Click OK to save the new station and its attributes; otherwise, click Cancel.
   Tip:  When you are entering the primary attributes of the new station, all text fields in the pop-up table
          should be filled out to activate the OK button which will allow you to save the new station
          attributes. When no data are available for a particular text field, a space can be entered instead.
          Note that all text fields except for the Comments field and the other fields with predetermined
          values have already been initialized with a space.
    5.   Continue adding as many stations as needed. Otherwise, select another Water Quality Data
        Management Tool from the drop-down palette or another ArcView or BASINS tool to deactivate the
        Add Station tool.
7.4-4

-------
                                                       7.4 Water Quality Observation Data Management Utilities
   TUTORIAL

   •   Click the theme Water Quality Observation Station to make it active (Screen 7.4.1).
   •   Check its check box to display the point locations of the observation stations in the View Window.

   •   Select the Add Station Tool in the drop-down palette of Water Quality Station Management Tools.

   •   Using the mouse, click a point in the View window to add a new station. For this example, the new
      station was added at a point that has coordinates ofX = 1,422,269 and Y = 2,089,066. Enter the
      values for the primary attributes of the new station in the pop-up table that appears. You may use the
      values shown in Screen  7.4.3. Note that initial values for some of the parameters are already
      initialized (Screen 7.4.2). Click OK to save the new station and its attributes. Note that the added
      station is now shown in  the View Window.
        Attributes of New Water Quality Observation Station
         Enter Attribute information   ,   „

        ld"|9999 7_	    	

        Agency  | StateX
        Twe LZIY^MiNJ^TREAM^
                  it  r
               _____j ^>  ^
        Cu j 05010007
        Seg O24

        Onoff  On
        C>ate I Wed Mar 2518:02:341998 '
                                                          /  ?f .-ฅ•<•
        Bproc |A^7
	=___ __Z.34"' -"  i^f.*
        Comments1' N ew station
       Screen 7.4.3

Editing Primary Attributes of Existing Water Quality Monitoring Stations - Operation
Steps

    1.  In the BASINS View table of contents (Screen 7.4.1), click the name of the Water Quality
       Observation Station Theme to make it active. Check its Check Box to display the point locations of
       the stations in the View Window. This will activate the icon for the drop-down pallette of Water
       Quality Station Management Tools.

    2.  From the drop-down palette, select the Edit Station tool denoted by an "E".
                                                                                               7.4-5

-------
 BASINS Version 2.0
    3.  By using the mouse, select an existing station in the BASINS View window. In the pop-up table that
        appears (Screen 7.4.4), edit the primary attributes of the existing station as needed.
                 SiS^al^^^^TaEiiKW-is^^
                New Station Y+StateAgengj>X_
        Screen 7.4.4
    4.  Click OK to save the new station and its attributes; otherwise, click Cancel.
   Tip:  The primary attributes of an existing station that contains no data (blank field) will cause the OK
          button of the pop-up table to remain inactive. If no new data are available to replace these blank
          fields, enter spaces instead to activate the OK button.
    5.   Continue editing as many stations as needed. Otherwise, select another Water Quality Data
        Management Tool from the drop-down palette or another Arc View or BASINS tool to deactivate the
        Update Station tool.
7.4-6

-------
                                                      7.4 Water Quality Observation Data Management (Jtf/itfes
   ruroR/AL
      Select the Edit Station Tool in the drop-down palette of Water Quality Station Management Tools.
      Select the station that you just added with the previous tool. A pop-up table that contains the primary
      attributes of this station appears. Note that it contains the attributes you entered with the previous
      tool.
      You may now edit the attributes. You may use the values shown in Screen 7.4.4.
      Click OK to save the edited attributes.
Moving (Updating Location) of Existing Water Quality Monitoring Stations - Operation
Steps

    1.  In the BASINS View table of contents (Screen 7.4.1), click the name of the Water Quality
       Observation Station theme to make it active. Check its check box to display the point locations of the
       stations in the View window. This will activate the icon for the drop-down pallette of Water Quality
       Station Management tools.

    2.  From the drop-down palette, select the Move Station tool denoted by an "M".

    3.  By using the mouse, select an existing station in the BASINS View window. A place marker drawn
       around the selected station will indicate that the station is ready to be moved (Screen 7.4.5). Using
       the mouse, move or drag the station to the desired new location.

    4.  In the dialog box that appears, click Yes to save the new location; otherwise, click No. Click Cancel
       if you want to continue dragging the same station to another location.

    5.  Continue moving as many stations as needed. Otherwise, select another Water Quality Data
       Management Tool from the drop-down palette or another ArcView  or BASINS tool to deactivate the
       Move Station tool.
  TUTORIAL       _  _                •_._______*      -_ ^ ^..' _ -  ^  ' JT-Usl
  •   Select the Move Station tool in the drop-down palette of Water Quality Station Management Tools.
  •   Select the new station that you added in the previous tool. A place marker around the selected station
      is drawn (Screen 7.4.5).
  •   By holding the mouse down, drag the station to its new location. For this tutorial, the station was
      moved to a location just downstream of the original location (Screen 7.4.6).
                                                                                             7.4-7

-------
BASINS Version 2.0
        & BASINS 2.0
Bill El
         ijgfVieoe C tean Water''N ee'ds $::S,
         fflii,.;!":!: N I,y:'	    . "  ' .'""i" *, • '  • •    ' ซ'-'-'.•'
            i.; Mjnagtd Area Database
        Screen 7.4.5


Deleting Existing Water Quality Monitoring Stations - Operation Steps

    1.  In the BASINS View table of contents (Screen 7.4.6), click the name of the Water Quality
        Observation Station theme to make it active. This will activate the icon for the drop-down pallette of
        Water Quality Station Management Tools.

    2.  From the drop-down palette, select the Delete Station tool denoted by a "D".

    3.  By using the mouse, select an existing station in the View Window.
   Tip:  Use Delete Station with caution since you might accidentally delete the wrong station, particularly
          when several stations are very close to one another. Use the ArcView Zoom tool to increase the
          resolution and clearly identify the station to be eliminated before you initiate the "Delete Station"
          process.
    4.  In the dialog box that appears, Click Yes to delete the station; otherwise, Click No.
7.4-8

-------
                                                        7.4 Water Quality Observation Data Management Utilities
        ฉBASINS 2.0
           _ EcC/Jifiew  Xtjeme ||faphics*^Tgiget'  Assess Model Blporf* Lookup  Ut&y
         —~-  *
                                                         nne
                                                      Delete water quality station
            Water Quality Observation
         ^01V1996 C'lean $raier(N eetfs
            State Soil **
            en.
            Managed ปr*a Data!?ass
            CD      .
            Classified Shellfish Area
            D6M OS010007
                274-417 _
                524-821
                622 - 723
                724 - 894
            Land Use
         ,  CD
            L baltmd
                   ~i   T"   *
                Urban or Buiit-up
        Screen 7.4.6
    5.   Continue deleting as many stations as needed. Otherwise, select another water quality data
        management tool from the drop-down palette or another ArcView or BASINS tool to deactivate the
        Delete Station tool.
  TUTORIAL

   •   Select the Delete Station Tool In the drop-down palette of Water Quality Station Management Tools. .
   •   Use the ArcView Zoom tool to increase the resolution of the view and then select the station that you
      moved in the previous tool
   •   In the dialog box that appears, click Yes to delete the station.
   •   At this point, your database should be back to its original form (that present just before you used the
      station management tools).
Append Water Quality Observation Data Utility - Operation Steps
    1.   In the BASINS View table of contents (Screen 7.4.7), click the name of the Water Quality
        Observation Station theme to make it active. Check its check box to display the point locations of the
                                                                                                 7.4-9

-------
BASINS Version 2.0
        stations in the View window. This will activate the submenu Append Water Quality Observation
        Data under the main menu Utility.

           Watซr Quality Observation
           1096 C lean Water N eeds
             _                 *
                  I    1   H  .1 1W f
                Sol
          J Claisrtltd Shellfish Area  „
        |J DEM05010tป7
          I t    (274-417
                S24-
                822 - 723        ; - ',
                724-88.4;        ป  1

           Lan'dUsFe Index       ' '  ]
           CD
                Urban or BuHt-up
       Screen 7.4.7
    2.  Select the submenu Append Water Quality Observation Data under the main menu Utility.

    3.  In the file dialog box that appears (Screen 7.4.8), enter the name of the file that contains the new data
        to append. Click OK to append the file; otherwise, click Cancel.
        Enter Ihc file name of water quality data to append

        Screen 7.4.8
7.4-10

-------
                                                     7.4 Water Quality Observation Data Management Utilities
 Tip:   The Append utility requires that the file to be appended be in the correct format. The new file
        should be in DBF format and must contain nine fields for the station name, agency, 8-digit
        cataloging unit code (CU) in character format, date, time, depth of measurement, STORET
        parameter character code (FARM), numeric value of the measurement, and any additional
        comments (Screen 7.4.9).
         newwqobs.dbf

      iiiliiffiMi..i0Jง9ง,
      'pjraisjomu	I'm'iie
      megijoiis  I'oi'eli'
        1	
               1.99919   i  15.000001 Datal
               I'bbmb	|"";2a566o61'iDaiia'2"
                    Tb5oi'bbb7	llTToos"
*•—•••
                1959151   i  12:P0.ฐ.9ฐJ DataS
               Toboio"  I	aooooolDaiiaT
0169600116  101696
105010007 1971014
                                              1045
                                                                  Li2ฃ!I^^ฑI*
     Screen 7.4.9
TUTORIAL
               K      *          -ป          I   *ฅ ^ f jw -*       4   i,      *     ^     .j  n
•   C//c/f t/ie theme Water Quality Observation Station to make it active (Screen 7.4.7).

•   Check its check box to. dispjay the point locations of the observation stations in the View Window.

•   Select the submenu Append, Water Quality Observation Data under the main menu Utility.

•   Enter the name of the file as shown in Screen 7.4.8 and click OK to append the file. The file to append
    for this tutorial is saved in \BASINS\Data\Tutorial\Extra.

•'   A pop-up table (Screen 7.4.10) will appear, confirming that the file has been appended to the
    appropriate BASINS DBF files.

•   Click OK to end the tool.
      The following tables have been updated
       O5010007.dbf
       05010007. dbf
       O5010007.dbf
       O5010007.dbf
                          *
    Screen 7.4.10
                                                                                            7.4-11

-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Export Water Quality Observation Data Utility - Operation Steps

    1.  In the BASINS View table of contents (Screen 7.4.11), click the name of the Water Quality
        Observation Station theme to make it active. Check its check box to display the point locations of the
        stations in the View window. This will activate the submenu Export Water Quality Observation Data
        under the main menu Utility.
           BASINS 2.0
                                                  ilo8ef  fieporf Lookup PPfH Window  Help
                                                   • nMa=if^f^tHfs^rrrarr T+VH-JV or..* . "-1 .H.
nDDEl
                                                                                          ซp  -ป T-,
                                                                  •f' Append Water Quality ObsesVaton Data
         Sgp"100e'C tean Water
         *.;• ;;''•,ป"ป" '  " "   "'""
                  i1!)! ........ ,' ii1 Ha, i;;;:: ..... '"•;:vi,;i":!"':1ff1^'''',
                        Database ..... V;';,
               S 524 -821 ,
          ,  .     622 • 723
        ,   ,,     724-804
         „ s*J!s, , ' .*,' "" ' V : !•:." * t 4  ''„ :\ , if ir'-' , „.„,ซ .rf'1'
        'frJ:il*ndU*ซ Index'    "   ' S'"A
                  .......
         spซt walet CJualiw Observation Data
         tSaUUSKtH*
-------
                                                      7.4 Water Quality Observation Data Management Utilities
         Water Quality Observation
         * SelecJ^ater Quality Parameter.^)
            TEMPERATURE, WATER (DEGREES CENTI1
            TURBIDITY.HACH TURBIDIMETER (FORMA;
            COLOR (PLATINUM-COBALT UNITS)
            ALKALINITY, TOTAL (MG^L AS CAC03)
                                               pt
           HARDNESS, TOTAL (MG,'LAS CAC03) ;
           SPECIFIC CONDUCTANCE (UMHOS 'CM @
                    i ?!....
I     •**, f  '<
        Screen 7.4.12
        Enter the Water Quality Observation Export File
        File Name: '
                            ,4  Dnves;
                                         =.   -,-j^:   .  •.'—
       Screen 7.4.13
   Tip:   Before saving, remember the directory and file name generated so it can be imported to a
          postprocessing tool or a commercial spreadsheet for statistical analysis, model calibration, and
          visualization and graphing.
Format of the Exported File

The standard format of the exported text file is as follows:
[Number of  stations]
[Station 1  unique identifier]
[Station 2  unique identifier]
[Number of parameters]
[Parameter 1 code and name]
                                                                                           7.4-13

-------
BASINS Version 2.0
 [Parameter 2 code and name]
[Station 1 unique identifier]
[Station ID]
[Agency ID]
[Location]
[Cataloging Unit]
[Parameter 1 code and name]
[Number of records]
[Data Header, e.g.  No     Id_samp   Date
[Number]     [Sampling Id]      [Date]
  Time    Value    Depth]
[Time]     [Value]     [Depth]
[Parameter 2 code and name]
[Number of records]
[Data Header, e.g.  No     Id_samp   Date
[Number]     [Sampling Id]      [Date]
  Time    Value    Depth]
[Time]     [Value]     [Depth]
[Station 2 unique identifier]
[Station ID]
[Agency ID]
[Location]
[Cataloging Unit]
[Parameter 1 code and name]
[Number of records]
[Data Header, e.g.  No     id_samp   Date
[Number]     [Sampling Id]      [Date]
  Time    Value    Depth]
[Time]      [Value]      [Depth]
[Parameter 2 code and name]
[Number of records]
[Data Header, e.g.  No     Id_samp   Date
[Number] '   [Sampling Id]      [Date]
  Time    Value    Depth]
[Time]      [Value]      [Depth]
7.4-14

-------
                                                        7.4 Water Quality Observation Data Management i/tf/fifes
Example File:
06486000+112WRD
06601200+112WRD
2
00010-TEMPERATURE, WATER  (DEGREES CENTIGRADE)
00300-OXYGEN, DISSOLVED  (MG/L)
BASINS ID:  06486000+112WRD
Station ID:  06486000
Agency:  112WRD
Location:  Missouri River at Sioux City, IA
BASINS CU:  10230001
Parameter:  00010-TEMPERATURE, WATER  (DEGREES CENTIGRADE)
Number of Records:   10
NO   Id_samp   Date  Time   Value  Depth
 1  0644000001 800121 1045 0.00001
 2  0644000002 800208 0830 0.00001
 3  0644000003 800310 1530 1.00000
 4  0644000004 800404 1240 4.00000
 5  0644000005 800417 1435 10.00000 4.60000
 6  0644000029 800417 1515 10.00000
 7  0644000030 800529 1110 21.00000 20.40000
 8  0644000055 800617 1100 22.00000
 9  0644000056 800710 1205 27.50000 5.60000
10  0644000081 800710 1304 27.50000
Parameter:  00300-OXYGEN, DISSOLVED (MG/L)
Number of Records:   12
NO   Id_samp   Date  Time   Value  Depth
 1  0644000001 800121 1045 13.60000
 2  0644000002 800208 0830 13.90000
 3  0644000003 800310 1530 12.40000
 4  0644000004 800404 1240 12.20000
 5  0644000055 800617 1100  8.70000
 6  0644000082 800811 1100  7.80000
 7  0644000108 800916 1230  8.10000
 8  0644000109 801007 1240  9.20000
 9  0644000136 801104 1345 11.00000
10  0644000137 801203 1045 13.20000
11  0644000138 810106 1000 13.80000
12  0644000139 810206 1230 13.90000
BASINS ID:  06601200+112WRD
Station ID:  06601200
Agency:  112WRD
Location:  Missouri River at Decatur,  NE
BASINS CU:  10230001
Parameter:  00010-TEMPERATURE, WATER  (DEGREES CENTIGRADE)
Number of Records:   9
NO   Id_samp   Date  Time   Value  Depth
 1  0644100001 800409 1245  6.00000
 2  0644100002 800507 1100 16.00000
 3  0644100003 800611 1245 24.50000
 4  0644100004 800716 1145 25.50000
 5.  0644100005 800813 1245 25.00000
 6  0644100006 800917 1215 21.50000
                                                                                                7.4-15

-------
 BASINS Version 2.0
  7  0644100007 810219 1400  2.00000
  8  0644100008 810310 1100  5.00000
  9  0644100009 810408 1100 12.00000
 Parameter:  00300-OXYGEN, DISSOLVED  (MG/L)
 Number of Records:   13
 NO   IcL_samp   Date  Time   Value  Depth
  1  0644100001 800409 1245 11.80000
  2  0644100002 800507 1100  9.30000
  3  0644100003 800611 1245  9.40000
  4  0644100004 800716 1145  7.70000
  5  0644100005 800813 1245  8.30000
  6  0644100006 800917 1215  8.10000
  7  0644100007 810219 1400 12.80000
  8  0644100008 810310 1100 12.90000
  9  0644100009 810408 1100  9.80000
 10  0644100010 810506 1130  9.00000
 11  0644100012 810708 1045  7.60000
 12  0644100013 810805 1130  7.90000
 13  0644100014 810909 1100 10.10000
       Click the theme Water Quality Observation Station to make it active (Screen 7.4.11).
       Check its check box to display the point locations of the observation stations in the View window.
       Use the Select Feature tool to select the station in which the export file will be generated.  For this
       tutorial, the station selected is indicated in Screen 7.4.11 in a different shade (e.g., yellow when in
       color).
       Select the submenu Export Water Quality Observation Data under the main menu Utility.
       In the dialog box that appears, select the parameters as shown in Screen 7.4.12 and click to continue.
       In the file dialog box that appears, enter the filename as shown in Screen 7.4.13 and save it in the
       Extra directory under the \Data\Tutorial directory. Click OK to export the file and end the tool. A word
       processor can be used to open this export file.
7.4-16

-------
                                                                               7.5 DEM Rec/assiffcatfon
7.5 DEM Reclassificatiom
Purpose

Digital elevation models (DEM polygon coverages) used in BASINS contain large amounts of
spatially distributed information that cannot always be displayed in suitable detail. The DEM
Reclassification tool allows a user to modify default color and interval schemes to display more
detailed information based on the elevation features of selected areas, such as watersheds. A more
detailed classification of selected areas within watersheds permits a more accurate delineation of
subwatershed boundaries.

Application

This tool performs a topographic reclassification of the DEM coverage based on the elevation
features of a selected watershed or area of interest within a watershed. A key feature is the ability to
assign different numbers of classes to hilltop, middle basin, and valley areas depending on the
watershed relief. This type of classification allows the user to focus the classification on key areas in
the watershed. Potential applications of the DEM Reclassification tool include assisting in the
watershed delineation process and providing more detailed elevation changes indicative of the
severity of the relief.

Procedures
           Key Procedures

               v' Activate the DEM Polygon theme

               i/ Zoom in and select the area of interest within a watershed

               / From the Utility menu select the Re-classify DEM option

               / In the BASINS DEM Classification dialog box, set your classification
                  parameters

               / Select a color scheme for OEM's legend
                                                                                             7.5-1

-------
 BASINS Version 2.0
     1.  Activate the DEM polygon theme by clicking on the theme name.
   Tip:   If you did not extract a DEM polygon during data extraction, you will need to run extract again and
           add it to your database directory.
    2.  Zoom in and select the area of interest in the watershed.
   Tip:   You can use the Select Feature tool or use the Select by Theme option under the Theme menu to
           select an area of interest on the DEM polygon theme. The OEM's ^classification will be based on
           the elevation features of the selected area.
   Tip:   DEM data are tiled by watershed (8-digit Cataloging Unit) and therefore cannot operate on
           multiple watersheds.
   Tip:  DEM Rectification operates on large amounts of data and therefore performs extensive
          processing. It is desirable to limit analysis to small watersheds. You can use the Watershed
          Delineation tool to define a subwatershed of interest and then apply DEM Reclassification.
    3.  From the Utility menu, select the Re-classify DEM option.

    4.  Assignment of classification parameters (Screen 7.5.1):
        Hilltop Zone (%)
        Hilltop Classification
        Interval (m)
        Valley Zone (%)
        Valley Classification
        Interval (m)
Sets the number of higher elevations, in terms of the percent of total
elevations, to include in the hilltop zone. Select a small percentage to
display a more detailed classification of higher elevations.
Class interval for the hilltop elevations. Enter a small interval if you want to
see a more detailed classification in hilltop areas.
Sets the number of lower elevations, in terms of the percent of total
elevations, to include in the valley zone. Select a small percentage to
display a more detailed classification of lower elevations.
Class interval for valley elevations. Enter a small interval if you want to see
a more detailed classification in valley areas.
7.5-2

-------
                                                                                     7.5 DEM Reclassification
    After you set the classification parameters, the maximum, minimum, median, and mean elevation, as
    well as standard deviation statistics for the selected area, are displayed in the lower left corner of the
    dialog box. Classification information is summarized in the top right corner of the dialog box. A
    suitable classification scheme may require a few attempts at classification parameter selection.

5.  Select a color scheme for the legend of the DEM polygon theme from the drop-down list in the lower
    right corner of the dialog box.

6.  Click OK to finish DEM reclassification.
   :   To change the color scheme without changing the classification after the DEM reclassification is
       finished, select the Edit Legend option under the Theme menu or double-click on the legend of
       the DEM theme to open the Legend Editor (Screen 7.5.2). Choose another color scheme from the
       Color Ramps drop-down list.
    ฉ BASINS DEM Reclassification
    0 i Classification Parameter
       * f 1%*,    \  f             f
       ' ", Percentages must be between 1 'and 39.
                      '* '?  -          _
                   '  > Hซop Zone [%),-   [J

       *f  Hilltop Classification (interval (mj  * '   [~]
             ?>  -    f        "  ฃ.
I-,  ,ClassificationInfoimafiorr '    vV_ ,  ~

-  „ i     MMmum Elevation in Hilltop Zone (rnj^   545   ""' ,

         Maximum Elevation in Valley Zone (m);    455
*• ',' Valley Classif/catfon Interval (m)       [TT

^^Slatisiios     -   (       ",  v-  •ป''".'',
i,  i*j  r   Minimum Elevatiop (m)' '     382
  ,'    Masamum Elevation (m)    *  609
      ~ Median Elevation (m).  '  " 523
  ,    '*•   Mean Elevation (m)      495
        Standard Deviation (m)'  *     46
                                                           ฐ-ปr ^ *>  H,!ltop If Classes fit). '  '~ * " 5
                                        ,3i
                                                                 ,Middle Basin Classes (ft)

                                                                 ,  Valley'El Classes {ซ}•    ;  ?

                                                                 ," Jotal El Classes {ป).'    15
                                                                                         A
                                                    Choose a,color scheme
                                                      * [ Red Monpchrorriatic ,
                                                                    Cancel
    Screen 7.5.1
                                                                                                    7.5-3

-------
 BASINS Version 2.0
            Legend Editor


                                                           j',
        Screen 7.5.2
   TUTORIAL
   •  Activate the DEM 05010007 theme.
   •  Zoom in on the watershed.shp theme.
   •  Select an area encompassing the three subwatersheds in the watershed.shp theme.
   •  From the Utility menu, select Re-classify DEM.
   •  Assign a value of 20 to "Hilltop Zone", 10 to "Hilltop Classification Interval", 20 to "Valley Zone", and
      10 to "Valley Classification Interval". Select the Red Monochromatic color scheme. Click OK. Note that
      the entire DEM 05010007 theme is reclassified to better represent your selected area.
7.5-4

-------
                                                                                    7.6 Lookup Tables
 7.6  Lookup Tables
Purpose

The Lookup Tables provide users quick and easy access to important reference information such as
the map projection, definitions of agency codes, Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) codes, and
the water quality criteria and threshold values of a particular pollutant.
Application


The Lookup Tables provide four types of information: (1) water quality criteria and threshold values,
(2) SIC codes and definitions, (3) STORET agency codes and definitions, and (4) the map projection
of the map products in the current BASINS project file.

The lookup table for the water quality criteria provides key threshold values that a user needs when
applying TARGET at a regional scale or when examining water quality summary data at specific
monitoring stations.

The lookup table for the map projection of the data products in the current BASINS project file is
useful for reference purposes, particularly when new data have to be added. For the new spatial data
to be displayed in the same map extent as the existing data, the map projection parameters specified
in the lookup table should be used during projection.

The lookup table for the agency codes can be used as a reference to identify the source of monitoring
data in BASINS. The lookup table for the SIC codes can be used as a reference to identify the
industrial classification of a point source discharger.
                                                                                             7.6-1

-------
 BASINS Version 2.0
 Procedures
                Key Procedures
                Water Quality Criteria and Threshold Values
                    •^ Under the Lookup menu, select the Water Quality Criteria menu
                    ^ Select the pollutant in the dialog box to view the corresponding
                       threshold values
                Standard Industrial Classification Codes and Definitions
                    •" Under the Lookup menu, select the Standard Industrial Codes menu
                    / Select the search option (SIC Number or SIC Name) in the dialog box
                       and select a specific SIC number (or name) to display the
                       corresponding SIC name (or number)
                STORE! Codes and Definitions
                    /  Under the Lookup menu, select the STORE! agency codes and
                       definitions menu
                    •^  Select the STORET agency code in the dialog box to display the
                       corresponding program name, contact person, and telephone
                       number
                Map Projection Parameters
                    •^  Under the Lookup menu, select the Projection Parameters menu
Water Quality Criteria and Threshold Values

    1.   With BASINS View active (Screen 7.6.1), select the Water Quality Criteria menu under the Lookup
        menu. Note that the lookup tables do not depend on what themes are active in the BASINS View
        window.

    2.   In the scroll box of the dialog box that appears (Screen 7.6.2), select the monitoring parameter by
        clicking on its name. The threshold values associated with the selected pollutant parameter for six
        water quality criteria are displayed in the text box in the bottom half of the dialog box. Threshold
        values are displayed for freshwater acute and chronic, marine acute and chronic, and human health
        carcinogenic risk (recalculated values) for water and organic tissue. The Chemical Abstract Service
        (CAS) number and the STORET parameter code are also provided for the selected pollutant.

    3.   Select as many parameters as needed. To quit the dialog box, click the X at the upper right corner of
        the dialog box.
7.6-2

-------
                                                                                                    7.6 Lookup Tables
  & BASINS 2.0
                                                                                                         EH Ell
       Watershed shp
            ซ• f
      t     t, rj~7*1
       Permit Compliance System
       industrial Faemttes Oischafjl
       Natjenal Pfiotlty Lfei Sites
  Ijgf fjazlrdous td|aste S&ป   4
         aier Quality Stations
             i        #
     *"Naซonal Sediment invanto/'
 Screen 7.6.1
 @ Water Quality Lookup Table
     Hexachlorobutadiene
     Hexachlorocjiclohexane (Lindane)
   *| HexachlorocycloheKane-Alpha
          ^73T- r^ "^  ™   ~^T-
 It

Freshwater Acute
Freshwater Chronic
Marine Acute
Marine Chronic
HHRV Water
HHHV Organ
*?\ I 4* ~T
6
3.68
Unknown
Unknown
0.00075
0.00077
''ui^1* " ^ '
ug/l ซ ,1
ug/l CT C
ug/l p *
U3^ i& f
"9/l fc 1
ug/l P i
                                                                          '
                                                                        t*
Screen  7.6.2
                                                                                                               7.6-3

-------
S4S/NS Version 2.0
Standard Industrial Classification Codes and Definitions

    1.  With BASINS View active (Screen 7.6.1), select the Standard Industrial Codes menu under the
       Lookup menu. Note that the Lookup Tables do not depend on what themes are active in the BASINS
       View window.

    2.  In the dialog box that appears (Screen 7.6.3), click the radio button associated with the preferred
       search option—by SIC number or by name. Depending on the selected search option, select the SIC
       number or name in the scroll box by clicking on it to display the corresponding SIC name or number
       in the text box in the bottom half of the dialog box. The 1997 North American Industry Classification
       System (NAICS) code and name associated with the selected SIC number or name are also included
       in the display.
       Screen 7.6.3


    3.  Select as many SIC names or numbers as needed. To quit the dialog box, click the X at the upper
       right corner of the dialog box.


STORET Codes and Definitions

    1.  With BASINS View active (Screen 7.6.1), select the STORET Agency Codes menu under the Lookup
       menu. Note that the Lookup Tables do not depend on what themes are active in the BASINS View
       window.

    2.  In the scroll box of the dialog box that appears (Screen 7.6.4), select the STORET agency code. The
       corresponding program name, contact person, and telephone number are displayed in the bottom half
       of the dialog box.

    3.  Select as many STORET agency codes as needed. To quit the dialog box, click the X at the upper
       right corner of the dialog box.
7.6-4

-------
                                                                                          7.6 Lookup Tables
           Storel Agency Lookup Table
            AIJCCCIW
           ! AIJCMOE
            AL84
            CHESBAY
            CONSENGR
            DELRBCIW
            DELRBCMW
            DUPOCO
            -*s~-  ,~~
             ?ฃ&
               t'.i* Choosea-STORET agenrar
               p% ' j. i ,•• ' 'V11  *ป s   !
                 f cm* from the list to display
               B. .'rt, '" '  <> ... % ."'.'••
           -program Name „
            ''
„      f
'cof MISSION
                 1-
            Contact
           ! "Phons Number **
             * (312J353-0293

        Screen 7.6.4
Map Projection Parameters


    1.  With BASINS View active (Screen 7.6.1), select the Projection Parameters menu under the Lookup
       menu. Note that the Lookup Tables do not depend on what themes are active in the BASINS View
       window.

    2.  The projection parameters of the data products in the BASINS View of the current BASINS project
       file are shown in the text box that appears (Screen 7.6.5).
          Proiection: Custom Albers Equal-Area Conic
          Spheroid:  GRS 80
          Central Meridian: -96
          Reference Latitude: 23
          Standard Parallel 1:29.5
          Standard Parallel 2: 49.5
          Northing: 0
          Easting: 0
       Screen 7.6.5
   3.  Click OK to quit the text box.
                                                                                                  7.6-5

-------

-------
                                                                   S Watershed Characterization Reports
 Section 8
 Watershed  Characterization  Reports
 The BASINS system includes tools designed to assist in summarizing key watershed information in a
 format suitable for preparing watershed characterization reports. These tools can be used to make an
 inventory and characterize both point and nonpoint sources at the watershed and subwatershed
 scales. The tools' functions include generation of customized maps and tables summarizing the
 overall condition of the study area.

 Watershed characterization is key to understanding water quality issues and pollution sources in the
 watershed. In addition to evaluation of the watershed condition, it provides the necessary information
 to assess monitoring programs, identify data gaps, and develop watershed-water quality modeling
 strategies.

 BASINS version 2.0 provides users the capability to generate six different types of watershed
 characterization reports:

    •  Point Source Inventory Report

    •  Water Quality  Summary Report

    •  Toxic Air Emission Report

    •  Landuse Distribution Report

    •  State Soil Characteristics Report

    •  Watershed Topographic Report

The customized maps and tables that compose these reports are stored in a directory called
\Basins\WcReport\\Reports\, in which the  is the user-defined name or
identifier of the study area. This study area name corresponds to the name in the View Table of
Contents given to the theme that contains the boundary information of the study area. By default,
when a user uses the 8-digit cataloging unit as  the basis for defining the study area (without
delineating a new subwatershed within the 8-digit cataloging unit), the study area is assigned the
name "catalogi" based on the theme name Cataloging Unit Boundary in the View Table of Contents.
When generating a report for the first time, the user is provided the option to select another name to
replace the default study area name.

The files stored in the \Reports directory are of two types—text file (*.txt, *.txl, *.tx2) and image
file (*.wmf)—which, respectively, contain the  tabular and map information about the selected
watershed characteristic. These files can be directly imported  into any standard word processor for
further formatting and incorporation into other watershed characterization reports.
tซฃ.
                                                                                           8-1

-------

-------
                                                                       8.1 Point Source Inventory Report
 8.1  Point Source Inventory Report
Purpose

Point Source Inventory Report provides a summary of discharge facilities in a given watershed. The
report relies on the EPA Permit Compliance System (PCS) database to identify permitted facilities in
the selected study area and summarizes their discharge loading for a given pollutant. A discharge
loading summary is provided for a given year. BASINS version 2.0 includes annual point source
loading data for the period of 1991 to 1996.
Application


Point Source Inventory Report is a useful tool for characterizing pollutant loadings in a given
watershed.  Potential applications of this report tool include rapid identification of point sources, a
mapping function to display the geographical distribution of point sources in the study area, and
evaluation of their proximity to major streams (streams in Reach File, VI). The inventory and
summary of loading discharges also allow the user to perform a planning-level assessment of the
magnitude and severity of point source contributions. Generating this report for various years can
provide information to evaluate the changes of point sources over time and support trend analysis.
Procedures
           Key Procedures
                  Activate the watershed boundary theme

                  Select the watersheds for which the report will be generated

                  Under the Report main menu, select the Point Sources Inventory
                  Report submenu

                  Select the discharge year, pollutant of interest, and map option in
                  the dialog box
                                                                                           8.1-1

-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Operation Steps

    1.   In the BASINS View table of contents (Screen 8.1.1), click the name of the appropriate watershed
        boundary theme to make it active. The watershed boundary theme may be the cataloging Unit
        boundary theme or a user delineated watershed boundary theme.
       Screen 8.1.1
                                                                  	r f /       f  \__~T~'	J	mm_._t	I
    2.  Activate the Select Feature tool and select (by clicking or dragging a box) the watershed(s) for
       which the Point Source Inventory Report will be generated.
  Tip:  The Select Feature tool allows you to drag a box over a group of features you want to select.
         Features that fall partly or wholly inside the box you define are selected. To select features that
         are not adjacent to one another, hold down the SHIFT key and select as many nonadjacent
         features as you want. By default, selected features are highlighted in yellow on your view.
    3.  Under the Report main menu, select the Point Sources Inventory Report submenu. In the dialog that
       appears (Figure 8.1.2), select the discharge year and monitoring (pollutant) parameter from the list
8.1-2

-------
                                                                8.1 Point SourcB Inventory Report
     boxes provided. Click the check box if a location map of point sources is to be generated. You may
     choose to enter the map title in the text box provided.
     \& Report Generator - Point Sources
           5*.1
li •f**.Sf*y *- !•*-:ซ'-,. 5 i r~->    "JrW*  ""?•*'ซ      ^*    ' ,t   •>•*•< 1 j !  r
    * Please^select cascharge year and monitoring parameters Enter a Wfe if you want
3Si'2*ป!SL *JLI    -  * ''    ^     J •         •     -
               :e a map
               Ut *  * •"   /  * U<\ ,.  ,V^f - '-
                ")(•„* ซ• rซ   f(  ซ**ป** v *• Vซf >,ซ
                   Irf t    ^4.^    f ' ซ  F^v.**
                                                              ซV
                                                   , ^<
                                                     >*#
                      SELENIUM, TOTAL (AS SE)
                      CHLORINE, TOTAL RESIDUAL
                      CHLORINE, FREE AVAILABLE
                      SOLIDS, TOTAL DISSOLVED-180 DEG.C
                      MERCURY, TOTAL (AS HG)
                      BOD, CARBONS
                                                                     *> ?'   "- Tji -ป,
                                                                     v .*  . fe'4ซ.j-
                                                                          Mlj; "j  ป **!
                                       	^?^_^lil^^W'f
     fe^^r..;^i^^-?^^^T^r—;—Tisl
                -^ '> ^-^M ^/^^'ft'.Mt    '^  x-^ 7 <'V ^'^/c-^v^-^fe^i
                               fSP^BOD^Point Sources    '
                   ,*;!-, \ฃ/ ' r^^-^- ' . nr^*--ปp- -V^^^?7^F7rS^* L, / ^,*. ซ(.
                                                          /•' -

                                                            *9
*%
^ ^
      :& V",9*  ** AJ f
      jfv$ rmjr    ff* „     *-
      fc^ ซ aatu--.^ i.".f^^  '	.,
     Screen 8.1.2
                       li' ^^%a/  .../Ti>/>". ^\"%^^^
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Generated Report

The generated report includes two tables and a map layout. The first table, "Point Source Inventory -
Summary by subwatershed" (Screen 8.1.3), provides a complete list of all discharge facilities within the
watershed(s) and pertinent information such as location (city, subwatershed, and reach number), status
(major vs. minor facility), and Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) number.  The second table, "Point
Source Load - Summary by subwatershed," provides the list of discharge facilities that actually discharged
the selected pollutant for the given year (Screen 8.1.4).
|iSf. Point Source Inventory - Summary by subwatershed HIIsl_E3||
Table xx.
NPDES
Point source inventory within
Facility Name
the selected
City
study area (PCS
,„========„=====
, 1995).
fe.
1
Status SIC Reach File, VI E'
m
Subwatershed: 05010007 m
PA0096946
PA0205435
PA0205541
PA0002992
PA0004499
PA0215856
PA0217107
PA0096S39
PA0204331
PA0204153
PA0095273
PA0204072
PA0056715
PA0090140
PA0204188
PA0216399
PA0217301
PA0097985
PA0022292
PA0098612
PA0217336
PA0205630
PA0044431
| --
ALEXANDER, RICHARD & BELINDA
BENNY. JOSEPH & MARGARET
BESTFORM FOUNDATIONS INC
BETHLEHEM STEEL CORP-JOHNSTO
BLAIRSVILLE MACHINE PROD CO
BLAIRSVILLE MUN AUTH
BRW STEEL CORP
BURRELL FOOD SYSTEMS. INC
BURRELL TWP SEW AUTH
CAMBRIA COGEN CO
CASTLE GAS COMPANY INC
CHARLTON. THOMAS
CLARK. ROBERT
CLYMER BOROUGH MUN AUTH
CONEMAUGH TWP AREA SCHOOL DI
CONEMAUGH TWP MUN AUTH
CONEMAUGH TWP SUPERVISORS
DOLAN ENTERPRIZES, INC.
EBENSBURG BORO MUN AUTH
EBENSBURG POWER COMPANY
EMERALD ESTATES INC
ENERGY CENTER, INC.
FAIRFIELD MANOR. INC.

68440
76020
18090
40800
07000
07010
40800
10580
10580
11170
10580
81760
46880
14840
19280
40360
15910
39840
23160
11170
11190
06880
07720

minor
minor
minor
minor
minor
minor
minor
minor
minor
minor
minor
minor
minor
minor
minor
minor
minor
minor
MAJOR
minor
minor
minor
minor

495
495

331 05010007006
379 05010007002
494

495
495
491
347
495
495
495 05010007017
821
494

495
495 05010007010
491


495 05010007002

Is
K'l
•M|)P
fe!

jlAi
$/Xf.?
m
If
Wrl
5wt
VyJ
ง"" •'


p

i'/iM
**?.".?
if
pfi

frl

       Screen 8.1.3
'v' Point Source Load
- Summary by subwatershed
Table xx. BOD. CARBONACEOUS
Reach File. VI

NPDES

USE!
05 DAY. 20C load within the selected study area (PCS, 1995).
Facility Name Mile Point

Load (Ibs/yr)

Subwatershed: 05010007
05010007002
05010007003
05010007003
05010007010
05010007010
05010007015
05010007015
05010007017
Total Number of
'•< 1
PA0026034
PA0002054
PA0026778
PA0022292
PA0032611
PA0005011
PA0005037
PA0001716
Facilities:

JOHNSTOWN CITY 29.6
PENELEC - SECTARD GENERATING
WINDBER AREA AUTH 8.1
EBENSBURG BORO MUN AUTH 14.3
PORTAGE AREA SEW AUTH 20.0
PENELEC CONEMAUGH
GPU/GENCO-HOMER CITY GENERAT 3.5
FMC CORP
8
' - ' , ~ '•,..•":•"•-•." -;*""". :""""•.' ,-.. .-/ 0-' -.", '//•( :>. "'^\"\ '-. -.:!'"
1627414.8
0.0
252092.3
74416.5
68728.3
1151.3
2994.3
194.4


JL
K
|
C
*
ง
if
ป
ft
2
*
IFf

Jd

       Screen 8.1.4
8.1-4

-------
                                                                         8.1 Point Source Inventory Report
 The map layout shows the locations of all discharge facilities within the watershed(s) (Screen 8.1.5).
 Different map symbols are used to distinguish the facilities that discharged the selected pollutant for the
 given year from those facilities that did not. The Reach File network (RF1 or RF3) is also drawn in the map
 for reference purposes. A map inset is included to show the general location of the selected watershed(s)
 relative to the EPA regional boundary.
        ฉ BASINS 2.0

         C Point Source Map Layout

                                             B.QD:Ro:iot sources:
       Screen 8.1.5
When the map layout is active, it can be printed through the Print submenu under the File main menu.
Another way to print the map layout is through the Print button in the Project Window with the Layouts
component selected and the "Point Source Map Layout" layout highlighted.

The print function that Arc View provides for the tables is intentionally deactivated in BASINS. Since this
Arc View print function does not provide any formatting options, it fails to generate an acceptable printout of
the BASINS tables, particularly when the tables are large. It is recommended that you import the content of
the tables using a word processor.
                                                                                               8.1-5

-------
 BASINS Version 2.0
   Tip:  The files pcs.txl and pcs.tx2, which contain the tables, and pcs.wmf, which contains the point
          source map, are located in the \Basins\WcReport\\Reports\ directory. The
           is the user-defined name or identifier given to the study area. It corresponds to the
          name in the View Table of Contents given to the theme that contains the boundary information of
          the study area.
   Tip:  The subwatershed ID listed in the reports corresponds to the unique ID number automatically
          assigned to the subwatershed by the delineation tool or watershed boundary import utility. The
          subwatershed ID corresponds to a cataloging unit number (eg. 05010007) if the report generator
          was run using the cataloging unit theme or an RF1 or RF3 segment ID for user delineated or
          imported watershed boundary themes (eg. RF1  =  05010007020 or RF3 =
          5010007 035 4.93;.
8.1-6

-------
                                                                     8.2 Water Quality Summary Report
8.2 Water Quality Summary Report
Purpose

Water Quality Summary Report provides a summary of water quality monitoring stations within the
selected watershed that monitored a particular pollutant during a given time period. The water
quality data are presented as statistical summaries of the mean and selected percentiles of the
observed data. The data were originally obtained from USEPA's Storage and Retrieval System
(STORET). The information generated in this report is summarized in table format and, if selected,
in a map format.
Application

The Water Quality Summary Report generates information for characterizing water quality
conditions of water bodies within a given watershed and can be used to support various watershed
assessment and evaluation programs. Potential applications include review of existing monitoring
programs, evaluation of ongoing monitoring activities, location of key stations with sufficient and
relevant monitoring data for model calibration,  and evaluation of data gaps. Although the
information is summarized statistically, it can provide basic information to assess the conditions of a
given water body, as well as to evaluate its changes over time.
Procedures
           Key Procedures

               ป/"  Activate the watershed boundary theme

               /  Select the watersheds for which the report will be generated

               i/  Under the Report main menu, select the Water Quality Summary
                  Report submenu

               /  Select the time period, pollutant, and map option in the dialog box
                                                                                          8.2-1

-------
 BASINS Version 2.0
 Operation Steps

     1.   In the BASINS View table of contents (Screen 8.2.1), click the name of the appropriate watershed
         boundary theme to make it active. The watershed boundary theme can be the cataloging unit
         boundary theme or a user delineated watershed boundary theme.
                                                                                                    Ite
         .•ฃ? BASINS 2.0
         fiiSjiiy^^
                                                      Lookup^  Utility  Window  Help
                                              SPSP"Ep!nt Source Inventory Report


                                                         I -J-OJ'I? Air Emrssion Report
                                                         ItiSr'j.aLj ,iซM.  "~   t .)   r
 rj  Weatherstation


ปn  Weather Station Ar
                                                                   haracteristic Report
                                                                   ™ป4  ,  ~ , f  *v. ~ *
             WDM Weather Dat

             ••Iฎ,'
         JFJ" "Cata'loging Unit'Co1*1
         ''''!!"'''' 1"!" ''i '',!h',!     ,'' p   iง
             Cataloging Unit Bo
            --Accounting UnftBo
         "ifi|i,1,Major Roads'
             A/
         •_j  Urban Area Names
        Screen 8.2.1
    2.  Activate the Select Feature tool and select (by clicking or dragging a box) the watershed for which
        the Water Quality Summary Report will be generated.

    3.  Under the Report main menu, select the Water Quality Summary Report submenu. In the dialog
        (Screen 8.2.2) that appears, select the time period(s) from the check boxes and monitoring (pollutant)
        parameter from the list box provided in the dialog. Several time periods can be checked at one time.
        Click the check box if a location map of water quality monitoring stations is to be generated. You
        may choose to enter the map title in the text box provided.
8.2-2

-------
                                                                    8.2 Water Quality Summary Report
      3 Report Generator - STORET Water Quality Stations
                                            ,
       . * rป ;**  y* Please select veatfsl of data and me desired monitoring parameter,
              ;^'VW•  ,   ,- "  r'% i  ;\  ''x'1''*?*''''t *>1 * *
         i       3>y-{^ '-X** **  ^j*^/ir"/,  /,
                                                                                  ;v /'I
 ซ^ฃ^aLJkia€U-1ง?4       ,
raJ^^JV^W'' 4^7  SPECIFIC CONDUCTANCE
                                            OXYGEN, DISSOLVED
       l^i^ffj1'^^"  -  ^  T.'/
            v^i-^irlS?:^^?-*;?
                                            BOD,5DAY,20DEQC
                                            PH
                                            ALKALINITY, TOTAL (AS CAC03)
                                            RESIDUE, TOTAL FILTRABLE DRIED ATI*
                                            RESIDUE, TOTAL NONFILTRABLE (TSS)fg
                                            NITROGEN, AMMONIA, TOTAL
                                                                 -  _,f

     Screen 8.2.2
 4.  Click OK to generate the report; otherwise, click Cancel to quit the tool without generating the
     report.
TUTORIAL
•   Click the theme Cataloging Unit Boundaries to make it active.
•   Check its check box to display the boundary theme in the View Window.
•   Check the check box of the theme Water Quality Station to display the location of the water quality
    stations.
•   Using the Select Feature tool, select watershed 05010007. Your BASINS screen should now look like
    Screen 8.2.1. If necessary, zoom to the study area using the Zoom to Selected Theme tool.
•   Under the Report main menu, select the Water Quality Summary Report submenu.
•   In the dialog box that appears (Screen 8.2.2), select the time periods 1975-1979 and 1985-1989
    and the parameter Dissolved Oxygen, and enter the title Dissolved Oxygen.
•   Click OK to continue.
•   Click OK to accept the default directory Catalog! where all report files will be saved. The report files
    wq.* are saved at the \Basins\WcReport\Catalogi\Reports\ directory.
                                                                                         8.2-3

-------
 BASINS Version 2.0
 Generated Report

 The generated report includes several tables and a map layout. The first table, "Water Quality Station
 Inventory - Summary by Subwatershed" (Screen 8.2.3), provides a complete list of all water quality
 monitoring stations within the watershed(s) and pertinent information such as county location, river basin,
 and reach location. Not all of the water quality stations listed in the table might actually have monitored the
 selected pollutant for the given time period. The second set of tables, "Water Quality Summary - by Station"
 (Screen 8.2.4), contain the water quality stations that actually  monitored the selected pollutant for the given
 time period(s). Each table is associated with a different water  quality station and shows the statistics of the
 observed data for each time period selected.
"' Water Quality Station Inventory
(Table xx.
Agency


03039200
03039300
03039340
03039420
03039440
03039700
03039750
03039800
03039920
03039925
03039926
03039930
03039931
03039950
03039957
03040000
03040100
03040110
03040511
03041025
03041028
03041500
03041650
03041675
03041700
03041710
03041720
03041800

mmK
Water quality station inventory within the selected study area(s)
(years of data: 75-79, and 85-89)
Station No.


112WRD
112BRD
112WRD
112WRD
112WRD
112WRD
112BRD
112BRD
112BRD
112WRD
112WRD
112WRD
112SRD
112WRD
112WRD
112HRD
112WRD
112WRD
112WRD
112WRD
112BRD
112WRD
112BRD
112BRD
112BRD
112BRD
112BRD
112BRD
i 1 iTrrm
Location


CLEAR RUN NEAR BUCKSTOWN, PA
WELLS C AT-MOSTOLLER, PA
BEAVERDAM C AT STOYSTOWN, PA
NORTH BRANCH QUEMAHONING CR
QUEMAHONIHG C AT BOSBELL, PA
DARK SHADE CR. AT CENTRAL CI
DARK SHADE C AT REITZ, PA
CLEAR SHADE CR AT OGLETOฅN,
LITTLE PAINT CREEK AT SCALP
NORTH FORK BENS CR AT NORTH
NORTH FORK BENS CR AT N.F. R
SOUTH FORK BENS CR HR THOMAS
SOUTH FORK BENS CR NR THOMAS
S FK BENS C NR FERNDALE. PA
BENS C AT" FERNDALE, PA
STONYCREEK RIVER AT FERNDALE
L CONEMAUGH RIVER AT WILMORE
HOWELLS RUN NEAR EBENSBURG,
S FORK AT SOUKSBURG, PA
LITTLE CONEMAUGH RIVER AT JO
HINCKSTON RUN AT MINERSVILLE
CONEMAUGH RIVER AT SEBARD, P
HENDRICKS C NR WEST FAIRFIEL
TOMS RUN NEAR BLAIRSVILLE, P
MCGEE RN AT BRENIZER, PA
DUTCH RUN NEAR BLUE GOOSE, P
ELK CREEK NEAR BELSANO, PA
SOUTH BRANCH BLACKLICK CREEK
-J3THlC!!--Cr!EEKi=i3LiStiS!IฃSn!Lj*ilJ._-
County Watershed Seg


SOMERSET 05010007
SOMERSET 05010007
SOMERSET 05010007
SOMERSET 05010007
SOMERSET 05010007
SOMERSET 05010007
SOMERSET 05010007
SOMERSET 05010007 009
CAMBRIA 05010007
SOMERSET 05010007
SOMERSET 05010007
SOMERSET 05010007
SOMERSET 05010007
SOMERSET 05010007
SOMERSET 05010007
CAMBRIA 05010007
CAMBRIA 05010007
CAMBRIA 05010007
CAMBRIA 05010007
CAMBRIA 05010007 010
CAMBRIA 05010007 002
BESTMORELAND05010007
BESTMORELAND05010007 002
INDIANA 05010007
VESTMORELANDOS010007 002
CAMBRIA 05010007
CAMBRIA 05010007
CAMBRIA 05010007
-Tซr,T-ปJtป, '"•-"••"ISftS^HjBt^rtnpasB;
No of Obs
(OXYGEN, DISSOLV)

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
5
0
0
0
5
0
5
0
0
0
0
0
0
^^T^*r>™s>!!<^-'Tr^*^
M
1
1
*
$
w
'.V.
ffl
ti
?M
i


,f
i''

w)
ฃJP
m

W
tin
j'0j
f)fl
tt'j
w
in'
is
f'M
m
W
;^
ft
     Screen 8.2.3
The map layout shows the locations of all water quality monitoring stations within the watershed(s) (Screen
8.2.5). Different map symbols are used to distinguish the facilities that monitored the selected pollutant for
the given time period from those facilities that did not. The Reach File network (RF1 or RF3) is also drawn
in the map for reference purposes. A map inset is included to show the general location of the selected
watershed(s) relative to the EPA regional boundary.

When the map layout is active, it can be printed through the Print submenu under the File main menu. The
print function that ArcView provides for the tables is intentionally deactivated in BASINS. Since this
ArcView print function does not provide any formatting options, it fails to generate an acceptable printout of
the BASINS tables, particularly when the tables are large. It is recommended that you import the content of
the tables using a word processor.
8.2-4

-------
                                                                       8.2 Water Quality Summary Report
&. Water Quality Summary
-by Station
^^•(^^^^••^^••^^^••^^^•^^•Eirft
ITable xx. Water Quality Summary for 112WRD Station No. 03040000: OXYGEN DISSOLVED (Units' MG/L)
(Location: STONYCREEK RIVER AT FERNDALE, PA., CAMBRIA, Watershed: 05010007, Reach Segment : ).
Years
1975 - 1979
1985 - 1989
No of Obs Mean 25 th
5 7.20 6.50
NO DATA
'/. 50th '/. 75th •/.
7.00' 8.00
m
BBSS
!
i
1
1
I
  End of Table
  Table xx. Water Quality Summary for 112WRD Station Ho.03041025: OXYGEN,  DISSOLVED  (Units' MG/L)   J$
  (Location:_IITTLE COHEMAUGH RIVER AT JOHNSTOWN.  PA., CAMBRIA, Watershed:  05010007, Reach Segment:
 Years
  1975 - 1979
  1985 - 1989
No of Obs   Mean

5           8.60
HO DATA
25th X  50th '/i  75th '/.

8.00
        9.00
               9.00
 End of Table
 Table xx. Water Quality Summary for 112ฅRD Station No. 03041500:  OXYGEN. DISSOLVED (Units:  MG/L)   „.,
            Sฐ   -  ?! R*VER_AI SEWARD,  PA.   SITE  31, WESTMORELAND,  Watershed: 05010007,  Reach Segmel
 Years
                    Ho of Obs   Mean
                                        25th %  50th X  75th %
             '>&^
 Screen 8.2.4
 \&. BASINS 2.0

    Water Quality Station Map Layout
                                  :Diss!Olv:ed:Qxygen
                                         (*   ,"*
Screen 8.2.5
                                                                                               8.2-5

-------
BASINS Version 2.0
The tables and the map are developed for the purpose of integrating them into a single document. A standard
word processor can be used to import both the tables and the map for further editing and formatting.
   Tip:  The files wq.txl and wq.tx2, which contain the tables, and wq.wmf, which contains the location
          map of the water quality stations, are located in the \Basins\WcReport\\Reports\
          directory. The  is the user-defined name or identifier given to the study area. It
          corresponds to the name in the View Table of Contents given to the theme that contains the
          boundary information of the study area.
 8.2-6

-------
                                                                           8.3 Toxic Air Emission Report
 8.3 Toxic Air Emission Report
 Purpose

 Toxic Air Emission Report provides a summary of facilities that are part of the Toxic Release
 Inventory (TRI) and have estimated air releases of a particular pollutant in a selected watershed.
Application

Information generated in Toxic Air Emission Report can be used to support the characterization of
emission sources in a given watershed. It generates tabular summaries of TRI facilities with their
corresponding estimates of pollutant air releases and other pertinent information such as facility
identification name, city location, status (active or inactive facility), ownership type (government,
commercial), and SIC code number. Together with other reports generated in BASINS, such as point
source discharges, land use distribution, and water quality summary, this report can support analysis
of the relative magnitude of air emissions in the overall watershed loading. This report also generates
a map showing the location of the TRI facilities overlaid with the Reach File network (i.e., RF1) and
the boundary  of the selected watershed.
Procedures
           Key Procedures

               ^  Activate the watershed boundary theme

               /  Select the watersheds for which the report will be generated

               /  Under the Report main menu, select Toxic Air Emission Report
                  submenu
               %/"  Select the toxic release year, pollutant type, and the map option in
                  the dialog box
                                                                                           8.3-1

-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Operation Steps

    1.   In the BASINS View table of contents (Screen 8.3.1), click the name of the appropriate watershed
        boundary theme to make it active. The watershed boundary theme can be the cataloging unit
        boundary theme or a user delineated watershed boundary theme.

                                                            M Source Inventory ffepart
                                                          i^dter Quality Summary Report
                'toxic ait emission    .•'. :  •. :    • Sifc^IpPw>ป>••••.",,.•>,4; •
                lW(wt	^asSSegiiBtiiiSE                        i
        Screen 8.3.1
    2.  Activate the Select Feature tool and select (by clicking or dragging a box) the
        watershed(s) for which the Toxic Air Emission Report will be generated.
    3.  Under the Report main menu, select the Toxic Air Emission Report submenu. In the dialog box that
        appears (Figure 8.3.2), select the toxic release year and monitoring (pollutant) parameter in the list
        boxes provided. Click the check box if a location map of TRI facilities is to be generated. You may
        choose to enter the map title in the text box provided.
 8.3-2

-------
                                                                            8.3 Toxic Air Emission Report
          Report Generator - Toxic Air Emission
                                ••
                                                  E Wef a title if you want
                                                   '          '
                    Pataraeter     38
                             >jv
                        1-—••--—---
                         HYDROCHLORIC ACID (1995 AND AFTER ACID AEROSOLS ONLYiil
                         PHOSPHORIC ACID
                         HYDROGEN FLUORIDE
                         AMMONIA
     Screen 8.3.2
  4.  Click OK to generate the report; otherwise, click Cancel to quit the tool without generating the
     report.
TUTORIAL

•   Click the theme Cataloging Unit Boundaries to make it active.

•   Check its check box to display the boundary theme in the View window.

•   Check the check box of the theme Toxic Release Inventory to display the location of the TRI
    facilities. Using the Select Feature tool, select watershed 05010007. Your BASINS screen
    should now look like Screen 8.3.1. If necessary, zoom to the study area using the Zoom to
    Selected Theme tool.

•   Under the Report main menu, select Toxic Air Emission Report submenu.

•   In the dialog box that appears (Screen 8.3.2), select the year 1992 and parameter Zinc (Fumes and
    Dust), and enter the title Zinc (Fumes and Dust) Air Emission.

•   Click OK to continue.

•   Click OK to accept the default directory Catalog! where all report files will be saved. The report files tri. *
    are saved at the \Basins\WcReport\Catalogi\Reports\ directory.
                                                                                             8.3-3

-------
        BASINS Version 2.0
        Generated Report

        The generated report includes two tables and a map layout. The first table, "Toxic Air Inventory - Summary
        by subwatershed" (Screen 8.3.3), provides a complete list of all TRI facilities within the watershed(s) and
        pertinent information such as city location, status (active or inactive facility), type of ownership
        (government, commercial), and Standard Industrial Classification number. The second table, "Toxic Air
        Emission - Summary by subwatershed" (Screen 8.3.4), provides the list of TRI facilities that actually
        released the selected pollutant for the given year. The air releases are grouped into two types, stack and
        fugitive emissions. Stack emissions include releases that occur through stacks, vents, ducts, pipes, or other
        confined air streams, as well as storage tank emissions and air releases from air pollution control equipment.
        Fugitive emissions include equipment leaks from valves, pump seals, flanges, compressors, sampling
        connections, and open ended lines; evaporative losses from surface impoundments and spills; and releases
        from building ventilation systems.





•J-* Toxic Afi Inventory - Summary by subwalershed


iTable xx. Toxic air emission source inventory within the selected study area (TRI, 1932). j||
i
ID
Facility Name
City
SIC
Ownership
Status i ง
Subwatershed: 05010007 |1
1SS01CRBS
15501GLHR
15501MLTS
15501THCL
1SS41WHPM
15S63HGHL
15601SSNL
1S627CRNN
1S627KYST
15627NDST
1S681BRZN
15681FDRL
15701FSHR
1S701MCCR
1S701SCHR
15717BLRS
15717FMCC
15717WSTN
1S748FMCC
15748STRM
15901SNDR
15902CCKR
1S902JHHS
15902SCMM
3 con ACT-TV
PENH CARBOSE INC.
GILMOUR MFG. CO.
MULTI-SERVICE EQUIPMENT CORP
FLEETWOOD FOLDING TRAILERS I
WAMPUM HARDWARE CO.
HIGHLAND TANK & MFG. CO.
SEASON-ALL IND. INC.
CRAIN IND. INC.
KEYSTONE FOAM CORP.
INDUSTRIAL CERAMICS INC.
BREEZE INDUSTRIAL PRODUCTS
TRANSTECHNOLOGY CORP. FEDERA
FISHER SCIENTIFIC CO.
SPECIALTY TIRES OF AMERICA I
SCHROTH IHD.
BLAIRSVILLE MACHINE PRODS. C
FMC CORP. BLAIRSVILLE PLANT
WESTINGHOUSE ELECTRIC CORP.
FMC CORP. HOMER CITY PLANT
STAR MFG. CO.
PENN TRAFFIC CO. SANI-DAIRY
KORNS GALVANIZING CO.
JOHNSTOWN CORP.
SCM METAL PRODS. INC.
SOMERSET
SOMERSET
SOMERSET
SOMERSET
FREIDENS
STOYSTOWN
INDIANA
DERRY
DERRY
DERRY
SALTSBURG
SALTSBURG
INDIANA
INDIANA
INDIANA
BLAIRSVILLE
BLAIRSVILLE
DERRY TOWNSHIP
HOMER CITY
HOMER CITY
JOHNSTOWN
JOHNSTOWN
JOHNSTOWN
JOHNSTOWN
2679
3089
3089
3792
2892
3443
3442
3086
3069
3264
3429
2869
3821
3011
2491
3499
3535
3356
3535
3448
2024
3429
3325
3399
Screen 8.3.3
Commercial
Commercial
Commercial
Commercial
Commercial
Commercial
Commercial
Commercial
Commercial
Commercial
Commercial
Commercial
Commercial
Commercial
Commercial
Commercial
Commercial
Commercial
Commercial
Commercial
Commercial
Commercial
Commercial
Act i ve a&
Active K
Active m
Active M
Active H
Active m
Inactive ;H
Active am
Active !H
Inactive |W
Active m
Active p
Active M|
Active sVtW
Active 5m
Act i ve AW]
Active tun
Active iWf
Act i ve ,'j'S
Active $w
Active tila
Active &wj
Active M
Commercial Active |!5!
~ ..... ^m-i
^iiป9^^^Sป=™^ซ4S^!?'i:ซmisiii;S=if,e~-'i-,,ป -T.-i-Tl35


         The map layout shows the location of all TRI facilities within the watershed(s) (Screen 8.3.5). Different map
         symbols are used to distinguish the facilities that released the selected pollutant for the given year from those
         facilities that did not. The Reach File network (RF1 or RF3) is also drawn in the map for reference purposes.
         A map inset is included to show the general location of the selected watershed(s) relative to the EPA regional
         boundary.

         When the map layout is active, it can be printed through the Print submenu under the File main menu.
         Another way to print the Toxic Air Emission map layout is through the Print button in the Project Window
         with the Layouts component selected and the "Toxic Air Emission Layout" layout highlighted.

         The print function that Arc View provides for the tables is intentionally deactivated in BASINS. Since this
         ArcView print function does not provide any formatting  options, it fails to generate an acceptable printout of
.
         8.3-4

-------
                                                                                      8.3 Toxic Air Emission Report
the BASINS tables, particularly when the tables are large. It is recommended that you import the content of
the tables using a word processor.
        ฉBASINS 2.0
        14 TRl Air Emission - Summary by subtvateished

        liable SK.  XYIENE (MIXED  ISOHERS)  (Ibs./yr) air emission within the selected study area (TRI,  1992^
         Facility ID    Facility Name
                                                          Fugitive Emission
         Subwatershed:  05010007

         15601SSKIL148  SE&SON-AII IHD. INC.               0
         15501THCIMRD2  FLEETWOOD FOLDING TRAILERS INC. 7  5000
         15904NTDMT409  UNITED METAL FABRICATORS INC.      1148
         15904MGLPR303  EMGLO PRODS. CORP.                 0
         15563HGHLNRTE  HIGHLAND TANK & MFG. CO.           11918
         15907BTHLH17J  JOHNSTOWN AMERICA CORP. FREIGHT C  23000
         Total Number of Facilities: 6
                                                                                        Stack Emission
20613
31000
10509
18920
0
0

        !*ปJ? JsasSฃ™m)n™r SLtaMk&^aa
       Screen 8.3.4
                                                                         a*.... Aaป v  "1
                                                                                                         8.3-5

-------
BASINS Version 2.0
                                         f^^*1ปปซlR(ป>ซIป>SWfปtป

                                  Zinc (Fume: on Dust): Air Emission

      Screen 8.3.5
   Tip:  The files tri.txl and tri.tx2, which contain the tables, and tri.wmf, which contains the location map
          of the TRI facilities, are located in the \Basins\WcReport\\Reports\ directory. The
           is the user-defined name or identifier given to the study area. It corresponds to the
          name in the View Table of Contents given to the theme that contains the boundary information of
          the study area.
8.3-6

-------
                                                                       8.4 Land Use Distribution Report
 8.4 Land Use  Distribution  Report
Purpose

Landuse Distribution Report provides a summary of the land use distribution within the selected
watershed(s). The BASINS default land use data were originally obtained from the USGS
Geographic Information Retrieval and Analysis System (GIRAS) and use the Anderson Level II
classification. The information generated in this report is summarized in both table and map layout
formats.
Application

Landuse Distribution Report can be used to examine the various land uses in the study area (by
subwatershed) to assist in developing a modeling strategy such as the selection of nonpoint source
segments (subwatershed) and the land use classes to be represented in the nonpoint source model. It
can also be used to assess the need for a nonpoint source monitoring program and to determine areas
where monitoring data are most useful for model parameterization and calibration. The report
generates two tables. The first table is a tabular summary of the total acreage under each land use
category (Anderson Level I classification). The second table provides the breakdown of the land use
distribution in more detail using the Anderson Level II classification. The report also generates a
map showing the land distribution within the watershed overlaid  with the Reach File network (RF1)
and the boundary of the selected watershed.
Procedures
           Key Procedures

               v^  Act/vate the watershed boundary theme

               /  Select the watershed for which the report will be generated

               /  Under the Report main menu, select the Landuse Distribution
                  submenu
                                                                                          8.4-1

-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Operation Steps

    1.  In the BASINS View table of contents (Screen 8.4.1), click the name of the appropriate watershed
        boundary theme to make it active. The watershed boundary theme can be the cataloging unit
        boundary theme or a user delineated watershed boundary theme.
apeli!;;;, assess, Model
            .t   iew
                                                            Mer 4ซaw Symnwry Report

                                                                   issrorfRe^ot? v* *r
                                                                    |ractenstie Rep
          SJ^ Perm it Compliance

         I DVBa'oUrla Stations • !"'.''.':
         ,, **r*  „, L , „>. ,   n  if ,11  ^ - ' •-,!
              m	'	'"'	*•ซ••':•,
        Screen 8.4.1
    2.   Activate the Select Feature tool and select (by clicking or dragging a box) the watershed for which
        the Land Use Distribution Report will be generated.

    3.   Under the Report main menu, select the Land Use Distribution Report submenu. In the dialog box
        that appears, enter the land use map title. Click OK to generate the report; otherwise, click Cancel to
        quit the tool without generating the report.
8.4-2

-------
                                                                          8.4 Land Use Distribution Report
   TUTOR/AL
   •   Click the theme Watershed.shp to make it active. This demonstrates that the report tools can also be
       applied to user-delineated watersheds.
   •   Check its Check Box to display the boundary theme in the View Window.
   •   Using the Select Feature tool, select the three delineated subwatersheds. Your BASINS
       screen should now look like Screen 8.4.1. If necessary, zoom to the study area using the
       Zoom to Selected Theme tool.
   •   Under the Report main menu, select Land Use Distribution Report submenu.
   •   In the dialog box that appears, enter tlie title Land Use Distribution.
   •   Click OK to continue.
   •   Click OK to accept the default directory  Watershe where all report files will be saved. The report files
       landuse.*are saved at the \Basins\WcReport\Watershe\Reports\ directory.
Generated Report

The generated report includes two tables and a map layout. The first table, "Land Use Information -
Summary by Major Land Use Category" (Screen 8.4.2), contains the total acreage under major land use
category. The second table, "Land Use Information - Summary" (Screen 8.4.3), contains the acreage under
more detailed land use classification.





|S, Landuse Information - Summary by Major Land Use Category , • HS3E3|
j ITable xx. Land use distribution
| Sub-Watershed
j Land Use Name and Code
! Urban or Built— up Land
Agricultural Land
Forest Land
| Water
Barren Land
, Total
R|,1'E,' 	 " 	 , .' 	 „,: 	 * 	
by major land use
05010007014
Area ( acres )
238
13605
25684
58
592
40177
„ r~
category .
05010007013
Area (acres)
1810
3504
24539
87
267
30207
*
05010007012
Area (acres)
450
12018
36030
0
1320
49818

.
Total Area
(acres)
2498
29127
86253
145
2180
120203 *
.:" 	 ", 	 |/|y>iLf

I
iปj
Screen 8.4.2
                                                                                              8.4-3

-------
r
          BASINS Version 2.0
:>', Land Die Infoimation - Summary
|Table KX. Detailed land use dis
Sub- Water shed
land Use Name and Code
Urban or Built-up land
RESIDENTIAL-11
COMMERCIAL AND SERVICES-12
IHDUSTRIAI-13
TRAHS, COMM, UTII-14
OTHER URBAN OR BDILT-UP-17
Subtotal

05010007014
Area (acres)
238
0
0
0
0
238

05010007013
Area ( acres )
1034
437
44
270
25
1810

05010007012
Area (acres)
280
45
18
0
107
450
HUE!
a
I
Total Area J I
(acres) B
1552 1
4^2 m
62 m
270 3
132 m
2498 1
                  Agricultural land
                  CROPLAND AND PASTURE-21
13605
             3504
                           12018
                                         29127
Subtotal
Forest Land
DECIDUOUS FOREST LAND-41
EVERGREEN FOREST LAND-42
MIXED FOREST LAND-43
Subtotal
Water
RESERVOIRS-53
Subtotal
Barren Land
STRIP MIHES-75
Subtotal

13605
13313
10993
1378
25684
58
58
592
592

3504
16903
6509
1127
24539
87
87
267
267
onon-7
12018
35602
428
0
36030
0
0
1320
1320

29127
65818
17930
2505
86253
145
145
2180
2180





moKigHjM
                 Screen 8.4.3
         The map layout, "Land Use Map Layout" (Screen 8.4.4), shows the land use distribution using the major land
         use categories. The Reach File network (RF1 or RF3) is also drawn in the map layout for reference purposes.
         A map inset is included to show the general location of the selected watershed(s) relative to the EPA regional
         boundary.

         When the map layout is active, it can be printed through the Print submenu under the File main menu. The
         map can also be imported into a document using a word processor.

         The print function that Arc View provides for the tables is intentionally deactivated in BASINS. Since this
         AcrView print function does not provide any formatting options, it fails to generated an acceptable printout
         for the BASINS tables, particularly when the tables are large. It is recommended that you import the content
         of the tables using a word processor.
            Tip:   The files landuse.txl and Ianduse.tx2, which contain the tables, and landuse.wmf, which contains
                    the land use map, are located in the \Basins\WcReort\\Reports\directory. The
                     is the user-defined name or identifier given to the study area. It corresponds to the
                    name in the View Table of Contents given to the theme that contains the boundary information of
                    the study area.
          8.4-4

-------
                                                               8.4 Land Use Distribution Report
   BASINS 2.0
             ut * laraphics  Mncfaw  Help  -  -  *
             * "ป• ^"^v ^j V .^       	   ^  ~ M
                                                     *K:
    Land Use Map Layout

;  *j
                                                                           n
                             Land: Use: Distribution
Screen 8.4.4
                                                                                    8.4-5

-------

-------
                                                                      8.5 State Soil Characteristic Report
8.5 State Soil Characteristic Report
Purpose

State Soil Characteristic Report provides a summary of the spatial variability of selected soil
parameters within one or a set of subwatersheds. The soil parameters considered include water table
depth, bedrock depth, soil erodibility, available water capacity, permeability, bulk density, pH,
organic matter content, soil liquid limit, soil plasticity, percent clay content, and percent silt and clay
content. The data were originally obtained from the U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA) Natural
Resources Conservation Service (NRCS) State Soil and Geographic Database (STATSGO). The
information generated in this report is summarized in table format and, if selected, presented in map
format.


Application

State Soil Characteristic Report is a useful tool for characterizing the spatial variability of soil
within the selected watershed(s). The soil data were originally obtained from the STATSGO
database, which breaks down an area coverage into smaller georeferenced units called map units.
Each map unit is further broken down into soil components and layers.

Soil parameter values are calculated by STATSGO map units and by subwatershed through a
combination of aggregation methods such as area-weighting and depth integration. The parameter
value for a particular map unit can also be selected so that it corresponds to the value of the largest
soil component within the map unit (e.g., mode method) and/or to  the value of the soil surface layer.
The calculation can be based on the minimum, maximum, or mean values of the soil parameters
available in the STATSGO database.

The soil report generates a table of aggregated values of the selected  parameter by STATSGO map
unit and by subwatershed. It also generates maps showing the spatial variability of the selected soil
parameter by map unit and by subwatershed overlaid with the Reach File network (RF1) and the
boundary of the selected watershed.
fio
Procedures
           Key Procedures

               i/  Activate the watershed boundary theme
               *^  Select the watersheds for which the report will be generated
               /  Under the Report main menu, select the State Soil Characteristic
                  Report submenu
               /  Select the soil parameter, type of estimate, aggregation method, and
                  map option in the dialog box
                                                                                           8.5-1

-------
 BASINS Version 2.0
 Operation Steps

     1.  In the BASINS View table of contents (Screen 8.5.1), click the name of the watershed boundary
        theme to make it active. The watershed boundary theme can be the cataloging unit boundary theme
        or a user delineated watershed boundary theme.
                                                                                   36,257 40 *+ ,i „
                                                                                   toe- flKM ctr J*. f I. i

                                            ป-™'i~i-a'ป^™'i:^vป.;ซ;ir--^^
        Screen 8.5.1
    2.  Activate the Select Feature tool and select (by clicking or dragging a box) the watershed(s) for
       which the soil report will be generated.

    3.  Under the Report main menu, select the State Soil Characteristic Report submenu. In the dialog box
       that appears (Screen 8.5.2), select the soil parameter from the list box and the type of estimate,
       component aggregation method, and (if necessary) layer aggregation method through the check
       boxes. Click the check box if soil maps are to be generated. You may choose to enter the map title in
       the text box provided.

       For soil parameters that do not vary with depth, such as water table and bedrock depths, only soil
       component aggregation is required to obtain the "representative" values by map units. You may
       choose the area-weighted method of aggregating the soil components within a map unit to obtain the
       "representative" value. On the other hand, you may choose the value of the largest soil component
       within the map unit as the "representative" value for the entire map unit.
8.5-2

-------
                                                                      8.5 State Soil Characteristic Report
                                     '•ra*~vซ ;^%  '?'ซ
                                     Stfo^vrti,,   S\  /;
             Vt- ,       4 A,  .
          -'*!     *      *
        .t                    <
     Screen 8.5.2
     For the rest of the soil parameters that also vary with depth (soil layers) such as soil erodibility,
     available water capacity, permeability, bulk density, pH, organic matter content, soil liquid limit, soil
     plasticity, percent clay content, and percent silt and clay content, an extra step of layer aggregation is
     required to obtain a "representative" value for all soil layers. You may choose the depth-integration
     (depth-weighted) method of aggregating the soil layers of a particular soil component within the map
     unit. On the other hand, you may choose the value associated with the surface soil layer as the
     "representative"  value for all soil layers.

     For the soil parameters supported in this report tool, the STATSGO database reports both minimum
     and maximum values. This provides the user an option of generating the soil characterization report
     based on minimum, maximum, or mean (of the minimum and maximum)  values.

 4.  Click OK to generate the report; otherwise, click Cancel to quit the tool without generating the
     report.
TUTORIAL

•   Click the theme Watershed.shp to make it active. This demonstrates that the report tools can also be
    applied to user-delineated watersheds.
•   Check its check box to display the boundary theme in the View window.
                                                                                           8.5-3

-------
BASINS Version 2.0
  TUTORIAL (cont)  •        .                 ,    ••.   :>':. ..^p;'.^:.-^v;/;;;'•' ^;.^,ฃ ^-:^{
  •   Using the Select Feature tool, select the three delineated subwatersheds. Your BASINS screen should
      now look like Screen 8.5.1. If necessary, zoom to the study area using the Zoom to Selected Theme
      tool.
  •   Under the Report main menu, select the State Soil Characteristic Report submenu.
  •   In the dialog box that appears (Screen 8.5.2), select Parameter Permeability and Options Mean, Area-
      Weighted and Depth-Integration.
  •   Enter the title Soil Permeability.
  •   Click OK to continue.
  •   Click OK to accept the default directory Watershe  where all report files will be saved. The report files
      soil.* are saved at the \Basins\WcReport\Watershe\Reports\ directory.
Generated Report

The generated report includes two tables and two map layouts. The first table, "State Soil Report - Summary
by subwatershed" (Screen 8.5.3), contains the acreage of the STATSGO map unit and the corresponding
aggregated values of the selected parameter. The second table, "State Soil Statistics - Summary by
subwatershed" (Screen 8.5.4), contains the total acreage of the subwatershed and the mean, maximum, and
minimum of the map unit values within the subwatershed.
3?. Stale Soil Repor
|Table xx. Soil
Map Unit
Subwatershed :
PA022
PAOS3
PAOS6
Subwatershed :
PAD 2 2
PAD 5 3
PA056
Subwatershed :
PA022
PA053
PAD 55

Note: Type of
B (*.:"• '. .' '-
- Summary by subwatershed
distribution by STATSGO Map
Area (acre)
05010007014
28180
11312
685
05010007013
21772
57
8378
05010007012
29551
18023
2245

Estimate: Mean; Components:
. • . -. - ,-,--.-:. ,, -:_ v:- .-,:-,.: .,-;"< j
••^••^••••^•KMll
Unit. !*.
Permeability (in/hr) ^
1
9.33 ฃ
0.77 ฃ
ฐ-77 u
i
9.33 ll
0.77 L
0.77 P
|
9.33 |,
0.77 r
1.17 1
t
Area-weighted; layers: Depth-integration ,11
o
 Screen 8.5.3
 8.5-4

-------
                                                                        S.SSfate Soil Characteristic Report
S, State Soil Statistics - Summary by subwatershed , HE"!
Table xx. Soil statistics - Summary by subwatershed ( Parameter: Permeability (in/hr)).
Statistics
Area ( acre )
Hean
Min
Mas
Note: Type of
05010007014
40177
6.77
0.00
9.33
Estimate: Hean; Components
05010007013
30207
6.94
0.00
9.33
: Area-weighted;
05010007012 Composite
49818
5.86
0.00
9.33
Layers :
-5
120203
6.44
0.00
9.33
•x
as
ป*'
f
1
Depth— integration. (**
Rf
 Screen 8.5.4
 The first map layout (State Soil Map Layout 1) shows the spatial distribution of the selected soil parameter
 by watershed in which one value is assigned for each subwatershed (Screen 8.5.5). The second map layout,
 "State Soil Map Layout 2," shows the spatial distribution of the selected soil parameter by STATSGO map
 unit (Screen 8.5.6). On both maps, the Reach File network (RF1 or RF3) is also drawn for reference
 purposes. A map inset is included to show the general location of the selected watershed(s) relative to the
 EPA regional boundary.
 & BASINS 2.0
  Die  Edit Layout*  fitaphics
  •*"8.ซซ*ซ -u   J^ ^ t , sr,	

 sS. State Soil Map Lavout 1
                  :::::: :Soil Re:rmeab.iljty:by sub

Screen 8.5.5
                                li^d!^^
                                                                                              8.5-5

-------
BASINS Version 2.0
    BASINS 2.0

                                                  ™ ^/^l.ij^w^. ,r;^^


                                •"pisas:''.' H1 "7"*'",'"•"•" i<^Vs^trvv->1''i':!-'i!tf ;V''~-*'ifV^^^^j7i!^^                   '4^^1^^-ji^lTJ--
                                f'ffcC'''.:, i?-:'.i:,:,:'Al
    Slate Soil Map Layout 2

                              Soil Permeability by map unit
                                                               tubllty Opfhrr
                                                            f~n'0.760 •  • •
                                                            1	1-0.760.0.760
                                                            \Reports\ directory. The  is the
           user-defined name or identifier given to the study area. It corresponds to the name in the View
           Table of Contents given to the theme that contains the boundary information of the study area.
8.5-6

-------
                                                                      8.6 Watershed Topographic Report
 8.6 Watershed Topographic Report
 Purpose


 Watershed Topographic Report provides a statistical summary and distribution of discrete land
 surface elevations in the watershed. It also generates an elevation map of the selected watershed. The
 default source elevation map in BASINS is derived from the conversion of the USGS one degree
 Digital Elevation Map (DEM) into a vector map product. The information generated in this report is
 summarized in table format and, if selected, in map format.


Application


 Watershed Topographic Report is a useful tool for characterizing the magnitudes and distribution of
 elevations in the watershed. Statistical measures of elevation such as minimum, maximum, mean,
 median, and standard deviation are provided. A graph showing the cumulative percentage of the total
 area under a particular elevation is generated (hypsometric curve). This information can be used to
 quickly evaluate the relative "steepness" of the watershed compared to that of other watersheds and
to correlate it with the results of water quality modeling. In conjunction with the Reach File data, the
DEM data can be used to assist users in delineating watersheds more accurately. Using the Identify
tool, the user can determine theซlevฃtion at key locations such as the headwaters of a stream. The
hypsometric curve provides an overall description of the elevation in the watershed and consequently
can assist in defining key topographic parameters generally required for water quality and nonpoint
source modeling.
Procedures
           Key Procedures

               /  Activate the watershed boundary theme

               /  Select the watersheds for which the report will be generated

               /  Under the Report main menu, select the Watershed Topographic
                  Report submenu
                                                                                          8.6-1

-------
        S4S/WS Version 2.0
        Operation Steps

            1.  In BASINS View's Table of Contents (Screen 8.6.1), click the name of the watershed boundary
                theme to make it active.  The watershed boundary theme can be the cataloging unit boundary theme
                or a user delineated watershed boundary theme.
                S| BezSototion - [Clipboard Viewer!

                                               _ _  	
                   ...,,  .,, ,  , ,
                 r-G Hazafdous'WIste 'i'";.
                L"f i!;;,,1:.!;.:!,:1,,.! *	i	,
                L fa 	 % 	I 	H	** Ik	i{ il |M
                   fF"™tii'
                   '?r;;	•;:'ri
                Screen 8.6.1
            2.  Activate the Select Feature tool and select (by clicking or dragging a box) the watershed(s) for
                which the land use report will be generated.

            3.  Under the Report main menu, select the Watershed Topographic Report submenu. In the text box
                that appears, enter the map title.

            4. Click OK to generate the report; otherwise, click Cancel.
_
         8.6-2

-------
                                                                         8.6 Watershed Topographic Report
   Tip:   The DEM theme for the selected watershed should be available. Since DEM is not a part of the
           BASINS core data, it has to be Imported manually. Default BASINS DEM data that came with the
           extracted data are stored in \BASINS\Data\\Dem\. The  is the directory where the BASINS extracted data are stored, and it was
           specified during data extraction.
   Tip:   The BASINS DEM data layer is tiled by watershed (8-digit cataloging unit). Due to the size of each
           watershed DEM file, it is recommended that you import only the needed files. Refer to Section 7.2
           for instructions on how to import DEM files.
   TUTORIAL
   1w  .—x              .1  j.,,...-.., .^.^--.^-.s..^^   ... *.**  *.%f ..,..„.,„!„,.,,,;" jg.," ^^ ^   ^ ^ฃ*1Z* *h,wปrf* -^ ,      **   '
   •   Click the theme Watershed.shp to make it active. This demonstrates that the report tools can also be
       applied to user-delineated watersheds.
   •   Check its check box to display the boundary theme in  the View Window.
   •   Using the Select Feature tool, select the three delineated subwatersheds. Your BASINS screen should
       now look like Screen 8.6.1. If necessary, zoom to the  study area using the Zoom to Selected Theme
       tool. This requires that the DEM data for the particular selected subwatersheds have been imported
       into the BASINS View already.
   •   Under the Report main menu, select the Watershed Topographic Report submenu.
   •   In the dialog box that appears, enter the title Land Surface Elevation.
   •   Click OK to continue.
   •   Click OK to accept the default directory Watershe where all report files will be saved. The report files
       dem.*are saved at the \Basins\WcReport\Watershe\Reports\ directory.
Generated Report

The generated report includes a table, chart, and map layout. The table, "Elevation Report" contains the
summary statistics of the land surface elevations in the watershed (Screen 8.6.2). It also shows the percent
distribution of the total watershed area under a particular elevation. This distribution is plotted in the chart
component of the report (Screen 8.6.3). The map layout shows the land surface elevation map in the
watershed (Screen 8.6.4). The Reach File network (RF1 or RF3) is also drawn for reference purposes. A map
inset is included to show the general location of the selected watershed(s) relative to the EPA regional
boundary.

When the map layout is active, it can be printed through the Print submenu under the File main menu. The
map layout can be activated by clicking on it. Another way to print the map layout is through the Print
button in the Project Window with the Layouts component selected and the "Elevation Map" layout
highlighted.

The print function that Arc View provides for the tables is intentionally deactivated in BASINS. Since this
Arc View print function does not provide any formatting options, it fails to generate a good printout of the
                                                                                               8.6-3

-------
BX\S//VS Version 2.0
BASINS tables, particularly when the tables are large. It is recommended that you use a word processor to
import both the tables and maps for printing, further editing and formatting, or incorporation into other
documents.
   Tip:   The file dem.txt, which contains the table, and dem.wmf, which contains the elevation map, are
          located in the \Basins\WcReport\\Reports\ directory. The  is the user-
          defined name or identifier given to the study area. It corresponds to the name in the View Table of
          Contents given to the theme that contains the boundary information of the study area.
        *4 Elevation Report

        Elevation report for subwatershed:  05010007014, 05010007013 and 05010007012


        Statistics:
           Min.  Elevation: 304
           Max.  Elevation: 731
           Hean  Elevation: 548.043
        Median  Elevation: 638
           Std.  Deviation: 78.387
        Elevation
y. Area Below  Elevation!
        304
        305
        306
        308
        309
        311
        312
        313
        314
        316
        317
        318
        319
        320
0
0.26
0.31
0.35
0.37
0.37
0.39
0.41
0.45
0.46
0.48
0.5
0.52
0.54
       Screen 8.6.2
8.6-4

-------
                                                                8.6 Watershed Topographic Report
 & BASINS 2.0
                    "S8r>3oปป
      I  Elevation Plol

                              Elevation (m) vs. Area Below (%)
                       0    10   20    30   40    50    60   70    80   90   100


                                    Area Below (%)
                            ------- ^


Screen 8.6.3
& BASINS 2.0
                                                                         1029 h <*
                                                                          504 m t
6i\ Elevation Map
                            Land: Surface: Elevation
Screen 8.6.4
                                                                                      8.6-5

-------

-------
                                                                      9 Stream Water Quality Models
Section 9
Stream  Water  Quality Models
One common objective of water quality modeling studies is to be able to predict the impact of
different point and nonpoint source loading scenarios on surface water bodies. Many models predict
the impacts of different loading scenarios under different environmental conditions very well. The
input requirements for such models, however, are often beyond the scope of many modeling studies.
Simpler models may provide acceptable accuracy for a given set of environmental conditions and
require less input. The stream water quality models included with BASINS—QUAL2E and
TOXIROUTE—provide the user a means of performing simpler modeling studies with somewhat
limited data requirements. In situations where a continuous simulation model of the fate and
transport of water quality constituents in surface water bodies is required, the BASINS Nonpoint
Source Model (NPSM) can be used.

QUAL2E and TOXIROUTE are simple one-dimensional, steady-state models. QUAL2E uses
complex algorithms to simulate nutrients, biochemical oxygen demand, dissolved oxygen,
temperature, algae, and conservative and nonconservative substances. TOXIROUTE calculates final
and average concentrations of general water quality constituents based on a dilution and first-order
decay algorithm. Both models accept point source discharges and are suitable for specific flow
conditions. BASINS facilitates the setup of model input by automatically processing geographic and
point source data.

The BASINS system also enables the user to view output from these  models in a spatial context. The
Visualization tool allows the user to select a classification scheme for visually displaying various
flow and pollutant levels in each reach modeled.
                                                                                          9-1

-------

-------
                                                                                     9.1 QUAL2E
9.1 QUAL2E
Purpose

The QUAL2E model allows users to simulate the fate and transport of water quality constituents in
streams under a given flow condition.
Application

QUAL2E is a steady-state,one-dimensional receiving water quality model. Data processing and
preparation of an input file for QUAL2E is automated within the BASINS system. A QUAL2E
simulation includes point source and reach data from BASINS View, as well as any user-supplied
nonpoint source data. Some of the BASINS data are tailored, with as few changes as possible, to
allow the input file to fulfill QUAL2E requirements. QUAL2E Windows Interface User's Manual
(USEPA, 1995) and The Enhanced Stream Water Quality Models QUAL2E and QUAL2E-UNCAS:
Documentation and User Manual (Brown and Barnwell, 1987) provide further details. Hydraulic
structures or dams are not retrieved by the GIS to support the configuration of the stream system
selected for simulation.
Procedures
              Key Procedures

                 ^ Activate the Reach File theme

                 v^ Select the reaches you want to simulate using QUAL2E

                 ซ/" Select QUAL2E under the Models menu

                 i/ Select a year for point source discharge

                 %^ Select conservative and nonconservative water quality constituents

                 %^ Import QUALINP.RUN using Run under the Import menu in QUAL2E

                 y' View and edit data

                 / Click on Run to execute QUAL2E
1.  In BASINS View, click on the check box next to the Reach File theme and make it active by clicking on
   the theme legend text. Select the reaches you want to model. In general, remember the following three
   points when you select reaches:
                                                                                         9.1-1

-------
 BASINS Version 2.0
            •   Select connected reaches so that they build only one network.

            •   Do not select too many reaches.

            •   Reach lengths should not be significantly different.

        Geographic selection in QUAL2E simulation is different from that in NPSM and TOXIROUTE
        simulations because individual reaches in a cataloging unit are selected instead of a whole cataloging
        unit or watershed. BASINS first checks the data pertaining to the selected reaches to find out
        whether the selected reach network is acceptable for simulation with QUAL2E.  BASINS then
        modifies the reach data slightly such that QUAL2E reach input requirements are satisfied. QUAL2E
        reaches are divided into small computational elements of equal length such that each reach has an
        integer number of computational elements. In natural systems it is not always possible to find
        streams that will meet this requirement without adjustment. Therefore, reach lengths in QUAL2E
        might appear slightly different from those in BASINS View.

    2.  Pull down the Models menu and select QUAL2E (Screen  9.1.1).

    3.  Select the year of point source data you want to model (Screen 9.1.2).
        &1 BASINS 2.0


        &, BASINS View
         lLf*R ea ch1hlซ.       .

             /V     .     !r
            . Pซ'1>it Compliance.
            ,, j,     • \.i.  i|i
             't        ^   JV
             Industrial Facilities
              T           —
                       t
             Tox!ฐ R eleast*lnve"

         i_l  No N ational Priority
           f Hazardous and Sot
              T           ^

            Water Quality Statl;
         |_J Bacteria Stations
              x

          J Nation alStdfmtnt*


         ,ijj USOS Gage Statioj, •
        Screen 9.1.1
9.1-2

-------
                                                                                       9.1 QUAL2E
     QUAL2E
            Irsebajgeyear fo^point source loading from
         lit; Compliance System' e
    Screen 9.1.2
4.  You will be informed that BASINS generates input data for CBOD, dissolved oxygen, fecal
    coliform, nitrogenous species, and organic and dissolved phosphorus by default (Screen 9.1.3). All of
    these substances are automatically selected so that any point source data are automatically processed
    and included in the QUAL2E simulation.
SQUALZE

•••••••11
•*. ^ ,( * -fc^j' ttts, s •* ^
i Default Parameters
ฃ
f CBOD, nitrogen cycle and phosphorus cycle are selected by
| default. Select conservative and non-conservative constituents in
r ; subsequent screens.
1
ft'




ฃljpK~ "::
* -fi •.


JSr
tป?
*••
K",
L;

ir
_
t
f
I
f

k
*
^
    Screen 9.1.3


5.   You will be prompted to select up to three conservative substances and one nonconservative
    substance. The numbers in front of the substance name indicate the number of discharges in the
    selected reaches and the total number of pounds discharged per year. After you select one
    conservative substance in Screen 9.1.4, click OK. You will then be prompted to select a second
    conservative pollutant. If you do not want to select any more pollutants, click Cancel. You will then
    be asked to select a nonconservative substance.
    QUAL2E
   Delect 1^conservative constituent,
   if iDjschargers, TotLoadfbs^yr), Parm
   TlResiz^ window to view list)
t
OK
                                             S*'
                                                    Cancel
   Screen 9.1.4
    Select a nonconservative substance or click CANCEL to model only the conservative substance(s)
    previously selected.
                                                                                           9.1-3

-------
 BASINS Version 2.0
     7.  You will be notified how to load the input file (QUALINP.RUN) in QUAL2E (Screen 9.1.5).
                       Important Notice

           BASINS has created a QUAL2E "RUN" file located in
           'c: SbasinsSmodelsXqual2eS qualinp. run'

           After this message QUAL2E will be invoked. Choose the "RUN
           file" option from the "Import" menu to load the BASINS' generated
           RUN file.
        Screen 9.1.5
    8.  You are now in the QUAL2E graphical user interface (Screen 9.1.6). Choose RUN file from the
        Import menu and select QUALINP.RUN to load the input you have just created. You can use the
        Next and Back buttons to move from screen to screen. You can click the Index button to view a list
        of all active and inactive screens, and you can go to any screen by clicking the appropriate button.
        You can modify the data on any of these screens.
        ! B QUAL2E (QAL2E010.INPJ


         QUAL2E Simulation
            Description of this run

            |-Simulation Type—j rUnits

               
-------
                                                                                     9.1 QUAL2E
Tip:  If multiple point sources discharge to one computational element, QUAL2E cannot handle them as
       separate entries. Only one discharger can be specified per computational element, forcing BASINS to
       total all the dischargers in a computational element while preparing a QUAL2E input file. Therefore,
       you might see "5 disch" (five dischargers together) or "3 disch" instead of a discharger name in the
       Point Loads and Withdrawls screen in QUAL2E.
Tip:   When some of the necessary information is not available in BASINS View, a reasonable value is
       assigned to fill the blank (for example, the temperature of point source discharges is assumed to
       be 25ฐC). Some additional information is stored in DEFAULT.Q2E, which can be viewed and
       modified using any text editor. These data are also used to prepare an input file.
Tip:   In a QUAL2E simulation, if the user selects a reach that has an upstream reach not included in
       the current simulation, BASINS assumes that the selected reach is a headwater reach while
       preparing the input file for QUAL2E. If the user wants to carry over the effect of upstream
       discharges, he or she might have to model upstream reaches separately, record the output flow
       and concentrations, and type these numbers in the Headwater Source Data screen in QUAL2E.
Tip:  By default QUAL2E uses 7Q10 flow as stream flow. You may change stream flow values to simulate
       other conditions (e.g., mean flow).
Tip:  QUAL2E uses its own numbering scheme for reaches. The reach number in the Reach File 1 (RF1)
       database appears in the Reach Name column of Screen 2 (Stream Reach System).
Tip:  When a discharger is located at the most upstream or most downstream computational element
       of the reach, the discharger location is shifted one computational element inside the reach
       because QUAL2E does not allow these two elements to receive point source discharges.
Tip:  The rating curve information for stream reaches is not generated automatically. You will have to
       develop rating curves for all the reaches you are simulating and substitute the values in Screen 11
       (Hydraulic Data).
                                                                                          9.1-5

-------
 BASINS Version 2.0
    9.  Save the project. Click Run to execute the model.

    10. You can view the output file after the model has run or you can view the output in BASINS View by
       selecting Visualize from the Models menu. Refer to Section 9.3 for more information on the
       Visualization feature. Click Yes when you are asked if you want to view the model output. BASINS
       will display the model output using a text editor. Close the window when you are done. For more
       information on using QUAL2E and the Windows interface to QUAL2E, see the references (Brown
       and Barnwell, 1987; USEPA, 1995). In addition, the QUAL2E Windows interface user's manual is
       included, in PDF format, in your BASINS installation under
       \BASINS\MODELS\QUAL2E\USERMANL.

    11. Click the Graphics button to begin the plotting program. Click the REACHES button. This screen
       (Screen 9.1.7) displays the reach network and the computational elements used for the simulation.
       Note the locations of point sources. Click File and Exit to exit this screen.
          ! QUAL2E REACHES (QAL2E010.RCHJ
                  ^Background
                                            E1H^i-*KrpJ;-^^i1:Hfe^>^fce^f^"
                                                         
-------
                                                                                      9.1 QUAL2E
TUTORIAL

•   In BASINS VIEW (TUTORIALAPR file), display and activate the REACH FILE theme. Locate and select
    the following reaches:

    05010007012

    05010007013

    05010007014

•   Select 1993 as the point source discharge year.

•   Click CANCEL when prompted for a conservative substance.

•   Once the QUAL2E Windows interface appears, select the Import menu and choose Run. Recall the
    name of your input file is QUALINP.RUN. Select this file. Performing this action loads data from BASINS
    into  QUAL2E.

•   Since there is no point source discharging any pollutant (according to PCS) in the three stream reaches
    being modeled, all the elements in Screen 3 (Computational Elements) are standard elements and
    Screen 17 (Point Loads and Withdrawals) is inactive. Assume that you know there is a point source
    facility discharging at 9.2 kilometers upstream of the confluence of reaches 05010007013 and
    05010007014. Also assume that you have the following information.
    Point source facility name : Blacklick WWTP

    Receiving stream reach id (Cuseg): 05010007013

    Treat (%)           0.0
   Flow (m3/s)
0.5
   Temperature (ฐC)   23.0
   DO (mg/L)         5.0

   BOD (mg/L)        50.0

   In QUAL2E each reach is divided into multiple cells called computational elements. The length of each
   computational element is 1.642 km (Screen 2, Stream Reach System). Therefore, Blacklick WWTP is
   located at the 7th computational element of reach 05010007013. Note that reach 05010007013
   becomes Reach No. 1 in QUAL2E. Change the type from S to P for the 7th element of Reach No. 1 in
   Screen 3 (Computational Element). Uncheck all the boxes except BOD and DO in Screen 4 (Water
   Quality Simulation). Open Screen 17 (Point Loads and Withdrawals), and you will find a blank line in
   the table. Enter the facility name as Blacklick WWTP. Also enter flow and concentrations information as
   shown above.

   Click on the Index button and open Screen 11 (Hydraulic Data). Data elements, except for Manning's
   roughness coefficient, in the Hydraulic Data screen are not available from the RF1 database.
   Therefore, you will have to supplement the data from other sources. Assume depth versus flow and
   velocity versus flow relationships are known. Using Figures 9.1.1 and 9.1.2, substitute the coefficients
   and the exponents in appropriate fields of the Hydraulic Data screen.

   Convert them to cubic meters per second by dividing the numbers by 35.3. Now compare these
   numbers with flows listed in the Headwater Source Data screen  ofQUAL2E. The default setup is to
   simulate low flow condition, but you may change the values to simulate mean flow condition.
                                                                                          9.1-7

-------
 BASINS Version 2.0
1.2

1.0

0.8
        •~  CJ.U
        u
        _o

        :>  0.4
           0.2

           0.0
                                                — 5010007012
                                                  5010007013
                                                     20
                                                    25
        0          5         10        15
                            Flow (m3/s)

Figure 9.1.1

Open Screen 16 (Headwater Source Data) and write Headwater Names and corresponding How values
        ฃ 3

       I
          1


          0
                                            	5010007012
                                            	5010007013
                                            	5010007014
            = 1.05Q0326
            0         5


      Figure 9.1.2
                      10         15
                      Flow (m3/s)
                                              20
25
      (note the units). Open BASINS ArcView and activate Reachfile 1 theme. Select the i tool and click on
      the reaches you are simulating. Write MNFLOW (mean flow) and SVTNFLOW (low flow) values of
      reaches 05010007013 and 05010007014. These flow values are in cubic feet per second.

      To plot a graph, select 1 as Starting Reach and 3 as Ending Reach. Note that the Flow versus Distance
      option is selected as the Type of graph. Click Run and press OK to accept that the plot will be saved as
      the selected file. The graph shows a plot of flow versus distance. You may plot water quality
      constituents versus distance. Select 1 as Starting Reach and 3  as Ending Reach in the first graphics
      screen. Select the Water Quality Constituents versus Distance option selected as the Type of graph and
      click Next. Select Biochemical Oxygen Demand and Dissolved Oxygen. Click Run and press OK when
      you are asked to confirm the filename in the Graphics Selection screen. Close the plot window when
      you are done. Also close the QUAL2E Graphics window.
9.1-8

-------
                                                                                    9.2 TOXIROUTE
 9.2 TOXIROUTE
Purpose

TOXIROUTE provides a modeling tool for BASINS users to perform simple assessments of
pollutant concentrations in rivers.
Fo>
Application

TOXIROUTE uses a simple first-order decay solution to simulate the transport of selected pollutants
in streams and rivers. This simplification provides an initial approach for examining concentrations
of discharged pollutants in receiving waters. TOXIROUTE does not explicitly consider nutrient or
chemical reactions or transformations. In cases where algal growth or other significant chemical
processes are a concern, this simplified model might be inappropriate. The TOXIROUTE model
assumes steady-state conditions, where the system has reached equilibrium. The methodology might
have limitations in cases where wet weather processes, such as nonpoint source runoff, predominate.
When the TOXIROUTE model is applied within BASINS, the model receives point source discharge
and reach data, from BASINS View.
Procedures
           Key Procedures

               /  Activate the Cataloging Unit Boundary theme in BASINS view

               *^  Select a cataloging unit

               /  Select Toxiroute under Models menu

               /  Select a year for point source discharge data

               I/"  Select a pollutant

               S  View and edit data, if necessary

               i/"  Click Run to execute the model
                                                                                          9.2-1

-------
 BASINS Version 2.0
    1.  In BASINS View make Cataloging Unit Boundary the active theme and select a cataloging unit.

    2.  Pull down the Models menu and select TOXIROUTE (Screen 9.2.1).
        oJ BASINS 2.0
                                                       Beport  Lookup  Utility " !tfmetow%Melp'!in ซt$4
                                                       .  „   g-CT"-*-!	-i *	L	a- l'itt V**'Tfc	•> y
        Screen 9.2.1
    3.   Select the year of point source data you want to model (Screen 9.2.2).
       Screen 9.2.2

    4.  TOXIROUTE will only simulate pollutant transport in certain reach types including A, E, M, R, S,
       and T. The reach type is included in the Reach File, Version 1 database. If the selected study area
       contains other reach types, a TOXIROUTE warning dialog box will appear (Screen 9.2.3). This
       dialog box includes a list of the reach segments that are not be considered in the simulation. Click
       OK to continue.
9.2-2

-------
                                                                                     9.2TOXIROUTE
     TQXIROUTE Warning
       Types of reaches supported by BASINS include A, E, M, R, S and T.
       The following reach(es) will not be considered:

                  04030101001
                  04030101002
                  04030101003
                  04030101004
                  04030101005
                  04030101006
                  04030101007
    Screen 9.2.3
    You will be prompted to select a pollutant from a list of pollutants (Screen 9.2.4). If available,
    BASINS View generates the point source data for the selected cataloging unit. TOXIROUTE
    automatically loads the information provided by BASINS View. To help you select a pollutant, the
    two numbers before the pollutant name indicate the total number of facilities in the cataloging unit
    and the total estimated load of all discharges combined in pounds per year, respectively.
     TOXIROUTE
    pipes*28* window to view 1st]
    iJ&" **? $*> rt ^*"Sฃ2&"1 /^^^
    Screen 9.2.4
6.  The first screen of TOXIROUTE (Screen 9.2.5) allows you to select pollutant-specific parameters
    for simulation. There are six buttons immediately below the menu bar of each screen. If you place
    the cursor on any of these buttons, you will see a brief description of the button in the status bar at
    the bottom left corner of the screen. The buttons are, from left to right, open a new project file
    (TXR file), open an existing project file, save the project file, go to the previous screen, go to
    the next screen, and run the model.

7.  For the selected pollutant, enter the background concentration, parent molecular weight, child
    molecular weight, and half-life. Background concentration refers to the concentration observed at the
    upstream end of simulated reaches. Available monitoring data are typically used to estimate the
    background concentration. The parent molecular weight and child molecular weight are not
    significant if there is no degradation  product (child chemical) produced during the decay of the
    selected pollutant (parent chemical) (USEPA, 1985). The parent and child molecular weight are used
    to calculate the child chemical concentration. The stream flow selection box lets you select 7-day
    10-year low flow (7Q10) or mean flow. The 7Q10 is representative of dry summer conditions based
    on a statistical analysis of flow data.  Click the right arrow to go to the next screen.
                                                                                            9.2-3

-------
 BASINS Version 2.0
                                 :'	F^fflTutorial Example
                 srit Molecular Weight I1 -ฐ
                 il Hป" i:,r- '"J if :^lii^i'^^'"^""*'"'+'™1J'^'i'i*';?i-'T"ir ซ=*" * ••- •-y;^
                 flt.'", n.j'iyijLui	 . I''.'H i* li 'ป 'L jy: ILJ ' . 4	
        Screen 9.2.5
    8.  In the Reach List screen (Screen 9.2.6), you can view information about all of the reaches in the

        cataloging unit, including their lengths and stream flows. Currently the NFS flows and NFS loads
                                    LITTLE CONEMAUGH R
        Screen 9.2.6
9.2-4

-------
                                                                                    9.2 TOXIROUTE
    columns are not active. Use the horizontal and vertical scroll bars to view other parts of the screen.
    You cannot edit any data on this screen. Click the right arrow to move to the next screen.

9.  In the Discharger List screen (Screen 9.2.7), you can view/edit point source loading information. All
    of the facilities (or dischargers) in the cataloging unit are listed regardless of their discharge of the
    particular pollutant. You can edit the load limits from a facility by clicking on the cell and typing a
    number. If a discharger is located at the most downstream point of a reach (the distance of the
    discharger location from the endpoint of the reach is 0.0), TOXIROUTE assigns the lesser of 1 meter
    or 1 percent of the  reach length as the distance from the bottom of the reach.
    IB TOXIROUTE  [ d:\basins\modelout\lnFproj.txr ]

                Ill ^*.j   	     ^fE^ff^L.
                         IMANORJNC


                JOHNSTOWN CITY
                BLAIRSVILLE MACHINE PROD CO
                WESTINGHOUSE ELECTRIC CORP
                PENELEC - SEWARD GENERATING STATION
                SHEESLEY SUPPLY CO
                WINDBERAREAAUTH
                SCM METAL PRODUCTS INC.
                BETHLEHEM STEEL CORP-JOHNSTOWN
                PORTAGE AREA SEW AUTH
                EBENSBURG BORO MUN AUTH
     ^T*"  ~ฐr w —i"™1™"™™^—-™~ป™~—™™™™™™~™ป™™^
    Screen 9.2.7
    You can also add or delete a facility by clicking the right mouse button once. When you click the
    right mouse button, a pop-up menu appears with two options — Add Discharger and Remove
    Discharger. If you choose to add a discharger, a blank line will appear at the bottom of the table. By
    default the model will assign a value of 0.0 to the distance and load columns and will specify the
    type as Discharger. You can edit the load and distance. After you enter data in any column for the
    new discharger, press Enter/Return to accept. BASINS will then automatically activate the next cell
    to the right. If you want to delete a facility, make  any cell in the row of the facility active (click the
    left mouse button on the cell) before you click the right mouse button and then select Remove
    Discharger from the pop-up box. This is the last screen for TOXIROUTE input. You can run the
    model by clicking on Run.

10.  The Output screen (Screen 9.2.8) lists concentrations on a reach basis. The Average Concentration
    column lists average concentrations of the pollutant in reaches, whereas the Final Concentration
    column lists the concentrations of the pollutant at the end of the reaches. The average concentration
    of a reach is the mean value integrated for the total length of the reach. The final concentration is the
    concentration at the downstream end of the reach. It should be noted that when one discharge or
    several discharges are located at the extreme  end of a stream reach, the resulting final concentration
    of this reach is usually significantly higher than the average concentration due in large part to the
                                                                                           9.2-5

-------
 BASINS Version 2.0
         m TOXIROUTE  [ d:\basins\modeloul\lxrpioj txr 1
m&m
         gOSOj 0007006 J STONY CR
                      LITTLE CONEMAUGH a N BR

        Screen 9.2.8

        location of the discharges. The Child Concentration column shows the final concentrations of the
        chemical produced during the decay of the parent chemical. Use the scroll bars to view the hidden
        parts of the screen. You need not save the output file. Each time you run the model, it generates an
        output file with the project name as the file name and .out as the filename extension. You can save
        the output under any name by selecting Save Output under the File menu. You can view the output
        by selecting Visualize under the Models menu in BASINS View. Refer to Section 9.3 for further
        details.
9.2-6

-------
                                                                                  9.3 Visualization
9.3 Visualization
Purpose

With Visualization, the user can view model output graphically in BASINS' GIS environment.
Streams are displayed in different colors to portray the relative magnitude of flow and pollutant
concentrations.
>App//cat/on

Visualization is a tool included in BASINS to allow the user to view the model results in the
BASINS View environment. In this way the model results can be interpreted spatially. Using this
approach, the user can concurrently view other relevant data, such as land use, point source
locations, and gaging stations. Currently, BASINS supports visualization of the TOXIROUTE and
QUAL2E simulation results. NPSM output cannot be viewed in BASINS.
Procedures
           Key Procedures
                  Select Visualize under the Models menu.

                  Select a model name

                  Select an output file

                  Select or edit the classification scheme when prompted
                                                                                         9.3-1

-------
 BASINS Version 2.0
 Visualizing TOXIROUTE Output

 TOXIROUTE simulates one pollutant for all reaches in a cataloging unit during each application. The model
 output contains four elements—average concentration, final concentration, child concentration, and stream
 flow. In BASINS View, you can choose one of the four elements to visualize.

    1.  In BASINS View pull down the Models menu and select Visualize.

    2.  Choose "TOXIROUTE output file" in the output file type selection dialog box (Screen 9.3.1).
        Screen 9.3.1
    3.   Specify the TOXIROUTE output file name in the file selection dialog box (Screen 9.3.2). The
        TOXIROUTE output files are located in the \BASINS\MODELOUT directory. An output file has the
        same name as the TOXIROUTE project name, but it has an .out extension. When a file is created in
        the TOXIROUTE output screen, you have the option to choose any name for an output file by
        selecting the Save Output option under the File menu. The default project name is TXRPROJ, and
        therefore the default output file name is TXRPROJ.OUT. After you have selected the output file
        name, click OK.
        Select TOXIROUTE file to visualize:
              1EIISSE
              ame:             . .1   ; ..••'•'  itiSfDiredtoriesrv^'''i*;2<--;X':^S
        y..-	^ ^-^" ^^ •'•"-'^'"'^^1^
              Ixrproi.out
List Files of Type:
                               ^^t'i#&'sVi'';'rc'fXW~-ฃ*&T#Z$^W  
-------
                                                                                     9.3 Visualization
4.  Select the output element you want to visualize in the dialog box, as shown in Screen 9.3.3. Note that
    the name of the pollutant (e.g., "CBODU (20 deg C), calculated") appears in the text in the dialog
    box.
    Screen 9.3.3

5.  The next dialog box (Screen 9.3.4) asks you whether you want to use previously saved ranges to
    group results for visual display. If you have not previously selected a scheme or you want to develop
    a new scheme, click No. If you want to use an existing scheme, click Yes. You will be prompted to
    specify the file name of the scheme. Once a file has been selected, a dialog box will prompt you to
    accept or modify the selected classification (Screen 9.3.5). If needed, make modifications and select
    OK to continue.
     Model Visualization
     111;
                                         -
              Do i>ou want to use an existing elassifrcatioh scheme?
    Screen 9.3.4
    Model Visualization
     'ซT~     "   v
     Accept or modifi' the selected classification:
                IB__
                                                       OK
               i.
           laxintMfn'GL
                JL7J33_896__
    ^class-maxinwm [7J3_89S__
    OT** I"   
-------
  BASINS Version 2.0
         Model Visualization
         Screen 9.3.6
     7.  The next dialog box (Screen 9.3.7) gives you the option to save the current settings of the
        classification scheme for future use. If you do not want to save them, click No. Otherwise, click Yes
        and you will be prompted to provide a name for the scheme.
           ;•, ii ,, ; ,i'i,;" 	,: uป • . T;ป">,ซf ,!,,,, hl" nH"h	 ">J1J ฃ i '-.' - -  - ,. .™
            . •'.:.'' ,;; |! : i \*l ' .1 S"'1*^ i'"'*'"!'	"f !i" iiV '
           	."•:	Si-",!•(•:ซ	M •SiiiiSi:	-iirfrhl'-ii	MS	;-"iซ
           •iii'iilii*	rf^

        Screen 9.3.7
    8.  Screen 9.3.8 displays the results. One of the two windows has the banner "TOXIROUTE:
        F=filename, output element name" (e.g., Average Concentration). Notice that the new active theme
        includes the pollutant name and the legends for the classification scheme. You can double-click with
        the left mouse button on the window banner for a full screen view.
Visualizing QUAL2E Output

QVAL2E output can include temperature, dissolved oxygen, BOD, algae, nutrients, fecal coliform, and up to
three conservative substances and one nonconservative substance. The output file also includes the values of
a large number of intermediate variables (or components), which are calculated during the simulation. You
might often find it very useful to visualize these variables (e.g., the components of dissolved oxygen
balance). Therefore, the pollutant selection dialog box shows a long list of items from which you can choose.
QUAL2E output visualization displays only the reaches that were included in the simulation.

Note: The Windows interface to QUAL2E can graph model results, but cannot map them.

    1.  In BASINS View pull down the Models menu and select Visualize.

    2.  Choose "QUAL2E output file" in the output file type selection dialog box (Screen 9.3.9).

       Specify the QUAL2E output file name in the file selection dialog box (Screen 9.3. 10). The QUAL2E
       output files are located in the \BASINS\MODELS\QUAL2E directory. There are two QUAL2E
       output files. Both have the same name as the QUAL2E input file (e.g., QAL2E002.INP), but each
       has a different extension. The summary output file has an .out extension, which is displayed after
    3.
9.3-4

-------
                                                                                           9.3 Visualization
     ฉ BASINS 2.0
               MreW  Xheme' .graphics  TsiieC  Assess  Mociel  'iBipbrf Looldip  Utility  Window  Hefo
               - ^ *-"•  ~ ~ป--    t	*	*;	  *  ~~i. 	____.__.       *__
                                                                  Spate l7763
         TOXIROUTE: F=lxrproj, Average Conbe... HSUM
          ARSENJp, TOTAL-	,
          t *  ""00QO<.Q.OGG i^
                     959
              SJB58-16 448
              NoI> ata
      (U  Permit Compliance
         'Industrial Facilities 3 }•*
           T             ซ ^
                     ?   ^ ^ 
-------
 BASINS Version 2.0
          Select QUAL2E file to visualize:
           QUAL2E output p.doul
        Screen 9.3.10
        Screen 9.3.11
    5.  The next dialog box (Screen 9.3.12) asks whether you want to use previously saved ranges to group
        results for visual display. Click No if you do not have any, or want to create a new presentation
        scheme. If you want to use an existing scheme, click Yes and you will be asked to specify the file
        name of the scheme. Once a file has been selected, a dialog box will prompt you to accept or modify
        the selected classification (Screen 9.3.13). If need, make modification and select OK to continue.
                jiji:; Db^oU want to use an existing classification scheme?
       Screen 9.3.12
9.3-6

-------
                                                                                             9.3 Visualization
     Model Visualization
          *•**. v *•>,*•", *",-*',.
          pt or modify the selected classification.
            iirjtmum
          ?V?-*
      ^ซ. ซ*?    *~ ~T- 	?  ^		 G~

      ;'cja^s-minimum |733896_ ____
             isjinium I4ro2_78


     3dass-mmirmim fl092
     *y ?C *           "~~
                   	-	
     4 class-maximum 1183462
     ksป ซป ซ'    _ !  A-=, -,
     5* if x ป     •*	
     <5 dass-mmimurtt } 1834 62
     <$y, 
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
    8.  Screen 9.3.16 displays reaches that were included in the QUAL2E simulation each color-coded
        according to the selected presentation scheme. One of the two windows has the banner "QUAL2E:
        F=filename, output element name" (e.g., Biochemical Oxygen Demand). Notice that the new active
        theme includes the selected output element name and the legends for the classification scheme. You
        can double-click the left mouse button on the window banner for a full screen view. You might want
        to check the Reach File,VI theme to view other reaches in the cataloging unit. Other themes can be
        viewed to examine related information with the model visualization.
        3 BASINS 2.0
mmm

                                                                Open",  I    Print
        gi^S—f'^
        ,f||f'.Toxic R *lซa*,t, inve •''
       Screen 9.3.16
9.3-8

-------
                                                                           10 Nonpoint Source Model
 Section 10

 Nonpoint Source  Model



 Purpose

 The BASINS Nonpoint Source Model (NPSM) is a planning-level watershed model that integrates
 both point and nonpoint sources. It is capable of simulating nonpoint source runoff and associated
 pollutant loadings, accounting for point source discharges, and performing flow and water quality
 routing through stream reaches and well-mixed reservoirs. NPSM uses most of the simulation
 capabilities of the Hydrologic Simulation Program - FORTRAN (HSPF). For a detailed description
 of the simulation algorithms used in the HSPF, refer to Hydrological Simulation Program -
 FORTRAN, User's Manual for Release 11.0 (Bicknell et al, 1996), published by the U.S.
 Environmental Protection Agency, Environmental Research Laboratory, Athens, Georgia. That
 manual can also be downloaded from the BASINS Web site.

Application

NPSM provides a graphical user interface (GUI) that can be launched directly from the BASINS
 View or as a stand-alone program. The model can be used to simulate a single watershed or a system
 of multiple hydrologically connected watersheds. Each watershed is defined as a hydrologic unit
containing a series of point and nonpoint sources discharging to a unique stream reach. When using
NPSM within the BASINS GIS environment, a watershed can be subdivided into a number of
 segments (or subwatersheds). Subwatershed boundaries can be either developed through an on-
 screen delineation process using the BASINS Watershed Delineation tool or imported using the
BASINS Import tool. Imported watersheds are generally watershed boundaries that have been
delineated and digitized. When NPSM is executed from the BASINS View, the corresponding land
use distribution data, stream characteristics data, and point source data are extracted and prepared for
integration into the model's interface. NPSM interface requires the designation of meteorological
data and the simulation period, as well as the model parameter values required to build the model
input file and ensure a successful simulation.

NPSM can be applied to support various watershed and water quality modeling studies. Examples of
such studies include the following:

    •   Simulation of watershed existing conditions  and evaluation of the current water and water
       quality status.

    •   Simulation of future land use change effects  on both the water balance and water quality
       loading.

    •   Simulation of various point and nonpoint source control strategies.

    •   Development of watershed or subwatershed controls necessary to meet specific water quality
       goals.
                                                                                          10-1

-------
 BAS/NS Version 2.0
 Procedures
             Key Procedures
                 /"  Activate and select the watershed theme for modeling
                 ซ/"  Select NPSM from the Models menu
                 v'  Select NPSM options in the "Non-point Source Model Options"
                    window
                 */"  View and/or modify the default pervlousness percentages associated
                    with land use categories
                 ซ/"  Proceed through the NPSM interface, making necessary settings
                 
-------
                                                              10.1 NPSM Execution from the BASINS View
10.1 NPSM Execution from the BASINS View
    1.  While in the BASINS View, display and activate the theme containing the boundaries of the
       watershed(s) to be modeled by checking the box next to the theme name and clicking on the theme
       title.

    2.  Select the watershed(s) by clicking the Select Feature button and creating a small box within the
       watershed(s) using the left mouse button. When modeling a multiple-subwatershed system, ensure
       that the watersheds are hydrologically connected.
  Tip:  Use the SHIFT key on your keyboard and the Select Feature tool simultaneously to select
         multiple watersheds if all watersheds cannot be selected at once by creating a single box.
  Tip:  Each subwatershed must contain at least one unique stream reach (either Reach File, Version 1
         or Reach File, Version 3), and watershed boundaries must have been delineated using the BASINS
         Watershed Delineation tool or imported using the BASINS Import tool (selecting BASINS
         Watershed as the import file type). If a multiple-subwatershed system is being modeled, the
         watersheds must be connected by reaches.
   3.  Once the simulation domain is defined (watershed(s) is selected), NPSM can be launched by
       selecting NPSM from the Model pull-down menu.

   4.  Select NPSM options in the "Non-point Source Model Options" window (Screen 10.1.1). First, enter
       a project name for simulation of the selected watershed(s); use eight characters or fewer for the
       project name and do not include a file name extension. A subdirectory denoted by the project name is
       created within the BASINSNMODELOUT directory at the root of the drive selected for BASINS
       installation. The subdirectory will contain all BASINS-created files required to run NPSM for the
       selected watershed(s). Next, select the discharge year for Permit Compliance System (PCS) data to
       be incorporated into the model. A file containing average flow and loading values for the discharge
       year selected will be created for each point source facility located within the watershed(s) being
       modeled. Finally, select whether to modify the default percent perviousness value associated with
       each land use category. In most situations this is recommended. Checking the box will enable you to
       view and update/edit the default perviousness percentages for each land use category represented in
       the model. Click OK to proceed or Cancel to end execution of NPSM.
                                                                                          10.1-1

-------
BASINS Version 2.0
                           ^^&j^^^S^^^:'^-^^^^-^^::_
       Screen 10.1.1
        NPSM Landuse Theme List

       Screen 10.1.2
   Tip:   If a local or updated land use data layer is available and you opt to use it for modeling, this layer
          should be added to the BASINS theme using the BASINS Import tool. If a land use data layer is
          Imported/added as a standard import, it will not be recognized by NPSM.
10,1-2

-------
                                                             10.1 NPSM Execution from the BASINS View
 6.  If a land use scenario(s) was developed using the BASINS Land Use Reclassification tool, a dialog
    box will provide an option to select a land use scenario (Screen 10.1.3). Click Yes to choose a
    scenario. Click No to use the selected land use theme's original classification.
     NPSM Landuse Scenario
                           tile has saved soenario(s). Do^ou want louse it?
    Screen 10.1.3
    If you choose to select a land use scenario, navigate to the directory containing the land use scenario
    file disignated with a SCN file extension (Screen 10.1.4). Choose a file and Click OK. The next
    dialog provides an option to view the scenario attributes including name, creator, and date. You can
    accept the selected scenario or return to Screen 10.1.4 to choose a different scenario file.
     BASINS 2.0 - NPSM
     File Name:
"' ,  Directories:
          luscenl .sen
          Iuscen2.scn
     ,  uirecrones:                       -ปf -   n  OK      I
II]^^V^8(p^^ay35m'OCp7Maridi^Sn j	^^.-;:	:--"^j
ฃ k""' 1 & c s
17" T?> / & basins                  f*  b;^ 1Z*""/1 * "  *
         basins
         data
         05010007
         landuse
                                                         	EJ
                                                                            5-v^v
     List Files of Type:
    Drives;
     ]_ScenaripJiles_
    Screen 10.1.4

7.   View and modify the default perviousness percentages associated with the land use categories
    represented for your simulation in the "Modify Percent Perviousness" window (Screen 10.1.5). The
    default land use representation for modeling is a lumped Anderson Level n representation consisting
    of the land use groupings below (individual land use codes that have been lumped are in
    parentheses). These land use categories are located in the "Select a Landuse Category" list. However,
    if a new land use coverage was imported into BASINS by using the BASINS Import tool (and
    selecting BASINS Landuse as the file type) or a land use theme was reclassified using the BASINS
    Landuse Reclassification tool, different land uses will appear in the list. Land use categories in these
    situations will consist of those designated during import or reclassification. No automated grouping
    of land uses will be performed (with the exception of any groupings made when using the BASINS
    Landuse Reclassification tool).
                                                                                          10.1-3

-------
BASINS Version 2.0
                  Urban or Built-up Land
                  Agriculture Land
                  Rangeland
                  Forest
                  Water
                  Wetland
                  Tundra
                  Perennial Snow or Ice
                  Barren Land
                  Unclassified
(10-19)
(20-29)
(30-39)
(40-49)
(50-59)
(60-69)
(80-89)
(90-99)
(70-79)
(0)
       NPSM extracts land use areas for each watershed being modeled and divides them into separate
       pervious and impervious land units for modeling. Therefore, each land use must be assigned a
       perviousness percentage. When a land use is highlighted in the "Select a Landuse Category" list, the
       corresponding default perviousness percentage is visible in the "Enter percent perviousness" box.
       This number, which can be edited, must be an integer between 0 and 100. The percent perviousness
       value is used directly to subdivide each land use category into pervious and impervious land units.
       For example, if a percent perviousness of 25 is assigned to Urban or Built-up Land in a watershed
       containing 500 acres of Urban or Built-up Land, two separate land units will be identified in the
       model—a pervious Urban or Built-up Land unit of 125 acres and an impervious Urban or Built-up
       Land unit of 375 acres.
       Screen 10.1.5
10.1-4

-------
                                                               10.1 NPSM Execution from the BASINS View
Tip:   If the default percent perviousness values for land use categories are changed, the changes can be
        made to the default set by checking the "Save the changes" box. If the changes made are intended
        only for the present simulation, the "Save the changes" box should not be checked.
     Click OK to proceed or Cancel to halt execution of NPSM.
Tip:  Each land use category is subdivided by NPSM into two land units, based on the perviousness
       percentages. The first land unit represents the pervious portion, and the second land unit
       represents the impervious portion. Note that the model uses different simulation algorithms to
       represent the runoff and pollutant loading processes associated with pervious land and impervious
       land.
Tip:  You can expect the data extraction and preparation for NPSM, following the definition of land use
       perviousness, to take a few minutes, depending on the size and location of the study area, the
       number of subwatersheds to be modeled, and the characteristics of the hardware used.
     If no point source data are available for the watershed(s) you are modeling, a warning window
     appears (Screen 10.1.6). Simply click OK to continue. In this situation, no point source discharge
     data are passed to the model; however, flow and concentration values for any pollutant and any point
     source facility can later be entered directly into the NPSM interface (see Section 10.9).
               There is no PCS data associated for the selected year
     Screen 10.1.6
                                                                                             10.1-5

-------
BASINS Version 2.0
       When NPSM is launched, the BASINS GUI appears in the background of the "Nonpoint Source
       Model" window, referred to as the NPSM interface. The BASINS GUI displays four graphical
       windows (Screen 10.1.7), which contain the following information:

       •   Watershed Data Management (WDM) weather stations in close proximity to the selected
           watershed(s).

       •   Land use distribution for the selected watershed(s).

       •   BASINS View.

       •   BASINS project window.
        $J BASINS 2.0
                                                                        mmm
            Selected Waters he
         fjff iS*1e'ct*d*Land Use
            i   i
                                                     , Industrial Facilities ,
                                                       T
                                                     *"Toxte (HCease l/tve   !
                                                           TOP"PQIPPPPpr- r y
                                                                                 . * 'I^;*
Setected Watarshg
         ง| Selected Land Use
        *   mmm RESIDENTW
       Screen 10.1.7
   Tip:  The BASINS GUI can be viewed by minimizing the NPSM interface or clicking the cursor on any
         portion of the BASINS GUI.
10.1-6

-------
                                                              1O.1 NPSM Execution from the BASfNS View
     The NPSM interface (Screen 10.1.8) is a window containing a series of 14 interface buttons located
     immediately below a menu bar. The first two buttons from the left should be the only active buttons:
                                                                 Create a new project
                                                             Open an existing project
Tip:,  Increase the NPSM interface window size to view all interface buttons.
     The remaining buttons, which do not become active until a new project is created or an existing
     project is opened, are described later in this section. Also note that the BASINS GUI remains in the
     background of the NPSM interface. The GUI, along with any of its tools or functions, can be
     accessed during activity in the NPSM interface simply by clicking on it. For example, you can (1)
     perform a characterization of the soil in the watershed(s) being modeled to estimate the soil
     permeability, (2) assess the distribution of elevations in each subwatershed, (3) review the
     distribution of point sources and their annual loading for specific pollutants for a given year, or (4)
     review available water quality data.
                                                                                           10.1-7

-------
         BASINS Version 2.0
                      onpoint Source Model

                Screen 10.1.8

             9.  The GIS data extracted for the current study area are sent directly to the NPSM interface, where a
                new NPSM project is created.

                If NPSM is executed on a Reach File, Version 3-level watershed or if Reach File Version 1 data are
                incomplete for the reach contained in the watershed being modeled, a warning window appears
                (Screen 10.1.9). Click OK to continue. In this situation, reach data passed to the model are
                incomplete and must be edited within the Reach Editor.
                 INonpoint Source Model
                                        '  *   *  *  , n   ** t      -'            '>*ป*,
                         The fofowrg teaches from the GIS import fie contain incomplete or invalid data

                         001
                  I                                   •                          i *.,,
                  P' |'*| 11 Ptease complete or ed* the missing information using the Reach Editoi before tunning the model
                    I   f i Most likely the slope, width, depth, or the Manning n ate missing.
                                 '                          1'
                                                                  *ป t r -
                                HP i    i
                                                        I t if *>  *  *   *       A  *  I T <•" ' *'
                Screen10.1.9
_
        10.1-8

-------
                                                        10.1 NPSM Execution from the BASINS View
Once again, if no point source data are available for the watershed(s) you are modeling, a warning
window appears (Screen 10.1.10). Simply click OK to continue. In this situation, no point source
discharge data are passed to the model; however, flow and concentration values for any pollutant and
any point source facility can later be entered directly into the NPSM interface.
  Nonpoint Source Model
              •*~t l'***
 S?   ^E
ซy
             Unable to open pIS point source input file
         fe, fd:VBasins\ModeloytMutorial\Worial.PSR J.
         ^-4'  v"*  '  ' ,  "~             s^  "'  -    .
    'XfVi'f, ^-"f-  *
    sw^ % ' \ป •• *•s  *

                           ปi<4i**++ rป? (
Screen 10.1.10

You will be prompted to save this new NPSM project. Enter a project name (use eight characters or
fewer to create the project file; a .prj extension is automatically assigned by the system) (Screen
10.1.11). Click Save. This project will be saved in the BASINS\MODELOUT\ directory within the
subdirectory associated with the watershed(s) you are modeling.
 Save File .As..
    Se jrt    j Ql tutorial
        * ซ*i—a-
 tttejjame"    jtun1|
 p^r    ^*-  i"""""""	'	'  ''""
 ?^ve as jype I Proiect Files (* pt|)
               ^-fes^srl
Screen 10.1.11
Notice that all of the NPSM buttons are now active and in full color.
                                                                                    10.1-9

-------
         BASINS Version 2.0
           TUTORIAL
               Display and activate watershed.shp.

               Select all three subwatersheds of watershed.shp.

               Name your project tutorial.

               Select 1993 as the PCS discharge year. Check the box to view and update/edit the default percent
               perviousness.

               Assign a perviousness percentage of 100 to any Agriculture Land, Range/and, Forest, or Barren Land
               and a perviousness percentage of 50 to Unclassified or Urban or Built-up Land. Do not check the
               "Save the Changes" box.

               After the NPSM interface appears, save the project as runl.pri in the BASINS\MODELOUT\TUTORIAL
               directory.
_
        10.1-10

-------
                                                          1O.2 Executing NPSM as a Stand-Atone Program
10.2 Executing NPSM as a Stand-Alone  Program


The Nonpoint Source Model (NPSM) can also be executed as a stand-alone program. An existing project
can be opened, a new project can be created using data previously extracted during NPSM execution from
the BASINS View, or a new project can be developed from scratch. No tutorial steps are provided in this
section. These steps assume that you are already familiar with executing NPSM from BASINS and
specifying model inputs.

   1.  From the Windows Taskbar at the bottom of your computer screen, select the Windows Start button.

   2.  Select Programs from the Start menu.

   3.  From the Programs menu, select BASINS.

   4.  Select Nonpoint Source Model from the BASINS menu.

   5.  The NPSM interface appears in much the same manner it does when executing NPSM from the
       BASINS View. The only exception is that the BASINS GUI is not present in the background of the
       NPSM interface.

   6.  At this point, a new NPSM project can be created using previously extracted data, an existing NPSM
       project can be opened, or a new NPSM project can be created from scratch.

       a.  To create a new project using data extracted previously by  executing NPSM from the BASINS
          View, select New from the Project heading or click on the  Create a new project button.

          The following window prompts you to "Select Landuse File". Be sure that the directory in the
          "Look in:" box refers to the watershed(s) you wish to model.  This directory should be located
          within the BASINS\MODELOUT\ directory. A file denoted by your project name and a .wsd
          extension should appear in the file list. Highlight  this, file and click Open.

          A warning window appears if the previously extracted data represents a Reach File, Version 3
          segment or a Reach File, Version 1 segment with  incomplete  data. Click OK to continue.

          If no point source data are available for the watershed(s) you  are modeling, a warning window
          will appear. Simply click OK to continue.

          You will be prompted to save the project being created. Enter a project name (use eight
          characters or fewer; a .prj extension is automatically assigned). This project will be saved in the
          BASINS\MODELOUT\ directory within the subdirectory associated with the watershed(s) you
          are modeling.

       b.  To open an existing project or to create a new NPSM project from scratch, select Open from the
          Project heading or click the Open an existing project button.

          The window that appears prompts you to "Select Project File...". If you are opening an existing
          project, be sure that the directory in the "Look in:" box refers to the watershed(s) you previously
          modeled. This directory should be located within the BASINSNMODELOUT directory. A list of
                                                                                         10.2-1

-------
 BASINS Version 2.0
           NPSM project files should appear in the file list. NPSM project files are denoted by a .prj
           extension. Highlight the file you wish to open and click Open.

           If you are creating a new NPSM project from scratch, locate and open the SAMPLE.PRJ file
           located in the BASINS\MODELOUT\SAMPLE directory.

           Notice that all of the NPSM buttons are now active and in full color.
10.2-2

-------
                                                                                  10.3 NPSM Interface
10.3 NPSM  Interface
The NPSM Interface (Screen 10.3.1) consists of the menu headings Project, Functions, Default, and Help (all
located across the top of the screen), NPSM functional buttons (located directly below the menu headings),
and a status bar and clock (located at the bottom of the screen).
  Tip:  .  If you move the cursor on top of any button, you will see a brief description of the button function
          in the status bar.
The NPSM functional buttons alone can be used to complete a successful NPSM simulation. With the
exception of the Default heading, options listed in the menu headings simply offer another method of
performing the NPSM functional button actions. Options for opening and creating a default file are available
only from the menu heading.

It is recommended that you proceed through the NPSM functional buttons in order, from left to right. If data
are edited in a button located to the left of the screen, it is necessary to make changes to data in every button
located to the right of this button. The details and requirements for each button are presented in Sections 10.4
through 10.14.
    Nonpoinl Source Model  [C:\Basins\Modelout\tutorial\run1.prj]
iiiu lit
    ซct functions fiefeult Help  '
    %$&&!!&&!& ^t-ifc'*"*- 	 *...ฃป aftf^?	_T\A	>. ...
Screen 10.3.1
                                                                                            10.3-1

-------

-------
                                                                                   10.4 Reach Editor
10.4 Reach  Editor
    I.  Click on this button to view or modify stream reach settings and associated parameters
       through the "Reach Editor" window (Screen 10.4.1). This window contains five options—
       Add/Remove Reaches, Setup Reach Network,  Reach Network Visualization, Reach
       Characteristics, and F-Tables.
        Hi Reach Editor
                                                 ,,
                         r*""—' ซ• - .i^'..—rr.-^..);..-t.>fe.-t  .'.Y	.*..!...*..?
                    *_  ป.(.„ ซjjg~*"J" I    '  "~*i™rt~Tt~~~,'ฃ~""" '"j~T
                     Reach Network Viซualizahon   }
                    ljgakjfe		j.._	...^-....,.1	A - /        , " I
       Screen 10.4.1
   2.  Select Add/Remove Reaches to view the reaches associated with the watershed(s) selected
       for simulation. This window (Screen 10.4.2) displays Reach #, Reach Name, Reach ID, # of
       Exits, Type (Stream or Lake), and Watershed for each reach.

       Be sure that all reaches are designated as Streams because NPSM currently does not simulate
       lakes.

       Be sure that designations in other portions reflect any changes made to existing reaches in this
       window.

       The # of Exits should be set to 1, because multiple exits are not currently supported in NPSM.
                                                                                           10.4-1

-------
BASINS Version 2.0
^e
Tip:

When editing cells in this window or any similar window in the NPSM interface, be sure to
the ENTER button on your keyboard to confirm the changes before clicking OK or Cancel.
press


Tip:

Reaches can be added or removed from this screen by clicking on the right mouse button
selecting "Add Reach" or "Remove Reach".
and

        Click OK to save any changes and leave this window or Cancel to leave the window without saving
        changes. If you select OK, you will be prompted to clear the Output Manager data (screen 10.4.3).
        Select Yes if you have modified the watershed ID number or No if you have not.
        Screen  10.4.2
                                       umtetyou rteed to deaf Mieputput Manner jaataxy
                                        15 altered and the esistirig output'setw'is'tiot.yaiid. Ul
       Screen  10.4.3
10.4-2

-------
                                                                                1O.4 Reach Editor
 3.  Select Setup Reach Network to view the reach network in a text format. This window (Screen
    10.4.4) displays the Reach #, Reach Name, Headwater, Upstream Left, Upstream Right,
    Complementary, and Downstream reach for each reach being simulated. This network is set up
    automatically based on the characteristics derived from the information in the BASINS Reach File,
    Version 1 and Reach File, Version 3 files.

    Each reach appearing in the "Add/Remove  Reaches" window should also be present in this window.
    Any reach that is a headwater should be designated with a "Yes" in the Headwater column. If you
    need to change the headwater designation, click on the cell you wish to change and click on one of
    the two radio buttons at the top of the window (Yes and No).

    The Upstream Left, Upstream Right, Complementary (reach feeding into the most downstream end
    of the reach in question), and Downstream columns contain the appropriate reach numbers of the
    surrounding reaches. A value of -999999 for any of these categories (which is acceptable in many
    situations) signifies that no surrounding reach matches this identification. Headwater reaches should
    always have values  of -999999 for the Upstream Left and Upstream Right categories.

    Click OK to save any changes and leave this window or Cancel to leave the window without saving
    changes.
     S Reach Network Editor
    Screen 10.4.4
4.  Select the Reach Network Visualization button to view the reach network graphically. The "Reach
    Graph" window (Screen 10.4.5) displays information from the "Setup Reach Network" screen in a
    graphical manner. It also allows you to add, remove, and move reaches in a visual manner.

    Each blue line segment represents a separate reach. Moving the cursor onto a segment changes the
    segment color to green and displays a box containing reach identification information. The
                                                                                       10.4-3

-------
BASINS Version 2.0
        identification information includes Reach name, Reach #, Watershed ID, Reach ID, ULCSM
        (upstream left), URCSM (upstream right), DSCSM (downstream), and CCSM (complementary).

        When the watershed delineation is based on Reach File, Version 3 streams IDs are automatically
        assigned by BASINS. In the visualization screen the assigned ID and the original reach ID are
        displayed.

        Click OK or Cancel to exit this screen.
        Screen 10.4.5
   Tip:   To add, remove, or move a reach segment, highlight the segment and click on the right mouse
          button. A list of three options is available—"Add Reach", "Remove Reach", and "Move Reach".
          Selecting "Add Reach" will open a window that prompts you to right-click on the reach to which
          the new reach will be connected. Do so and choose the desired connectivity relationship from the
          following menu of three options: "Position Reach Upstream Left of...", "Position Reach Upstream
          Right of...", or "Cancel". Selecting "Cancel" will stop the reach addition process. Selecting either
          of the first two options will open the "New Reach" window (Screen 10.4.6). Fill out the required
          information in this window. Click OK to save changes or Cancel to stop the addition process.

          Selecting "Remove Reach" will open a window prompting you to delete the segment. To delete,
          select Yes; to not delete, select No.

          Selecting "Move Reach" provides options similar those in "Add Reach".

          For watersheds delineated using Reach File Version 3 data, the connectivity will frequently not be
          complete. You will need to manually connect the stream reaches using the visualization screen
          functions.
10.4-4

-------
                                                                                    10.4 Reach Editor
      5 New Reach
                          Stream
                   /**H-——-
           (shed ID t      I
           ^^"Hft^P** ^ fKJ&S be -if 4		
t	T  /  /      *
     t ,';  i  *.  x,   -.   < ,
     Screen 10.4.6

 5.  Select the Reach Characteristics button to view and edit reach parameters related to length and
     elevation. Data in this window (Screen 10.4.7) include Reach #, Reach Name, Length, Delta h, and
     Elevation. Length refers to the length of the reach segment (in miles). Delta h refers to the change in
     vertical elevation over the length of the reach (in feet). Elevation refers to the average elevation of
     the reach segment (in feet).
Tip:  Clicking on the column heading displays a definition of the parameter, as well as units. The same
       functionality exists in tables throughout the NPSM interface.
     Values in this table have been transferred directly from Reach File, VI in BASINS. Values of -
     9999.000 are not acceptable and result from missing data in the database. These values must be
     edited directly on this screen before running the model.

     Click OK to save any changes and leave this window or Cancel to leave the window without saving
     changes.
       ฃ7% ,3*     05010007014 BLACKLICKCR   15.6000  490.3260 ",
     Screen 10.4.7
                                                                                            10.4-5

-------
 BASINS Version 2.0
    Tip:   Missing data can easily be generated using basic topographic maps. Missing data on this screen
           can be also be derived from other data sources in the BASINS GUI. Toggle between the NPSM
           interface and the BASINS GUI (if you have executed NPSM from within the BASINS View) by
           pressing the ALT and TAB buttons on your keyboard at the same time and selecting the ArcView
           icon. In BASINS View, turn on the DEM theme for your area of interest and the Reach File,  VI
           theme. First be sure that the length values in the NPSM interface are representative of the
           reaches you are modeling. The length value extracted from BASINS is the length of the most
           downstream reach segment for each of the watersheds you previously delineated. If you did not
           develop your watershed's pour point to coincide with a reach segment node, or if you delineated a
           fairly large watershed with multiple Reach File,  VI stream reaches, you may need to measure a
           new segment length and put this value in the Length column of the "Reach Characteristics"
           window. The Measure tool in the BASINS GUI can be used to measure a new length. Missing
           elevation and delta h values can also be determined by identifying the elevation (using the DEM
           theme) at the most upstream end of your reach segment and at the most downstream end.
           Elevation is simply the average of the upstream and downstream elevation values, while delta h is
           the difference between these two values. These values should also be entered into the appropriate
           columns of the "Reach Characteristics" window.
    6.  Select the F-Tables button to display the function tables or rating curves used for flow calculations.
        If all required information for construction of these tables was available from the Reach File, VI
        database in BASINS, five rows of values for Depth, Area, Volume, and Outflow will be populated
        for each reach in your reach network (Screen 10.4.8). These tables must be complete for each reach
        in the network to run a successful simulation.

       Screen 10.4.8
        The relationship between the stream depth and flow rate can also be seen using the F- Curve button.
        This curve can be displayed on various axis types (linear or logarithmic). Depth and flow rates can
        be displayed for any point on the curve using the mouse (Screen 10.4.9). Depth and flow are
        displayed on the left side of the screen. The units of the displayed values are the same as those on the
        axis scales.
10.4-6

-------
                                                                               10,4 Reach Editor
                                                         -— ,    iป !•ซซ[ป
                                                         *  i   *  >j  "F

                                                         ?  "
                                     	f'    '-•^ ' V  j.

                                     *>;,   ^*.. ,   ^   s;„, ;• ^
Screen 10.4.9




The stream cross section can be displayed using the Cross Section button. To adjust the F-Curve and

F-Table to actual stream morphology, modify and update the cross section characteristics (Screen

10.4.10).
Screen 10.4.10
                                                                                       10.4-7

-------
 BASINS Version 2.0
                                                                         '•32
        Figure 10.4.1
        Use the left mouse button to vertically or laterally adjust various elements of the cross section. The
        vertical parameter table can also be used to adjust the cross section configuration. For assistance on
        cross section parameters, use the Variable Definition button (Figure 10.4.1).

        The tables for each reach can be displayed by clicking the down arrow next to the "Display FT ABLE
        for" box. These tables can be edited if a better stream representation is available. The number of
        rows can be adjusted by clicking on the "Adjust Table Size" button and making changes to the
        "Number of rows" box on the following screen (Screen 10.4.11). "Number of outflows" refers to
        multiple exits from your reach. Currently, NPSM supports a single outflow. Click OK to save
        changes  and exit the "Adjust FTABLE Size" window or click Cancel to exit without changes.

        If the F-Tables are not populated for each of the stream reaches, it is necessary to either develop
        them from scratch by using the "Adjust Table Size" option and providing the values directly in the
        F-Tables, or by using the Import option, which develops the F-Tables based on a limited set of
        stream characteristics.

        Click on the Import/Export button to import the required data. The "F-Table Import/Export"
        window appears (Screen 10.4.12). Currently, only one option is available on this screen. This option
        is used to import stream characteristic data (from the Reach File Version 1 database in BASINS) to
       Screen 10.4.11
10.4-8

-------
                                                                                1O.4 Reach Ed/tor
     calculate F-Tables, while assuming a trapezoidal cross-sectional representation. Click the "..."
     button.

     The subsequent window (Screen 10.4.13) prompts you to select the file to import. Be sure that the
     directory in the "Look in:" box matches the project name you defined for your project. This directory
     is located within the BASINS\MODELOUT\ directory. A file denoted by your project name and a
     .ptf extension should appear in the file list. Highlight this file and click Open.

     After the file name appears in the "Data File" box, click the Import button.
Tip:  Check that the last row of the F-Table has a very large depth. This will ensure that the model does
       not calculate a depth out of range of the F-Table during the simulation. If this depth is too small
       compared to the depth at potential high flows, the simulation will fail. To change this depth by
       recreating the F-Table, use the Import method discussed below.
     M FT able Import/Export
                             ' ""
C,SBASINSSinodelounBIaซknck1\
                   , -
       Wi*< Data File  C,SBAS
       fefC , ^ Xl ^ ^* * '5™*' I   ^
                     "•""
                                                            f
        BK^tt^L^fJ^ZL
            „ ซ. x,t nW4~\ f  .1  "/  "i  s &•
           ซ'• Trv ป „„> fe. „ ,t.^-V ;. .>./ซ '..i  >
                   -;
-------
 BASINS Version 2.0
         Select file to import

                       utoriaLptf
        Screen 10.4.13
        The 'Trapezoidal Import Data Review" window appears (Screen 10.4.14). This window displays a
        table containing the following values for each reach: Reach ID, L (reach length, ft), Ym (mean reach
        depth, ft), Wm (mean reach width, ft), n (Manning's roughness coefficient, dimensionless), S
        (longitudinal reach slope, ft/ft), Type (trapezoidal, the only representation currently available), m32
        (side slope of upper flood plain left), m22 (side slope of lower flood plain left), w!2 (zero-slope
        flood plain width left, ft), m!2 (side slope of the channel left), m31 (side slope of upper flood plain
        right), rn21 (side slope of lower flood plain right) wll (zero-slope flood plain width right, ft), ml 1
        (side slope of the channel right), Yc (channel depth, ft), Ytl (flood plain side slope changes at depth,
        ft), Yt2 (maximum depth, ft), Exits (# of exits), Fraction 1 (fraction of flow through Exit 1), Fraction
        2 (fraction of flow through Exit 2), Fraction 3 (fraction of flow through Exit 3), Fraction 4 (fraction
        of flow through Exit 4), and Fraction 5 (fraction of flow through Exit 5). Currently, the Exits and
        Franction 1 values should be set to 1, because only one outflow can be simulated. Parameters
        defining the channel cross section are shown on Figure 10.4.1. Values for all of these variables must
        be appropriate to develop a working F-Table.

        Click OK to save changes and proceed or Cancel to proceed without saving changes.
10.4-10

-------
                                                                                   10.4 Reach Editor
     Screen 10.4.14
     A message box will notify you that import is complete (if successful) or that F-Tables were not
     calculated for specified reaches (if unsuccessful). In either situation, click OK to continue. If
     F-Table calculation was unsuccessful, review the available data and repeat the import process.

     Once the F-Tables for all reaches are complete, click OK to save changes and continue. Click
     Cancel to continue without saving changes.

  7.  Click Done to exit the "Reach Editor" window.
 Tip:   Clicking the cursor and dragging the line between column headings from left to right allows you to
        increase the width of any column in the table.
 TUTORIAL                                                     ,;,        '..  ,
• •,-,-","'.                                                x             **'''•<**••ปป'
 •   Select F-Tables.

 •   Select the Import/Export... option.

 •   Select "..." open the runl.ptf file located in BASINS\MODELOUT\TUTORIAL, and click Import.
                                                                                           10.4-11

-------

-------
                                                               10.5 Simulation Time and Meteorological Data
10.5 Simulation  Time and Meteorological Data
    1.  Click this button to open the "Simulation Time and Meteorological Data" window (Screen
       10.5.1). This window allows you to select the most appropriate meteorological data set and to
       define the model simulation period.
          Simulation Time and Meteorological Data
                  *-
                  M Me  c \Basms\Dala\met dataUutoual wdm
                        Sซ^flHซ!js^,^^
          ?weathซ station   PA JOHNSTOWN 2
          , |7' Write this station to PLTGEN file
          * *ป•( #•_•% t  f*. * •>'ป**„
                .   BK  ft
                pan for weather station (date, hour)	r8-"=^=—" •••^=,—•		;

                               "" f f Endf           ~~^'tf
                                  J
             assigned watersheds
(double-click to select}
(double-click to deselect)
           Assigned watersheds
           , -^-ffl... ^*<*—ฃ	.^--^.	^
                                 -> PA JOHNSTOWN 2     [tutorial wdrn]
           BLACKLICK CR (05010007013) -> PA JOHNSTOWN 2     [tulorial.wdm]
           BLACKLICK CR (05010007014) -> PA JOHNSTOWN 2     [tutorial.wdm]
          "mulation trme (date, hour)
                  '        """ ^
       Screen 10.5.1
       Meteorological data sets are compiled by weather station, in Watershed Data Management
       (WDM) files, which are binary files that contain the hourly data required by NPSM. In BASINS,
       a single WDM file containing meteorological data is provided for each state or territory. Each of
       these files contains meteorological data for up to 10 weather stations falling within that state or
       territory. If you wish to use meteorological data from a state outside your U.S. EPA Region, you
       can download WDM files from the BASINS download page or extract them from the Region CD
       of interest. The BASINS nation- and. territory-wide WDM coverage includes data for 477
       weather stations. Meteorological data for each weather station consist of hourly time series for
       air temperature, precipitation, dew point temperature, wind velocity, solar radiation, cloud cover,
       potential evapotranspiration, and potential surface evaporation. The period of record is generally
       January 1, 1970 to December 31, 1995, however, a number of stations contain shorter periods
       due to limited data availability.

       At this point, be sure you have either downloaded or extracted a WDM file for your study area.
       The WDM data set consists of three files with the same name but different extensions (.WDM,
       .INF, .TXT). Each file name is a two-letter state abbreviation. The files should be located in the
                                                                                              10.5-1

-------
 BASINS Version 2.0
        project data directory in the METJDATA subdirectory. If you do not have a WDM file,
        download the appropriate files from the web site and copy them to the MET_DATA
        subdirectory.

    2.  To select WDM files for application to NPSM, click the Add... button. The subsequent screen
        prompts you to add a WDM file to the project. Highlight the appropriate WDM file and click
        Open. Notice that the WDM file will appear in the "Select WDM file" box. Additional WDM
        files can be loaded in the same manner.

        All available weather stations for the WDM file in the "Select WDM file" box are listed in the
        "Weather station" box. Clicking the down arrow displays the entire list of stations. Weather
        stations are listed by the state abbreviation and the appropriate National Weather Service station
        name. Note that the time span of available data for the selected station is also displayed in this
        window.

    3.  Each watershed being simulated (those listed in the "Unassigned watersheds" box) must be
        assigned meteorological data from a single weather station. Separate watersheds may be assigned
        different weather station(s). You may assign a station to a given subwatershed based on how well
        the station represents the subwatershed's climate, taking into account proximity of the station to
        the subwatershed, elevation differences between the station and the subwatershed, and data
        availability. To assign a watershed, select the appropriate station in the "Weather station" box
        and double-click on the watershed name in the "Unassigned watersheds" box. The watershed and
        the corresponding weather station to which it has been assigned will appear in the "Assigned
        watersheds" box. To change a weather station designation already made, simply double-click on
        the watershed in the "Assigned watersheds" box, and it will be sent back to the "Unassigned
        watersheds" box.
   Tip:  Toggle between NPSM and the BASINS GUI (if open) by pressing the ALT and TAB buttons on
          your keyboard simultaneously and selecting the ArcView icon. In the BASINS View, display
          WDM weatherstations and examine their proximity to the selected watershed(s). Use the
          Identify tool to identify and determine the appropriate weather stations for modeling.
        To write the meteorological time series data from a simulation (as model output), check the box
        next to "Write this station to PLTGEN file". This box can be checked for each weather station
        you use in your simulation. Upon running the model a separate file will be created for each
        station, and the file(s) will be located in the BASINS\MODELOUT\ directory.

    4.   After selecting the appropriate weather stations, define a simulation period in the "Simulation
        time" box. The simulation period must lie within the time spans of all weather stations selected
        for watersheds. The format for specifying the start and end time is MM/DD/YYYY HH.

    5.   Click OK to save any changes  and leave this window or Cancel to leave the window without
        saving changes.
10.5-2

-------
                                                            1O.5 Simulation Time and Meteorological Data
TUTORIAL
   Open the tutorial.wdm file.
   Select the "PA Johnstown 2" weatherstation.
   Select to "Write this station to PLTGEN file".
   Assign the selected weatherstation to all three subwatersheds.
   Enter a simulation time period of 01/01/1980 (00) to 12/31/1984 (24).
                                                                                           10.5-3

-------

-------
                                                                                  ID. 6 Land Use Editor
10.6 Land  Use Editor
    1.  Click this button to view and/or modify the land use representation of watershed(s) being
       modeled. The "Land Use Editor" window (Screen 10.6.1) displays each pervious and impervious
       land unit defined for modeling. Recall that land uses in each watershed being modeled are
       divided into pervious and impervious land units based on the assigned perviousness percentages.
       The pervious land units are listed first for each watershed, followed by impervious land units.
       Each land unit is defined by Land Name (based on the classification of the land use used for
       modeling), Land Type (pervious or impervious), Area (land unit area, acres), and Watershed (the
       subwatershed to which that land unit is assigned).

       The land units in this table can be edited. Additional land units can be added and existing land
       units can be removed by clicking the right mouse button and performing the appropriate action.
       Additionally, Land Names can be changed by clicking on the appropriate cell and typing in a
       new name. Land Types can be changed from pervious to impervious or impervious to pervious
       by clicking on the appropriate cell and selecting the Pervious or Impervious radio button in the
       "Land Type" box at the top of the window. Land unit areas can be changed by clicking on the
       appropriate cell and typing in a new numerical value. Note that the "Current" watershed area in
       the "Total Watershed Area" box is updated as changes to land unit areas are made. The
       Watershed number for each land unit can also be changed by clicking on the appropriate cell and
       typing in a new number. This new Watershed number must match a watershed defined in the
       "Add/Remove Reaches" section of the "Reach Editor".

   2.  Click Cancel to exit this screen if you made no changes. Click OK to exit this screen if you
       made changes and would like to save them.
        til l.si'.l UK Etfcis
             |T*%r -'^yVj^./Af^^" ซ'w-  *       i-* ,	:	-3
            ! *28m *7~ *  " I mซ Wiปpซ0ปซ,ซซป   ^~ ^ f ^  ^  f        ฃ   ซ*•
            ^^S* ***' ^S^sfe* ISHSttW *  '                  I-.—S*—r_
            SST?.,'^^ฃฃฃ.ฃป4^Ldiv'  ' *""*  '   **^> ปr ^r^g^ci1"
            Kmnvnuf   , Wnpn* liWfimBir                     rf     .
            ^*3S,^M;47r  J^ปb?v  1'', '   "'"y-ACt'  •   ' -•
            fete* tf .Lftt,  <(?ป'  •'v^ X f* f trl'-J'    ,   *  f 'ซ     ป^ซ
            .PWfg^^cy].   .,      ^   '   .   -.t    t    ^
            fซ™ B-IS^J       !<         s    vjซ.           j    •ป*•     "^1  SSE!
            n ^ •* I _ -, Um< Itjpat    f, Ijnpd Tyyfc    *tleil!_   Walt(ahe4 j ^
             *  -i  ilrtran ar BultfriipjL
-------

-------
                                                                           10.7 NPSM Control Cards
10.7  NPSM  Control Cards
    1.  Click this button to select HSPF modules to ran during this NPSM simulation. The "NPSM
       Control Cards" window (Screen 10.7.1) displays three options for editing—Pervious Land,
       Impervious Land, and Reaches. HSPF modules for each of these sections must be defined before
       running NPSM. Refer to Hydrological Simulation Program - FORTRAN, User's Manual for
       Release 11.0 (Bicknell et al, 1996) for a discussion of HSPF modules.
       Screen 10.7.1
   2.
   3.
Highlight "Pervious Land" and click Edit. The subsequent window, "Pervious Land Activity"
(Screen 10.7.2), displays the HSPF modules for pervious land units available for simulation.
Click an "X" in each box you wish to simulate. Modules in the Impervious Land and Reaches
sections that correspond to those selected in this section must also be selected. For example, if
Water Flow (PWATER) is selected for Pervious Land, IWATER must be selected for
Impervious Land and HYDR and ADCALC must be selected for Reaches. Refer to the HSPF
user's manual for a discussion of HSPF modules. Click OK to save any changes and leave this
window or Cancel to leave the window without saving changes.

Highlight "Impervious Land" and click Edit. The subsequent window, "Impervious Land
Activity" (Screen 10.7.3), displays the HSPF modules for impervious land units available for
simulation. Click an "X" in each box you wish to simulate. Modules in the Pervious Land and
Reaches sections that correspond to those selected in this section must also be selected. Click
OK to save any changes and leave this window or Cancel to leave the window without saving
changes.
                                                                                        10.7-1

-------
BASINS Version 2.0
           npHi^^
           x  Temperature Difference Between Gage and PLS {ATHP}
              Snow Simulation (SNOW)
                 Temperature (PSTEMP
           x  General Quaiitv fPQUALJ

             Phosphorus IPHO51
       Screen 10.7.2
       Screen 10.7.3

    4.  Highlight "Reaches" and click Edit. The subsequent window, "Reach Activity" (Screen 10.7.4),
       displays the HSPF modules for impervious land units available for simulation. Click an "X" in
       each box you wish to simulate. Modules in the Pervious Land and Reaches sections that
       correspond to those selected in this section must also be selected. Note that in some situations,
       selection of one HSPF module results in automatic selection and graying-out of another HSPF
       module. This occurs because some HSPF modules are required to run other modules. As an
       example, select GQUAL and notice that ADCALC is automatically selected and grayed-out.
       Click OK to save any changes and leave this window or Cancel to leave the window without
       saving changes.
10.7-2

-------
                                                                          10.7 NPSM Control Cards
        Reach Activity

     , *.
     lli^&"^T€^i ฅV*/1  '
     =%?XSซF*V J.!...
                  "^  *6 J *'ปTซ
                  cLAjK.... c	r*.
                                    Q PHCARB
ffp
-------

-------
                                                                          10.8 Pollutant Selection Screen
10.8 Pollutant  Selection Screen
    1.  Click this button to open the "Pollutant Selection Screen" (Screen 10.8.1) and select the pollutants
       for modeling. This window is divided into the following sections: Eutrophication Parameters;
       Gasses; General Quality; Pesticides 1, 2, 3; Tracer; and Sediment/Solids.
                              r
4S
"rfr-i
~ป$,
,_ „„_ f _ >• .A^r^rvr^vrrA--^
?•*ซซป * f i D.) ^ , * t-, R, a 'it
rry. . j , ,T. „.* f ,,ซi.. ,^ 	 ,. 	 „ „. .....^ 	 at.,
v. * . ' / * i


'"" .'"'ป- ซJ-( -
                      J& *_^_     t*     6.4 ซ.. *ซ** ra*-
                                  ,     *.* *       lv
  r*4?;"%
i>i*^*frf*'
 /ซ  i  *".
       Screen 10.8.1
   2.  In the "Eutrophication Parameters" section, the Nitrogen Cycle and/or the Phosphorus Cycle can be
       selected for simulation. If you select either of these, the appropriate HSPF modules for Pervious
       Land, Impervious Land, and Reaches must be selected and the appropriate parameter values must be
       developed in the default data set. Refer to Section 10.15 for how to create and edit default data files.

   3.  In the "Gasses" section, Dissolved Oxygen and/or Dissolved Carbon Dioxide can be selected. If you
       select either of these, the appropriate HSPF modules for Pervious Land, Impervious Land, and
       Reaches must be selected and the appropriate parameter values must be present in your default data
       set.

   4.  In the "General Quality" section, up to three parameters from the Pollutant List can be  selected for a
       single simulation. A pollutant is selected by highlighting its name in the "Pollutant list" and clicking
       on the right arrow button or by simply double-clicking on the pollutant name. Once selected, the
       pollutant will appear in the "Selected Pollutants" box. If you wish to unselect a selected pollutant,
       highlight the pollutant name in the "Selected Pollutants" box and click on the left arrow. If any
       General Quality pollutants are selected, the appropriate HSPF modules must be selected for Pervious
       Land, Impervious Land, and Reaches. Additionally, required parameters must be defined for the
       pollutant in a default data set.
  Tip:   Clicking the mouse on any name in the Pollutant List and typing any letter of the alphabet will
          move you to the list of pollutants beginning with that letter.
                                                                                             10.8-1

-------
 BASINS Version 2.0
    5.  Up to three pesticides and one tracer can be simulated by clicking the box next to the name and
        entering a user-specified pesticide or tracer name. Once again, the appropriate HSPF modules must
        be selected for Pervious Land, Impervious Land, and Reaches and required parameters must be
        defined for the pesticide(s) and/or tracer in a default data set.

    6.  Sediment and solids can be simulated by checking the "Sediment/Solids" box. If this selection is
        made, you must click the Distribution button and populate the "Sediment/Solids Distribution" table
        (Screen 10.8.2).

        This screen requires you to enter Sand, Silt, and Clay fractions for sediment in each land unit in each
        watershed being modeled. This is done by clicking on a cell and entering a value between 0 and 1.
        The Sand, Silt, and Clay fractions must add up to 1 for each land unit. The appropriate HSPF
        modules must be selected for Pervious Land, Impervious Land, and Reaches and required parameters
        must be defined for sediment modules in a default data set.  Click OK to save any changes and leave
        this window or Cancel to leave the window without saving  changes.
        Screen 10.8.2
7.  Once all pollutants have been selected for the simulation, click OK to save any changes and leave this
    window or Cancel to leave the window without saving changes.
   Tip:  To model a pollutant, the appropriate HSPF modules for Pervious Land, Impervious Land, or
          Reaches must be selected and an NPSM default file containing required pollutant parameter
          values must be developed. A starter default file packaged with BASINS contains uncalibrated
          parameter values for a number of General Quality parameters. The parameters for these pollutants
          have been defined for the BASINS default land use classification (the lumped Anderson Level II
          classification). Note that to simulate additional pollutants, it is necessary to set up and populate a
          default data set for appropriate pollutants, land use types, and reaches. Procedures for developing
          a default data set are defined In Section 10.15.
10.8-2

-------
                                                                     1O.8 Pollutant Selection Screen
TUTORIAL     -,   j   *__•'"          t
•  Select FECAL COLIFORM as the Genera/ Quality pollutant to model.
                                                                                       10.8-3

-------

-------
                                                                                 1O.9 Point Sources
10.9 Point Sources
    i.
   2.
Click this button to incorporate point source facility discharges into your simulation. The subsequent
window (Screen 10.9.1) provides four options—Setup, Pollutant Mapping, Loads, and
Multipliers.

                       ____T__r. rrsrsEsy-T
                       Pollutant Mapping
                           *JS*IJlฃfK4.
                 rvซ** 4**r\'ป
Screen 10.9.1


Click Setap to open the "Point Sources Setup" window (Screen 10.9.2). Observe which facilities
discharge into the reaches being modeled. This is done by selecting each reach, one at a time, in the
"Reach name" box and viewing the corresponding point source facility table. Any point source
facility found in the Permit Compliance System database will be listed. The table includes
Discharger Name, NPDES No., and Mile Point.

In the event that this point source facility information needs to be edited, e.g. a facility needs to be
added,  a facility needs to be deleted, or information concerning a facility is incorrect, changes can be
made from this screen.

To add a new discharger to any reach being modeled, click the Add button. In the "Add Discharger"
window (Screen 10.9.3), enter the discharger's name in the "Name" box, the discharger's NPDES
number in the "NPDES No." box, and the facility's milepoint in the "Mile Point" box (in miles-from
the most downstream point of the reach segment it discharges to). All pollutants the facility
discharges should also be added on this screen. Add a pollutant by typing a pollutant name in the
"Pollutant" box and clicking the Add button. The pollutant will be transferred from the "Pollutant"
box to the large box below. Add remaining pollutants in the same manner. Remove selected
pollutants by clicking on their names in the large box and clicking the Remove button. Click OK to
save any changes and exit this window or Cancel to exit the window without saving changes.
                                                                                           10.9-1

-------
 SAS/A/S Verefon 2.0
   Tip:   Flow must be added as a pollutant parameter in the "Add Discharger" window.
        To remove a discharger from the "Point Sources Setup" window, simply click on the discharger's
        name and click the Remove button.

        To edit a discharger's name, NPPES number, mile point, or the names of pollutants it discharges,
        click on the discharger's name and click the Edit button. The "Edit Discharger" window opens and
        enables you to edit the current information. This window is identical to the "Add Discharger"
        window.

        Click OK to save any changes and leave this window or Cancel to leave the window without saving
        changes.
       Screen 10.9.2
       Screen 10.9.3
10.9-2

-------
                                                                                  10.9 Point Sources
3.  Click Pollutant Mapping to open the "Point Source Pollutant Mapping" window (Screen 10.9.4).
    Due to the variation in pollutant naming conventions from different sources, it is necessary to ensure
    that all pollutants are properly represented in the model. The "Point source pollutants" box contains
    all pollutants monitored for facilities in the selected watershed(s). The "Modeled pollutants" box
    contains all pollutants selected in the NPSM Pollutant Selection window for this simulation. To
    model pollutant data from a point source facility, it is necessary to match the pollutant in the "Point
    source pollutants" box (by highlighting it) with the corresponding pollutant in the "Modeled
    pollutants" box (by highlighting it) and to click on the Map button. The matched pollutants will
    move to the "Mapped Pollutants" box. If you wish to change a designation, simply highlight the
    pollutant combination in the "Mapped Pollutants" box and click on the Unmap button. Click OK to
    save any changes and leave this window or Cancel to leave  the window without saving changes.
     9 Point Source Pollutant Mapping
     „, Wjfxia^ *W*~ , **• t    t   * * ^  >ซ f jTf    ^ ii*™ซv j
     'Mapped PollutanU (pQ'nt source name-> model name)
             ซ_ 1S]^3ZJl_hl^t ^^^^   ^ ซ ^  r ^^    ^ ^
     * dOPI*^ "yy^ V-^-jS^^^I.:..' ^L''^>	i^ *•  -, i~**ป* */*™-*r ^                 l

    Screen 10.9.4


4.  Click Loads to open the "Point Sources Pollutant Information" window (Screen 10.9.5). Discharger
    names for all point source facilities discharging into the stream reaches are listed in the "Discharger
    Name" box. Click the down arrow next to this box to view the entire list. Notice that the reach to
    which the facility discharges is identified below the discharger name. Point source contributions can
    be designated as either Constant or Time variable in the "Flow and Load" box. The "Active
    constituents" box displays flow and pollutants that have been mapped to the point source pollutant
    list for the facility listed in the "Discharger Name" box, but have not been selected for modeling.
    Select flow and pollutants you intend to model by highlighting their names in the "Active
    constituents" box and clicking the right arrow or simply by double-clicking on their names. To
    unselect a pollutant, highlight the appropriate name in the "Point source constituents" box and click
    on the left arrow.
                                                                                            10.9-3

-------
 BASINS Version 2.0
        Screen 10.9.5
        To represent the point source contribution as constant, select the "Constant" radio button, be sure
        that flow and any pollutants you wish to model are located in the "Point source constituents" box,
        and click the Edit Data button.

        The "Constant Flow and Load" window (Screen 10.9.6) appears. This window displays the
        Discharger Name and Reach for the facility selected on the previous screen. Additionally, it displays
        the flow and pollutant loading values for each pollutant selected for this facility. The flow and
        pollutant loading values can be edited directly on the screen as in other NPSM interface windows.
        Flow and pollutant loading units can be viewed by clicking on the respective column heading. Click
        OK to save any changes and leave this window or Cancel to leave the window without saving
        changes.
        Screen 10.9.6
       To represent the point source contribution as time variable, select the "Time Variable" radio button,
       be sure that flow and any pollutants you wish to model are located in the "Point source constituents"
       box, and click the Edit Data button. The "Time Varying Flow and Load" window (Screen 10.9.7)
       appears. This window displays the Discharger Name and Reach for the facility selected on the
       previous screen and time-varying flow and load values in a tabular format. The first column contains
       the number of each time-variable record used to represent the discharge data. The Date and Time
       columns contain the date and time, respectively, for each time-variable record. The Date column uses
       a "MM/DD/YYYY" format for date entry, and the time column uses a "HH:MM" format for time
       entry. The remaining columns contain the flow and additional pollutant loading values for each time
10.9-4

-------
                                                                                 10.9 Point Sources
    variable record. Flow and pollutant loading units can be viewed by clicking on the respective column
    headings. Values for Date, Time, flow, and pollutant loading can be entered directly into the table. In
    lieu of manually entering all time series data, data can be imported into this table using the Import
    button. Clicking the Import button will enable you to select an HSPF MUTSIN file containing your
    time series flow and pollutant loading data. In order to use this option, you must develop a MUTSIN
    file. Refer to Hydrological Simulation Program - FORTRAN, User's Manual for Release 11.0 for
    information regarding the MUTSIN file format. Click OK to save changes and exit this window or
    Cancel to exit this window without saving changes.
5.
    Screen 10.9.7
In the event that you do not wish to enter a time variable value for every time step in your simulation
period, select an option from the "Options for handling incomplete time series data" drop-down list.
Available options include: stop on missing data, fill missing data with 0.0, fill missing data with
-1.0E30, and fill missing data with next value.

Click OK to save any changes and leave the "Point Source Pollutant Information" window or Cancel
to leave the "Point Source Pollutant Information" window without saving changes.

Click Multipliers to open the "Flow and Load Multipliers" window (Screen 10.9.8). This window is
normally used to evaluate different point source contribution scenarios or to predict the impact of
future increase in point source discharges (existing sources or new discharge) of an existing
discharge on the overall loading. For each point source facility (listed in the "Discharger Name"
box), you can assign different flow and pollutant load multipliers. The Default multiplier value is
1.0. However, if you wish to increase or decrease the current flow, loading, or both by a certain
   Screen 10.9.8
                                                                                         10.9-5

-------
BASINS Version 2.0
       factor, simply enter this factor directly into the table. Click OK to save any changes and leave this
       window or Cancel to leave the window without saving changes.

    6.  Click the Done button on the "Point Sources" window to continue.
   TUTORIAL
      Recall that there are no data in PCS for the facilities in the three subwatersheds. Therefore we will add
      a facility for demonstration purposes.

      On t/?e "Point Sources Setup" screen, be sure the "Reach name" is set to Blacklick Cr.
      (0501000712), and click the Add button.

      On the "Add Discharges" window, enter Blacklick C. Point Source #1 as the discharges name,
      US1234567 as the NPDES number, 1.0 as the Mile Point, and flow and fecal conform as the
      pollutants.

      On the "Point Source Pollutant Mapping" screen map fecal coliform.

      On the "Point Source Pollutant Information" screen select constant flow and load, be sure that both
      flow and fecal coliform are on the "Point Source constituents" box, and select Edit Data. Enter a flow
      of 0.2629 cfs and a fecal coliform loading of 504,500 #/hr.
10.9-6

-------
                                                                        10.1O Default Data Assignment
10.10 Default Data Assignment
       Click this button to open the "Default Data Assignment" window (Screen 10.10.1). This window
       enables you to select an NPSM default data file and assign default data to land units, reaches, and
       pollutants in the current project. First, select a default file by depressing the button denoted by the
       ellipsis points (...)• The subsequent window prompts you to select a file. Generally, NPSM default
       files are saved in the BASINS\MODELS\NPSM directory. They are denoted by a .DBF file
       extension. The starter default data file packaged with BASINS is named STARTER.DEF. Section
       10.5 discusses how to create and modify your own default data files. Open the default file.
       l^jMf^&g-VM *,'*&*'  /  t   -*ฃ c , i_j_
       feg^Vff    •*"•  /  '-WPM^  }M
                                                        A*ป- •• r
                                                        5  ^J. * *•

                                                     * f   .,*ป*.
                                                     'h  J
                                                      ^ r     -*r
                                                    r 4    ^-^
                                                          i  
-------
BASINS Version 2.0
           PERLND:
           PERLND:
           PERLND:
           PERLND:
           PERLND:
           PERLND:
Rangeland
Rangeland
Unclassified
Unclassified
Unclassified
Unclassified
        Screen 10.10.2
        Each reach being modeled is automatically assigned data from the first reach listed in the "Available
        Data" box unless an identical name match is found in the default data set (in which case the latter is
        used). Note that when any land units or reaches have been assigned, their names appear in the
        "Assigned Land Units" box.

        Pollutants selected for simulation are also searched for in the default data file. Where matches are
        found, default data are automatically assigned. Where no pollutant name matches are found, a
        warning is given (Screen 10.10.3). Click OK to exit this window. In these situations, the pollutant
        data must manually be assigned data from the default data set. This is also discussed below.
        Screen 10.10.3

    3.   Once AutoLoad has assigned data for land unit, reach, and pollutant matches found in the default
        file, data can manually be assigned for the remaining land units, reaches, and pollutants.

        Select a radio button for Pervious [Land], Impervious [land], or Reach(es) to display land units or
        reach groups corresponding to that category. The "Landuses in default file" box contains land use
        categories for which default data are contained in the selected NPSM default data file. The
        "Landuses in Project" box contains land units that make up the watershed(s) being modeled. For
        reaches, the "Reaches in default data file" box contains the reaches/reach type for which default data
        are available. The "Reaches in Project" box contains the reach(es) being modeled in watershed(s) of
        interest.
10.10-2

-------
                                                                          10.10 Default Data Assignment
       To assign default data for any pervious land units without assigned data, first click the radio button
       next to "Pervious". Highlight a land unit name in the "Landuses in default data file" box and
       highlight the name of an unassigned land use name in the "Landuses in project" box. The land use
       name you select in the "Landuses in default datafile" should be most representative of the land use
       selected in the "Landuses in project" box. In the "Subwatershed" box, use the drop-down menu to
       select the watershed(s) you want to use this assignment. Click the Assign button. Notice that the land
       unit name you selected from the "Landuses in project" box appears in the "Assigned Landuses" box.
       Perform this step for each unassigned pervious land unit.

       Next, click the radio button next to "Impervious Land". Follow the same procedure used to assign
       data for pervious land units. Perform this procedure for each unassigned impervious land unit.

       Click the radio button next to "Reach". Highlight a reach name in the "Reaches in default data file"
       box, highlight any unassigned reaches  in the "Reaches in project" box, and click the assign button.
       Notice that the reach name you selected from the "Reaches in project" box appears in the "Assigned
       reaches" box. Perform this step for each unassigned reach.

   4.   Click the "Assign Pollutants ..." button to manually assign data for any pollutant data not assigned
       automatically with the AutoLoad button. Doing so opens the "Default Pollutant Assignment"
       window (Screen 10.10.4). The "Default data file contains" box lists all pollutants defined and
       parameterized in the default data file by category (General Quality, Pesticide, Tracer). The "This
       project contains" box lists all pollutants that have been selected for modeling (in the NPSM Pollutant
       Selection window). The "Available conventional pollutant data" list indicates whether the selected
       default data set contains data for conventional pollutants. Conventional pollutants with data will
       appear in black letters while those without data will appear grey. Data for these parameters are
       needed when sediment (SEDMNT, SEDTRN), nutrient (NITR, PHOS, NUTRX), or dissolved
       oxygen (PWTGAS, IWTGAS, OXRX) HSPF modules are selected in the "NPSM Control Cards"
       (Refer to section 10.7). Default data, when available, are automatically assigned to these standard
       conventional pollutants.  For any unassigned pollutants, highlight a pollutant name in the "This
       project contains" box, and highlight the corresponding/appropriate pollutant name in the "Default
       data file contains" box. Click on the ปAssignป button, and notice that the pollutant name appears
       in the "Assigned Pollutants" box. Repeat this step for each unassigned pollutant. Click Close to exit
       this window.

   5.   After assigning default data to all pervious and impervious land units, reaches, and pollutants, click
       Close to save changes and exit the "Default Data Assignment"  window.
Tip:   If you accidentally assign the wrong type of land use data to a land unit, simply repeat the
       assignment procedure using the correct land use data.
Tip:   To observe what land use default data have been assigned to each land unit, double-click on each
       land unit name (one at a time) located in the "Assigned Land Unit" box.
                                                                                           10.10-3

-------
BASINS Version 2.0
          OQD.5MV-HIOEBC
          WTnOCEH.fOTM.
         Screen 10.10.4
 Tip:   If you do not want to assign data from the default file using Autoload button, it is possible to
         manually assign each pervious land, impervious land, reach, and pollutant.
   TUTORIAL

   •  Select t/ie starter.def default file.

   •  Use Autoload to load the default data from the default file into the current project.
10.10-4

-------
                                                                           10.11 Input Data Editor
10.11 Input Data Editor
   1.  Click this button to begin populating all input parameter fields in the "NPSM Input Data Editor"
       (Screen 10.11.1). In this window, you can access and edit each model parameter and corresponding
       value including the default parameter values from the default data file. The procedure for accessing
       and editing the model parameters is described in this section.

       The "Input Data Editor" window displays two sections. The upper section contains a hierarchical list
       of the module sections and parameters of the HSPF model. In this screen (screen 10.11.1), the three
       major modeling segments used to subdivide the watershed are shown—pervious land units
       (PERLND), impervious land units (IMPLND), and stream reaches (RCHRES). The lower section is a
       status box that displays the definition of the highlighted module or parameter. PERLND (Pervious
       land) contains all simulation modules associated with pervious land, IMPLND (Impervious land)
       contains all the simulation modules associated with impervious land units, and RCHRES (stream
       reaches and reservoirs) contains all the in-stream simulation modules.
               ?^ง^y^7ฎ-SFZT^~'TT'i
          Pervious land) simulation
      Screen 10.11.1
   2.  To view data for each of these model segments, double-click on a segment name. Notice that the "+"
      symbol next to the segment name becomes a "-" symbol and a list appears below the segment name.
                                                                                      10.11-1

-------
BASINS Version 2.0
    3.
A "+" sign indicates that the item is expandable and more options are hidden under it. A "-" sign
indicates that the item is already fully expanded. Double-click on an expanded item to hide the
options under it.

For example, when "+PERLND" is double-clicked, it becomes "-PERLND" and the following list is
shown: ATMP, SNOW, PWATER, SEDMNT, PSTEMP, PWTGAS, PQUAL, MSTLAY, PEST,
NITR, PHOS, and TRACER. This list contains all of the HSPF modules associated with the segment
name (PERLND, in this case). Each HSPF module that was not previously selected in the "NPSM
Control Cards" window is designated with an "[N/A]". If, for example, you did not select to simulate
snow in the "NPSM Control Cards" window, it appears as "+[N/A] SNOW" in this window. Observe
also that these module names are designated with "+" symbols, meaning options are hidden.

Make sure "PWATER" has been selected in the "NPSM Control Card" window (i.e. "PWATER is
preceded by a "+" rather than a "+[N/A]"). Double-click on "+PWATER" to expand the
module/parameter list. The list under "PWATER" contains PWAT-PARM1, +PWAT-PARM2,
+PWAT-PARM3, +PWAT-PARM4, +Monthly Input Parameters, and +PWATER-STATE1 (Screen
10.11.2). These are the major HSPF groups associated with the PWATER module. Notice that the
first HSPF group, "PWAT-PARM1", is not designated with a "+" sign. Any item without a "+" or "-
" designation is a data item. Double-clicking on a data item opens its editor window.
       Screen 10.11.2
10.11-2

-------
                                                                             10.11 Input Data Editor
 4.  Double-clicking the "PWAT-PARM1" data item opens the "Simulation and Input Options
     (PWATER)" window (Screen 10.11.3). All current assignments on this window were made
     previously through default data assignment. Additional changes to any of these assignments can be
     made directly on the screen. Any changes made to these settings will be saved for the current project
     only. Click OK to save changes and exit the screen or Cancel to exit the screen without saving
     changes.
Tip:  Changes made to one parameter screen may require changes in another screen. For example, if a
       parameter is represented in the model as constant over time and you decide to convert its time-
       varying option to monthly, it is also necessary to provide the monthly values. Refer to Hydrological
       Simulation Program - Fortran,  User's Manual for Release 11.0 (Bicknell et al., 1996) fora more
       detailed explanation of the model structure, data needs,  and review of the simulation options.
     & Simulation and Input Options (PWATER)
                      .......	
    Screen 10.11.3

 5.  Note that the remaining HSPF group names under "PWAT-PARM1" are designated with "+" signs
    and therefore have more information hidden. Double-click on "+PWAT-PARM2". Notice that a list
    containing FOREST, LZSN, INFILT, LSUR, SLSUR, KVARY, and AGWRC appears. These are
    actual variable names that fall into the "PWAT-PARM2" HSPF group. They are data items and can
    be edited by double-clicking on the appropriate name.

 6.  Double-click on "LZSN" to open its editor window (Screen 10.11.4). Note that every land unit being
    simulated is listed in the "Available Land Units" box (only pervious land units, because this is the
    PERLND section). Highlighting each land unit name displays the assigned parameter value. These
    parameter values can be edited directly into this window for each land unit. Clicking Assign to All
    will assign the current value to all land units being simulated. Clicking Assign to Selected will
    assign the current value to the highlighted land unit. Click OK to save changes and exit the screen or
    Cancel to exit the screen without saving changes.
                                                                                        10.11-3

-------
BASINS Version 2.0
            [icimural Land
          Forest Land
          B anen Land
          Urban or Built-up Land
          Agricultural Land
          Foteil Land
          Darren Land
          Urban or Built-up Land
          Agricultural Land
          Frxcst Land
        Screen 10.11.4
    7.  A similar procedure can be performed for every HSPF parameter in the PERLND, IMPLND, and
        RCHRES segments. To exit the "Input Data Editor", click Done.
   Tip:  Individual data editor windows vary, but the functionality remains consistent. For pollutant-related
          variables, keep in mind that "Assign to AH" assigns the current value for the selected pollutant to
          every possible land unit or reach, as well as every possible pollutant. "Assign to All Constituents"
          assigns the current value to the selected pollutant and all other pollutants for the selected land
          unit or reach and all other land uses or reaches for the selected pollutant.
   Tip:  Appendix B of this manual contains an HSPF data dictionary that includes HSPF parameter
          names, definitions, units, and minimum and maximum acceptable values. This is a valuable
          resource for populating the "Input Data Editor". However, remember that the appropriate values
          for one land unit or a given pollutant might not be appropriate for another land unit or pollutant.
   Tip:  Any changes made within the "Input Data Editor" apply to only the current project. If you wish to
          make permanent changes, it is necessary to edit the default data file.
   Tip:  Beware of reassigning default data in the "Default Data Assignment" window after editing
          parameter values in the "Input Data Editor" window. Doing so will negate changes made in the
          "Input Data Editor". That is, changes made to land units, reaches, or pollutants in the "Default
          Data Assignment" screen will be saved over prior changes made in the "Input Data Editor"
          window.
10.11-4

-------
                                                                               1O.11 Input Data Editor
TUTORIAL                                     ,

•   All data required for the current project are contained within the starter.deffile. No changes need to be
    made in the "Input Data Editor".
                                                                                           10.11-5

-------

-------
                                                                               1O.12 Output Manager
10.12 Output  Manager
    1.  Click this button to specify the simulation parameters to print, the print intervals, and the grouping of
       output parameters in the "Output Manager" window (Screen 10.12.1). Although this system option is
       designed to enable output of potentially each HSPF parameter at the watershed, sub-watershed, land
       unit type, or reach level for various print intervals, it is advisable to limit the selection of print
       options to only those options needed.

           Sum landuse contribution in J15020Q06008 (BLACK CR]
           it,ซ*A4 <****•*>•  .    .    J	;-	, —=.	r-
                                                   ซrซ-<4  <
                                                     -^  ^          ^  •"
                                                     Print inleival    <\ Daily
ne  Ptt_AGRICJDOO
                           C:\BASIHS\modelout\blk
            Output folder
            !!.%ป f,. ^,.ป ."ซ .. j  i
               +ATEMP
               +SNOW
               -PWATER
                 PERS
                 CEPS
                 SURS
                 UZS
                 IFWS
                 LZS
                 AGWS
                 RPARM
                                 .v ^v^;t ^.:  .v^t?i^Ht.'i'^-:A^.f'jป
             •r-^.^^-i=^Y   ^ w5 u*   "    	:..„•?	..J.,....Mr.....^	"....i   J ..^-i.m		_ฃ
                      vปrl-""""        '
                                                       geozTDg]
                                                         fieeT

       Screen 10.12.1
    2.  For demonstration purposes, assume that you want to output (into a single file) the daily mean
       surface outflow for agricultural pervious land in a single watershed. The first step is to select an
       HSPF modeling "Module" by clicking one of the radio buttons next to Pervious, Impervious, or
       Reaches. These modules refer to pervious land units, impervious land units, and reaches,
       respectively. For this example, select "Pervious".

    3.  The "Sum landuse contribution in" box contains all watersheds being modeled in the current
       simulation. Use this box to select the watershed for which land unit contributions are summed. For
       this example, choose a watershed.
                                                                                          10.12-1

-------
 BASINS Version 2.0
     4.  The "Landuse" box contains all available land units for the selected module. Use this box to select
        the land unit level at which output will be printed. "All Pervious" combines contributions from each
        pervious land unit type in your simulation. For this example, select "Agricultural Land".

     5.  Note that an output file name is automatically assigned.

     6.  Enter a directory in which to save this output file in the "Output folder" box. Be sure to key in the
        entire path (i.e., C:\BASINS\MODELOUTVcproject name>).

     7.  In the "Print Interval" box, select one of the print interval options for output. Recall that NPSM
        operates on an hourly time step; therefore, you can choose from Hourly, Daily, Monthly, and Yearly.
        For this example, select "Daily".

     8.  In the "Type" box, you can select either Mean-valued or Point-valued. Mean-valued provides a mean
        value for each interval of the selected print interval, while Point-valued provides the value'on the last
        hour of each print interval. For this example,  select "Mean-valued".

     9.  The final step is to select the variable or variables to print. Output for all selected variables will be
        contained within a single file. The "Select a computed variable to print" box works in the same
        manner as the "Input Data editor". A "+" indicates that the item is expandable and more options are
        hidden under it; a "-" indicates that the item is already fully expanded. A parameter for which output
        can be printed contains no "+" or "-" symbol (analogous to the data items in the "Input Data
        Editor"). To select an output parameter, highlight its name in the "Select a computed variable to
        print" box, and click the ป button. Notice that the selected parameter moves to the "Selected
        variables" box. To unselect a parameter, highlight its name in the "Selected variables" box and click
        the ซ button. You may select up to 10 parameters for a single file. If you select more than 10
        parameters, the additional parameters will be written to  a new file. This new file will be located in
        the same directory designated for the first file. Also note that the definition and units of each
        parameter are listed below the "Select a computed variable to print" box when the parameter is
        highlighted. Select SURO (Surface outflow) for this example.

     10. Following these procedures for the example would output the daily mean surface outflow for
        agricultural pervious land in all of the watersheds being simulated.

     11. The same procedure must be performed to output parameter data for the Impervious and Reach
        modules. The Impervious module selections are similar  to those for Pervious land, whereas the
        Reach selections are somewhat different. When selecting the radio button for Reach, note that the
        "Sum landuse contribution in" box becomes grayed out. You are given only the option to select a
        reach/watershed from the "Subwatershed" box. The "Subwatershed" box contains all reaches being
        simulated in the current project.

    12. Click OK to save changes and exit.
10.12-2

-------
                                                                             1O.12 Output Manager
TUTORIAL       '     -_t     _     ,        --""!";.             _.    __   '-
•  Se/ect Pervious as the Module.
•  Select 05010007012 (Blacklick Cr) in the "Sum landuse contribution in" box.
•  Select Agricultural land as the Landuse.
•  Note the Output file name is P#_Agric.OOO.
•  Select a Daily print interval.
•  Select Mean-valued as the Type.
•  Select the output folder as BASINS\MODELOUT\TUTORIAL\10007012.
•  In PERLND, PWATER, select PERO (Total outflow from PLS) by highlighting the variable and clicking the
   > > button.
•  In PERLND, PQUAL, highlight and select SOQUAL (Total outflow of QUAL from PLS).
•  Select Forest land as the Landuse.
•  Note the Output file name is P#_Fores.OOO.
•  In PERLND, PWATER, highlight and select PERO (Total outflow from PLS).
•  In PERLND, PQUAL, highlight and select SOQUAL (Total outflow of QUAL from PLS).
•  Select Reaches as the Module.
•  Select Blacklick Cr. (05010007012) in the Subwatershed box.
•  Note the Output file name is R#_Black.012.
•  Select the output folder as BASINS\MODELOUT\TUTORIAL\REACHES.
•  In RCHRES, HYDR, highlight and select RO (Total rate of outflow from RCHRES).
•  In RCHRES, GQUAL, highlight and select DQAL (Dissolved concentration of QUAL).
•  Click OK to save changes and exit You will be prompted to create new directories. Click Yes.
                                                                                       10.12-3

-------

-------
                                                                                 -10.13 Run NPSM
10.13  Run  NPSM
    1.  Click this button to execute NPSM. The model run is performed by executing a DOS-based program
       HSPF Version 11.0.

   2.  When the model run is complete, you will be asked whether you want to view the output. Click Yes
       to view the output or No to return to the NPSM interface. Regardless of your selection, you will be
       able to view the output at any time by clicking the "View Output" button.
  Tip:  Remember to save the project before running the model. Save the current project by
         clicking the Save the current project button. Also be sure to note the names and
         locations of project files and output files for the current simulation run.
     Run NPSM.
     Click Yes to view the output.
                                                                                       10.13-1

-------

-------
                                                                         10.14 View Time Series Output
 10.14 View Time Series Output
 Click this button to display output from the model ran in either a text or graphical format.

 The "View Time Series Output" window (Screen 10.14.1) provides options to view data for Pervious land
 units, Impervious land units, Reaches, or Weather Station data. Click the radio button beside the name of the
 module for which you wish to view data. You will be able to view only data for the parameters and
 corresponding land units or reaches you chose in the "Output Manager" window prior to executing the model
 or, in the case of weather stations, only data for the stations you chose to print output for in the "Simulation
 Time and Meteorological Data" window.

 For example, if you selected to view only daily mean surface outflow for agricultural pervious land in all of
 the watersheds being simulated, you would be able to view only "Agricultural Land" in the "Pervious" list.
                                                                w-
                                                                                -

                                                                   ,
                                                                          '
                                                                •?>  ^i*fa S> I y J  ฃ   J> ^ s-
                                                                te*L^5!%-. '
Screen 10.14.1
Viewing Output in a Text Format

    1.  View output in a text format by highlighting the appropriate Pervious or Impervious land unit,
       Reach, or Weather Station from the Pervious, Impervious, Reach, and Weather Station lists and
       clicking the Report button in the "View" box. The output file for the selected land unit, reach, or
       weather station is automatically displayed in the WordPad text editor. The file name is listed in the
       top left corner of the WordPad window. A sample output file is shown in Screen 10.14.2. The text
       file viewer can be changed by selecting Select Output File Viewer... from the Project menu heading
       in the NPSM interface.
                                                                                        10.14-1

-------
BASINS Version 2.0
            Q R0_black,012 - WordPad
                                                                                  BHU
             OSOl HSPF FILE FOR DRIVIHG SEPARATE PLOT PROGRAM
             OS01 Time interval: 1440 mins          Last month in printout year:  9
             OSOl Ho.  of.  curves plotted:  Point-valued:   0   Mean-valued:  2   Total  2
             OSOl Label flag:  0          Pivl:   24          Idelt:    60
             OSOl Plot title:   05010007012:  BLACKLICK C, Flow and Cone
             OSOl Y-axis  label: cfs, mg/L, g/lOOml
             OSOl Scale info:  Ymin:  0.00000               Threshold:-0.10000E+31
             OSOl             Ymax:   1000.0
             OSOl             Time:   20.000     intervals/inch
             OSOl Data for each curve (Point-valued first, then mean-valued):
             OSOl Label                  LIHTYP     IHTEQ    COLCOD     TRAH   TRANCOD
             OSOl RO (1> (1)                    0         S         1     AVER         2
             OSOl DQAL (FECAL COLI             051     AVER         2
             0501
             0501
             OSOl
             0501
             OSOl
             0501
             0501
             0501
             OSOl Time series  (pt-valued, then mean-valued):
             OSOl
             0501 Date/time                      Values
             OSOl
             OSOl  1979 12 31 24  0  -0.10000E+31  -0.10000E+31
                   1980  1  1 24  0    5.S10S        10.572
                   l
-------
                                                                            10.14 View Time Series Output
    TUTORIAL

    •   Click the Reaches radio button.
    •   Highlight Blacklick Cr.
    •   Select Report to view the text version of the model output for Backlick Cr.
    •   Exit the text window by clicking the X in the top right corner.
 Viewing Output Graphically in the NPSM Postprocessor

 You can view output in a graphical format for a Pervious land unit, an Impervious land unit, or a Reach by
 highlighting the appropriate land unit or reach and clicking the Graph button from the "View" box (Screen
 10.14.1). This executes the NPSM postprocessor. The postprocessor supports daily, monthly, and annual
 NPSM output.  Weather Station data from NPSM is in an hourly format and therefore cannot be viewed in
 the postprocessor.

 The NPSM postprocessor displays NPSM simulation output, BASINS water quality observation data, and
 USGS flow data in a graphical format. It also performs basic statistical functions and data comparison.
 Because of its ability to display observed and modeled data concurrently and perform basic statistical and
 data comparison functions, the postprocessor is a useful tool in model calibration and environmental systems
 analysis. The postprocessor window (Screen 10.14.3) consists of a tool bar, a plot area, a file information
 section, and a statistical functions section.
  I NPSM Postprocessor - NPSM Poslprocess
     loikM'.  ., ri^,  J^ILL^W
                                                                                   HHE3I
   NPSMData
   BASINS Water
   Quality Data ,
   USGS Flow
     Data
    ReJre
     Flint
    About..
                  OflOOe*ODC
                                       '•UM
                                                                              ftttros^OQ
                                                                               tf
    v-
1?^^,
 &
                                  ,41-1972
                                                                        1231-1378
                                  ConenponcSng valuefsj;
                                    '•iff  , ,4,
                                                           f"^"!—'	^"'tJr^A-'^
                                                                            ,
                                     LPjFl^Karoe~| Catot  iVeiticdile^ป  ifoescfiBtiok"   fBTrfi

Screen 10.14.3
                                                                                            10.14-3

-------
BASINS Version 2.0
   Tip:   To exit the NPSM Postprocessor and return to the "View Time Series Output" window at any time,
          simply click the X button at the top right comer of the postprocessor window or select Exit from the
          File menu heading. Additional output data can be viewed in the same manner. To exit the
          viewing section, click the Done button.
Loading and Viewing Data

The NPSM postprocessor has the ability to display three different data types—NPSM output files, BASINS
water quality observation data, and USGS flow data.

When the NPSM postprocessor is executed through selection of a Pervious land unit, Impervious land unit,
or a Reach from the "View Time Series Output" window, data are loaded automatically into the
postprocessor. Although data are loaded, they cannot be viewed until a parameter is selected from the
"Plot(s) Selection" window (Screen 10.14.4). Select a parameter from the pull-down menu. Click the right
or left arrow to designate  which axis will display the data scale.  Click OK when finished. Data are then
displayed in the plot area.
Screen 10.14.4

Additional data can be loaded into the postprocessor and viewed by using the tool bar buttons or by selecting
the appropriate file type from the File menu heading. All data loaded into the postprocessor must have the
same time interval—daily, monthly, or annual. Once data have been loaded, they cannot be viewed until the
Plots button is clicked and a parameter is selected from the "Plot(s) Selection" window.

    1.  Load additional NPSM output by clicking the NPSM Data button. You will be prompted to select a
        file name. Recall that your NPSM output file is located in the directory that you designated in the
        "NPSM Output Manager", under the name automatically assigned to it. Generally, this location is the
        BASINS\MODELOUT\ directory.

    2.  Load BASINS water quality observation data by clicking on the BASINS Water Quality Data
        button. You will be prompted to select a file. This is the file created when using the Export Water
        Quality Observation Data utility in BASINS. You can specify the location  of the file during
        execution of the function; however, the default location is the BASINS\MODELOUT\OBS directory.
        The file will have an .obs extension.  Refer to Section 7.4, Water Quality Observation Data
        Management Utilities, for directions on appending local water quality data  to existing BASINS water
        quality observation data and exporting BASINS water quality observation data.
 10.14-4

-------
                                                                          10.14 View Time Series Output
    3.   Load USGS flow data by clicking the USGS Flow Data button. You will be prompted to select a
        file.

        The BASINS USGS Gage Stations data layer contains mean flow, critical low flow (7Q10), and
        monthly mean flow data for some USGS gage stations.  For a typical model calibration, however, it
        is suggested that you download daily flow data from the USGS's United States NWIS-W Data
        Retrieval web site. The URL is http://h2o-nwisw.er.usgs.gov/nwis-w/US/. From this web page,
        select the state of interest. On the subsequent page, either enter the USGS station number of interest
        and "Retrieve Data" or view a map, a list of counties, a list of basins, or a list of all stations to find
        the station of interest. After selecting the station of interest, observe the Data Types Available. For a
        typical model calibration, select the "Historical Streamflow Daily Values". Historical streamflow
        daily  values are available for many but not all USGS stations. After selecting "Historical Streamflow
        Daily Values", enter the appropriate Dates to Retrieve and select the Output format as a "Tab-
        delimited text data file" with the "MM/DD/YYYY" date format. Retrieve these data and save them
        to your hard drive.

Postprocessor Components

    1.  The files and parameter names are listed in the file information window in the bottom right portion
       of the screen.

       To display a parameter or multiple parameters from a loaded file, click the "Plots" button located
       under the file information window. Select a file and parameter(s) from the pull-down menus on the
       "Plot(s) Selection" window (Screen 10.14.4). Once a parameter is selected, click the right or left
       arrow to designate which axis will display the data scale. Click OK when finished.

       The file information window lists the File Name, Color (as it's displayed in the plot area),
       Description, and six additional columns of information referring to statistical output (which will be
       discussed with the statistical functions). The scroll bar directly below the window lets you view all
       columns in the table. Loaded data can be removed from the postprocessor by highlighting the
      ' appropriate file name, clicking the right mouse button, and selecting Delete.

   2.  The "File Information" box above the window displays the range of dates for data loaded into the
       postprocessor. For NPSM output files, this period matches the simulation period assigned in the
       "Simulation Time and Meteorological Data" window. The BASINS water quality observation data
       period depends on the availability of data for the monitoring station(s) selected when executing the
       Export Water Quality Observation Data utility in BASINS. The period of record for the USGS flow
       data is specified when downloading the data from the USGS web site.

   3.  Clicking the "Plot Manager" button opens a plot manager or "Layer Control Data" window (Screen
       10.14.5). This window is used to change the color, line type, and thickness of plots and/or to remove
       data previously loaded into the postprocessor.

       To remove data from the postprocessor, highlight the file name and click the Remove button. To
       remove all plots, click the Remove All button.

       To change a plot color, highlight the file name and double-click on the colored box next to "Color:".
       Select a new color from the "Color" window and click OK. Then click the Update button to save
       this change. Note that the colored box. located next to the file name changes color.
                                                                                          10.14-5

-------
BASINS Version 2.0
       To change a plot line type, highlight the file name and change the line type in the "Symbol" box.
       Click the Update button to save this change.

       To change a plot or line thickness, highlight the file name and change the integer value in the "Line"
       box. Click the Update button to save this change. Note that the line number in the file table is
       updated. After making all necessary changes in this window, click the Close button.
       Screen 10.14.5
   4.  The plot area consists of the plot window, x- and y- axis labels and boundary designation boxes, and a
       "point display" section.

       The plot period initially displayed represents the entire extent of data loaded into the postprocessor.

       The time period represented on the plot can be changed by varying the Start and End dates using the
       boxes located under the x-axis. The plot period boxes represent month, day, and year (from left to
       right) for both the Start and End dates. Values in these boxes can be changed by clicking the cursor
       within a box and changing its value or by clicking on the up and down arrows next to each box.
       Depending on the tune interval of the data loaded into the postprocessor, some of these boxes may not
       be active.

       The minimum and maximum value of the y-axis can also be changed in a similar manner.

       After making any changes to values in the plot period boxes, click the Refresh button located on the
       tool bar.

       The "point display" section of the graph is the area located between the two bold lines, containing the
       words "Selected" and "Corresponding value(s)". This region is used to display point values for the
       plot. Click the cursor at any location in the plot window. The date corresponding to the point where
       the cursor is clicked is displayed in addition to the associated parameter value. The parameter value is
       displayed  in the same color as its plot. If multiple output files containing time series data for the same
       parameters have been loaded into the postprocessor,  multiple parameter values appear in the "point
       display" section.
   5.
Statistical operations are executed from the "Statistical Calculation:" section of the postprocessor. The
—„	i_..i_*	1 _i_^- _:*i— *u0 ,.„„„;„„ arithmetic or geometric mean for the parameters
                                                nt*nne*r*** /O/%ป"/i^ป-ป 1 C\ 1/1 ^\  O f n *•* fifi r\<\ 1 /-xl l + t-vni-
       OlaLiollwai upcialiuilo ale GACUUICU nuui uic otaLiaiiwaji v^aiwuiaiavjii.  st>uiii_ui ^JL tiiw pwoi^iw^^oo*^
       postprocessor calculates and plots either the running arithmetic or geometric mean for the param
       listed in the "File Information" section of the postprocessor (Screen 10.14.6). Statistical output
10.14-6

-------
                                                                           1O.14 View Time Series Output
      summaries are created and listed in the "File Information" section of the postprocessor. The statistical
      operation is performed for the time period shown in the plot window.

      The statistical calculation can be modified by selecting either "Arithmetic Mean" or "Geometric
      Mean" from the "Statistical Method:" box and designating "Step" and "Threshold" values. The "Step"
      value refers to the incremental number of output file time steps over which the value is statistically
      averaged. For example, a step length of 30 for daily data would be used to plot the 30-day geometric
      mean.

      The "Threshold" value is the value against which the parameter values are compared (typically a
      pollutant standard). The threshold value is displayed as a line on the statistical plot (y = threshold),
      and the statistical output summaries are based on this value. The "Step" and "Threshold" values are
      edited by entering a value directly into the appropriate  boxes. Click on the Refresh button to plot the
      threshold value and recalculate the exceedance statistics.
 Tip:   To view a plot of the original data (not the statistical plot), set the "Step" to 1 and the "Threshold"
        toO.
     The statistical output summaries are presented in the "File Information" section for each file. The
     summaries contain the following information:

     •   No. of Exceedances—the total number of periods in which the running mean (either arithmetic or
         geometric) is above the threshold value. A single exceedance may consist of a single day or
         multiple consecutive days.

     •   Maximum No. of Days—the total number of days in the longest single exceedance, or the period
         over which the threshold is exceeded for the most consecutive days.

     •   Minimum No. of Days—the total number of days in the shortest single exceedance, or the period
         over which the threshold is exceeded for the least consecutive days.

     •   Total No. of Days—the total number of days during which the threshold value is exceeded.

     •   Exceedance Percentage—the total number of days during which the threshold value is exceeded,
         divided by the total number of days in the period of time represented on the statistical plot.

     Negative and zero values in any data sets loaded are ignored during statistical calculations.
Tip:  The statistical output summary table can be saved to a file by selecting the Save Report option from
       the File menu heading.
                                                                                           10.14-7

-------
BASINS Version 2.0
        -t NPSM Poitpiocetsor - NPSM Postprocessor
                                                                        HEH3J
          NPSata
          BASINS Water
          QustyData
          USGS Flow
            Data

            PtW
           About..
Max:   aOQOe+IXE

~~~   2250
-------
                                                                         1O.14 View Time Series Output
       Click Close to close the window. The loading values, or areas under each curve, are also listed in the
       file information window in the "Area Under the Curve" column.
         Data Comparison
                            . ...   ....     ...   .   .   ..... ..
                     SBasinsMvlodelout\tmdl\20006008\PO_range 008]
                  t'fjr-i iTSjFw'"1-!? *  —- •" —T— -  — •""*••-  --
                              F)angslandj
         Sireilatior)2
           :iE:SBasins\ModeloutStmdl2\20006008\PO- ranqe.008].[PQQU
                                     7?*5T'-"7""i;"*' "sr^mr "i T*

                                                             v. ' „ซ'V^ -
                                                           *t A, Aซ  if if/ ^tซ
                                                               /-!'  ซl*il^
RifLiW^
i?^^,ซ ^  >'/;.•';   ji   % >x,  b-
' Simulation 2 loading = 9 8320e+OlO              ,          '      ,
                     w  -4^;^^';' ;;l^ ^lc?,i
 Iff ''^•v 3ftป  ~ jri*  **•ซ.ป  ซ *ป  ^
 (SinnulatiorปT -Simulation2j/Simulatic5n1
             W ^-^ฃ/ r*  '   '
                                                      -
                                        356%  Reducton
                                        '      ซ*"'  t
Close
        Screen 10.14.7
Printing Plots

The NPSM postprocessor can also print the plots displayed in the plot window. From the File menu heading,
select Print Preview to view the page layout (Screen 10.14.8). From this window, you can print, view multiple
pages, and zoom in or zoom out. To add a title to a plot, click Close to return to the NPSM postprocessor
window, click on the Edit menu heading, and select Title.

The plot can also be printed by  selecting Print from the File menu heading. Be sure that the proper printer
settings have been made (select Print Settings from the File menu heading).
                                                                                         10.14-9

-------
 BASINS Version 2.0
      Screen Screen 10.14.8
  TUTORIAL
     In the "View Time Series Output" window, click the Reaches radio button.
     Highlight Blacklick Cr.
     Select Graph to execute the NPSM postprocessor. The data file you have loaded is the
     BASINS\MODELOUT\TUTORIAL\REACHESRO_BLACK.012 file. From the "Plot(s) Selection"
     window, select this file and the parameter DQAL (Fecal Coll.), by highlighting it in the
     parameter box and clicking the < < button. Click OK. The file name and parameter will
     appear in the file information box.
     Change the x-axis time period to represent 1/1/1982 -12/31/1982.
     Click on the plot area to view the fecal coliform concentration on any given day.
     Change the "Statistical Method" to Geometric Mean, the Step Length to 30, and the Threshold
     to 200. Click Refresh. Change the y-axis Max. to 400. The plot now displays a line at the 200
     #/100 ml level and a plot of the 30-day geometric mean for fecal coliform for the year 1982.
     In the file information box, note the statistical information.
     In t/ie Plot manager,  remove the RO_Black.012 file. Click Remove.  Click Close.
     Use the NPSM Data button to load the PO_agric.OOO file in the
     BASINS\MODELOUT\TUTORIAL\ALLSHEDS directory. This file contains the total flow and total
     fecal coliform contributions from agricultural land in all subwatersheds.
10.14-10

-------
                                                                   10.14 View Time Series Output
TUTORIAL (cont)
•  Use the NPSM Data button to load the POJbres.OOO file in the
   BASINS\MODELOUT\TUTORIAL\ALLSHEDS directory. This file contains the total flow and total
   fecal coliform contributions from forest land in all subwatersheds.

•  Click the Plots button and select the parameter SOQUAL for these two files.

•  Change the x-axis time period to 1/1/1982 -12/31/1982.

•  Although the Data Comparison button is typically used to compare one simulation run to
   another, it can also be used to compare pollutant loadings from different land uses. Click the
   Data Comparison button. In the Simulation 1 box, select PO_agric.OOO. In the Simulation 2
   box, select POJbres.OOO. Note the total fecal coliform loadings from each land use (in the
   Simulation 1 loading and Simulation 2 loading boxes), the difference between the two
   loadings, and the reduction (which in this example represents the percent difference between
   loadings from the two land uses).

•  Exit the NPSM postprocessor to return to the "View Time Series Output" Window.
                                                                                 10.14-11

-------

-------
                                                                    10.15 Creating an NPSM Default File
10.15 Creating an NPSM Default File
It is highly recommended that all model parameter values be carefully considered and selected prior to
running NPSM. While the parameter values in the starter.def file included with the BASINS system will
permit the user to run the model, the values may not be representative of your region or watershed. This
section outlines the steps required to develop a custom default file from scratch or to modify an existing
default file.

    1.  Run NPSM as a stand-alone program, as described in Section 10.2. Or, if you are currently in the
       interface, be sure that no NPSM project is open. If a project is open, select Close from the Project
       menu heading.

   2.  From the Default menu heading, select New. Notice that only the following NPSM options become
       active during default file development: Save the current project, Reach Editor, Land Use Editor,
       NPSM Control Cards, Pollutant Selection Screen, and Input Data Editor.

   3.  In the Reach Editor, click the Add/Remove Reaches button. Add a reach by clicking the right
       mouse button while the cursor is in the table and selecting the appropriate option. Designate a Reach
       #, a Reach Name, and the # of Exits. The Watershed column does not need a value. Click OK to save
       the designations and continue. Click Done to exit the "Reach Editor" window.

   4.  In the Land Use Editor, add a land use by clicking the right mouse button while the cursor is in the
       table and selecting the appropriate option. Designate the land use name in the Land Name cell. If
       your text does not fit in the allocated space, click on the bar between the Land Name and Land Type
       column headings and extend the right side of the column to the right. Designate the land use as
       pervious or impervious. The radio buttons in the Land Type box at the top of the screen can be used
       to change the designation. The Area and Watershed columns do not need values. Add additional
       pervious and impervious land uses as necessary. Click OK to save the designations and continue.

   5.  In NPSM Control Cards, specify all HSPF modules for which you  will declare default values. It is a
       good idea to select all modules you expect to use, even if you currently do not plan to populate the
       database for certain modules.  Note that "Impervious Land" will not appear in the list if no
       impervious land uses were defined and "Pervious Land" will not appear if no pervious land uses
       were defined. Click Close to exit the "NPSM Control Cards" window.

   6.  In the Pollutant Selection Screen, specify all pollutants you intend to parameterize for modeling.
       Once again, it is a good idea to select all pollutants you expect to use, even if you do not plan to
       populate the database in its entirety. Click OK to save the designations and continue.

   7.  The most important step in creating a default file is designation of module settings and parameter
       values in the Input Data Editor. Be sure to populate all module settings and parameter values
       required for model execution in the PERLND (pervious land), EVIPLND (impervious land), and
       RCHRES (reaches) groups. After defining all module settings and parameter values associated with
       each land use, reach, and pollutant, click Done to save settings.
                                                                                          10.15-1

-------
 BASINS Version 2.0

Tip:

Refer to the "Input Data Editor" portion of the NPSM discussion (Section 10.11) for more specific
information related to entering and editing data.


Tip:


Appendix B of this manual contains an HSPFdata dictionary containing all
names, definitions, units, and minimum and maximum acceptable values.
resource for populating the "Input Data Editor".
HSPF parameter
This is a valuable

    8.  Click on the Save the current project button to save your default file. Be sure that the default file is
        assigned a .def extension. Usually, default files are saved in the BASINS\MODELS\NPSM directory.
   Tip:  You can also view and/or modify an existing NPSM default file by selecting Open from the Default
          menu heading.
10.15-2

-------
                                                                                   11 References
 Section 11
 References
 The following documents are recommended for assistance in watershed and water quality modeling
 applications.

 Bicknell, B.R., J.C. Imhoff, J. Kittle, A.S. Donigian, and R.C. Johansen. September 1996.
     Hydrological Simulation Program-FORTRAN, User's Manual for Release 11. U.S.
     Environmental Protection Agency, Environmental Research Laboratory, Athens, GA.

 Brown, L.C., and T.O. Barnwell, Jr. 1987. The Enhanced Stream Water Quality Models QUAL2E
     and QUAL2E-UNCAS: Documentation and User Manual. EPA 600/3-87/007. U.S.
     Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water, Washington, DC.

 Flynn, K.M., P. Hummel, A. Lumb, and J.L. Kittle. 1995. User's Manual for ANNIE, Version 2, A
     Computer Program for Interactive Hydrologic Data Management. Water-Resources
     Investigations Report 95-4085. U.S. Geological Survey, Reston, VA.

 Lahlou, M., L. Shoemaker, M. Paquette, J. Bio, S. Choudhury, R. Elmer, and F. Xia. 1996. Better
     Assessment Science Integrating Point and Nonpoint Sources, BASINS Version 1.0 User's
     Manual. EPA 823-R-96-001. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water,
     Washington, DC.

 Lumb, A.M., R.B. McCammon, and J.L. Kittle. 1994. Users Manual for an Expert System (HSPEXP)
    for Calibration of the Hydrological Simulation Program-FORTRAN.  Water-Resources
     Investigations Report 94-4168. U.S. Geological Survey, Reston, VA.

 Mills, W.B., B.B. Borcella, MJ. Ungs, S.A. Gherini, K.V. Summers, M. Lingsung, G.L. Rupp,
     G.L. Bowie, and D.A. Haith. 1985. Water Quality Assessment: A screening procedure for toxic
     and conventional pollutants in surface and ground water, Parts 1 and 2. EPA 600/6-85/002a,b.
     U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Environmental Research Laboratory, Athens, GA.

 Shoemaker, L., M. Lahlou, M. Bryer, D. Kumar, and K. Kratt. 1997. Compendium of Tools for
     Watershed Assessment and TMDL Development. EPA 841-B-97-006. U.S. Environmental
     Protection Agency, Office of Water, Washington, DC.

USEPA. 1985. Rates, Constants, and Kinetics Formulations in Surface Water Quality Modeling.
     2nd ed. EPA 600/3-85/040. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Environmental Research
    Laboratory, Athens, GA.

USEPA. 1995. QUAL2E Windows Interface User's Guide. EPA 823/B/95/003. U.S. Environmental
    Protection Agency, Office of Water, Washington, DC.

USEPA. 1997. Technical Guidance Manual for Developing Total Maximum Daily Loads, Book 2:
    Streams and Rivers, Part 1: Biochemical Oxygen Demand/Dissolved Oxygen and
    Nutrients/Eutrophication. EPA 823-B-97-002. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office
    of Water, Washington, DC.
                                                                                         11-1

-------

-------
                                                                   Appendix A GIS Data Dictionary
Appendix A
GIS Data Dictionary
BASINS is distributed on CDs with approximately 0.8 to 2 gigabytes of geographic and
environmental data per EPA region. Table A.I shows, in alphabetical order, all the BASINS data
products with the corresponding theme and related file names that are used to reference the
data within the BASINS GIS environment. This table is followed by a list of all field attributes
within each data product and their data definitions.

More detailed  documentation following the Federal Geographic Data Committee (FGDC)
metadata standard is available from EPA's Geospatial Data Clearing house
@http://nsdi.epa.gov/nsdi and www.epa.gov/ost/basins/metadata.htm
IIP
                                                                                     A-l

-------
BASINS Version 2.0
 Table A.1 BASINS Version 2.0 Data Products
 BASINS Data Product
 Theme Name
                                                                                                      File Name
 Bactena Monitoring Station's &Ji5ate VuTflrniaSIT*11"11 Bacteria Stations
 Related Table Names:
  Bacteria Data 70-74
  Bacteria Data 75-79
  Bacteria Data 80-84
  Bacteria Data 85-89
  Bacteria Data 90-94
  Bacteria Data 95-97
  Bacteria Parameter Table
                                                                                                     bc_stat.dbf
                                                                                                     bc_stat.shp
                                                                                                     bc_stat.shx

                                                                                                     bc_d7074.dbf
                                                                                                     bc_d7,579.dbf
                                                                                                     bc_d8084.dbf
                                                                                                     bc_d8589.dbf
                                                                                                     bc_d9094.dbf
                                                                                                     bc_d9597.dbf
                                                                                                     bc_parm.dbf
 Classified Shellfish Areas
  *    *,"'          	 : ,  ,,%,,,!  "i "„•
                     "
  Classified Shellfish Areas
                                                                                                     csa.dbf
                                                                                                     csa.shp
                                                                                                     csa.shx
Dam .Locations
                        f ""'"Hi,' .MS," ffl 'ปn'! j1*,, SBO1 S
                                                  1 Dam Locations
                                                    dam.dbf
                                                    dam.shp
                                                    dam.shx
 Digital Elevation rviodel
      "    "'  "  '    "
  DEM (CU)
                                                                                                     (cu).dbf
                                                                                                     (cu).shp
                                                                                                     (cu).shx
""""'	"!"!"'"""""' i, iiih ,, •. , "'f'.'' ~<- 4^ ^^^7^M H^^^^*f^S^mmi
 Drinking Water Supply (DWS) Sites
 ..' •".  ' " in IN*!!!.'!" i!!!!!!!!!!!'? i!!!.!!..!!!!1.. !!!*i J1!.!.'ป. 'i1!!!.!!ป!!*!" i... ll"1 'liii!11"1'!!!!!!!*!!!!!!!!!!1"!!!!!!!!;:'^!!*!!!"*1!!!!!1!!!!!!!!1!!
                                      I HUKi* (*ซ '"BBlUIBJk* iW*1 n™1!
 • Drinking Water Supply Sites
     r.,1:	;•!:;,' • -.:;•'	„:,;.<	&^
   	 ซ|i	I-*1   • •'	-•- ii1	,	**
                                                                                                     dws.dbf
                                                                                                     dws.shp
                                                                                                     dws.shx
 EPA Regions
               •	fi111	f	ui1™	'i i, -	!ซ,:ซ''
  EPA Region Boundaries
                                                                                                     epa_reg.dbf
                                                                                                     epa_reg.shp
                                                                                                     epa_reg.shx
- -,-. -TKJ-.J*	I, ;,
Gage Sites
                                                    USGS Gage Stations
                                                    gage.dbf
                                                    gage.shp
                                                    gage.shx
- 'HydrSog1cTl5nฅBoundaries

 :"	:;:	*;.••':•."•'•<	'•	I	fv^
 . ,'	i,;f .i,:.!,:,',,:	c & ;&•:.ฃ.
   	' 	-i	!	 V;	-'M-,	-.ป
	 ."'M'1 ':|	full	.ll'll*	I1'1""  ' t'.iir	Jill:1!!	rll'illl'IJ!1!;"!" .I'llllllWI
 :;•	%*ft$.-\	st*	Ff
-i	:^..s|ir:i;.:!g ."(.-a	;.	|	a!:/1;;,;.(
 ':	!,;!-,':•!;•! I'll	*	:,	 T^.;
     • i,*	;l!	•  r	iiirii.j	i'iii"|W"l|!' 'ih iil'iii.'iniHii
     	ii;;;	;,Iw	;	'•+&ฃ&&'
1 Accounting Unit Boundaries
  Cataloging Unit Boundaries
                                                   Cataloging Unit Codes
                                                                                                     acc.dbf
                                                                                                     acc.shp
                                                                                                     acc.shx
                                                                                                     cat.dbf
                                                                                                     catshp
                                                                                                     catshx
                                                                                                     catpt.dbf
                                                                                                     catptshp
                                                                                                     catptshx
        i	;	^	•iS	!$mSBBm
                                                   Industrial Facilities Discharge Sites
                                                    ifd.dbf
                                                    ifd.shp
                                                    ifd.shx
 " '   =.ซp|p|=l,T TijIRiT-	j,,,'	I	;l,j|	•;:ป'Ijl	JiiNH	"il(|||l|,f IMJIJIIIII..!lปIJIII|!ซllp||.l|i!.lป l!lปIXi.!lpllll!ปl;|'f
 Land Use and Land Cover
 '.. '"''' ,,,i!' Jf!	IHIII1	|	I ปi|i!'l!'!!l"l||.,,,'	' llnilll	|n, II i, "|| HI.	]l|illlli""liiiiillll!	iliriil!]j|fjlปi|:" .|f "If'f ;j; 'j]'**', 'ปW*1!
                                                    L (USGS Quadrangle Name)
                                                     lulcndx.dbf
                                                     lulcndx.shp
                                                     lulcndx.shx
                                                     l_(quad).dbf
                                                     l_(quad).shp
                                                     l_(quad).shx
A-2

-------
Table A.1 (continued)
BASINS Data Product
of Fish and Wildlife Advisories -
Related Table Names:
_-___ , ^ _
Related Table Names:
^Major Roads
•ป"-ปซ. " < *•
^^^ed'Area Database"
^nerpls Availably .System/Mineral Industry
||mtellWS/MtLS)
-5 ..ir*- *ป
•Nj^opjai^ater Quality Assessment Study Unit
Soundanes
^^JSi^pentllnventory (NSI) Stations &
tg|tabase_ _ v ,.„... .
mS^^^** ^? *ฃ -"' f%
Related Table Names:
— ^ ~-r4 -,•"ป/ i
c j"
*^^h File, Version 1 (RFl) , *
Hs?ป "^ ** ^
t? •* ปr~ •
w ! r * i
•I'-^r1 ^5 -i
|Ma>h Rle, Version 3 (RF3) Alpha
88*>/" • ^ ^ . *ซ""''"
4C- ^ - , ,'* _:
Theme Name
Rsh and Wildlife Advisory (1996)rlndex
Rsh and Wildlife Advisory (1996)-b'sting
Water Quality Criteria Table
State Agency Codes
Standard Industrial Classification Codes
Major Roads
TI
Managed Area Database
i
Mineral Data
Tf
1
NAWQA Study Unit Boundaries
National Sediment Inventory Stations
NSI Biotoxicity Data
NSI Tissue Residue Data
NSI Reference Values
NSI Sediment Chemistry Data
NSI Watershed Summary Data
Permit Compliance System
Permitted Discharges 1991
Permitted Discharges 1992
Permitted Discharges 1993
Permitted Discharges 1994
Permitted Discharges 1995
Permitted Discharges 1996
Permitted Discharges Parameter Table
PCS Code Description
Place Names - (state postal abbreviation)
Reach Rle, VI
Reach Rle, V3
Rle Name
Ifwa96.dbf
Ifwa96add.dbf
wqcriter.dbf
storetag.dbf
siadbf
fhards.dbf
fhards.shp
fhards.shx
mad.dbf
mad.shp
mad.shx
mines.dbf
mines.shp
mines.shx
nawqa.dbf
nawqa.shp
nawqa.shx
nsi.dbf
nsi.shp
nsLshx
nsi_bio.dbf
nsi_tis.dbf
nsi_ref.dbf
nsi_sed.dbf
nsi wsh.dbf
pcs.dbf
pcs.shp
pcs.shx
pcsld91.dbf
pcsld92.dbf
pcsld93.dbf
pcsld94.dbf
pcsld95.dbf
pcsld96.dbf
pcs_prm.dbf
pcs code.dbf
(ST)ppl.dbf
(ST)ppl.shp
(ST)ppl.shx
rfl.dbf
rfl.shp
rfl.shx
(cu).dbf
(cu).shp
(cu).shx
A-3

-------
BASINS Version 2.0
 Table A.1 (continued)
 BASINS Data Product
                                               Theme Name
                                               Hazardous and Solid Waste Sites
 s	,!	dNHHft	,	         	i	si
                                            .';  County Names
                                                                                             File Name
                                              rcris.dbf
                                              rcris.shp
                                              rcris.shx
                                              stdbf
                                              stshp
                                              st.shx
                                              cnty.dbf
                                              cnty.shp
                                              cnty.shx
                                              cntypt.dbf
                                              cntyptshp
                                              cntyptshx
National Priority List Sites
              KepilpllFlsTIfSGO)" Database" ™ '" State Soil
                                     i  i( 14i    i
Related Table Names:
                                               Soil Component Data
                                               Soil Layer Data
 sJb?dclffeS)^nfev^                   	":Toxic Release Inventory
 Related Table Names:
TRI Air Emission Data 1987
TRI Air Emission Data 1988
TRI Air Emission Data 1989
TRI Air Emission Data 1990
TRI Air Emission Data 1991
TRI Air Emission Data 1992
TRI Air Emission Data 1993
TRI Air Emission Data 1994
TRI Air Emission Data 1995
TRI Land Release Data 1987
TRI Land. Release Data 1988
TRI Land Release Data 1989
TRI Land Release Data 1990
TRI Land Release Data 1991
TRI Land Release Data 1992
TRI Land Release Data 1993
TRI Land Release Data 1994
TRI Land Release Data 1995
TRI POTW Data 1991
TRI POTW Data 1992
TRI POTW Data 1993
TRI POTW Data 1994
TRI POTW Data 1995
TRI Underground Injection Data 1987
TRI Underground Injection Data 1988
TRI Underground Injection Data 1989
                                                                                             cerclis.dbf
                                                                                             cerclis.shp
                                                                                             cerclis.shx
                                              statsgo.dbf
                                              statsgo.shp
                                              statsgo.shx
                                              statsgoc.dbf
                                              statsgol.dbf
                                                                                            tri.dbf
                                                                                            tri.shp
                                                                                            tri.shx

                                                                                            tri_ai87.dbf
                                                                                            tri_ai88.dbf
                                                                                            tri_ai89.dbf
                                                                                            tri_ai90.dbf
                                                                                            tri_ai91.dbf
                                                                                            tri_ai92.dbf
                                                                                            tri_ai93.dbf
                                                                                            tri_ai94.dbf
                                                                                            tri_ai95.dbf
                                                                                            tri_lr87.dbf
                                                                                            tri_lr88.dbf
                                                                                            tri_lr89.dbf
                                                                                            tri_lr90.dbf
                                                                                            tri_lr91.dbf
                                                                                            tri_lr92.dbf
                                                                                            tri_lr93.dbf
                                                                                            tri_lr94.dbf
                                                                                            tri_lr95.dbf
                                                                                            tri_pw91.dbf
                                                                                            tri_pw92.dbf
                                                                                            tri_pw93.dbf
                                                                                            tri_pw94.dbf
                                                                                            tri_pw95.dbf
                                                                                            tri_ui87.dbf
                                                                                            tri_ui88.dbf
                                                                                            tri  ui89.dbf
 A-4

-------
Appendix A GIS Data Dictionary
Table A.1 (continued)
BASINS Data Product
Related Table Names (cont):















fOrbanized Areas

9 itr? ~- v ' - <-
f-Sl'^f^ \ ~* ~ ? - t ,, ^ -
,'ti -V,, "" * - _ " ** -
fp#~* ""-ป• '"*'_-* T " " *^;
t$ t' ,. " ป-u V
||Vater Quality Monitoring Stations & Data
|งMWm-a-r|es,
t***""™ - _-
Related Table Names:






Heater Quality Stations and Observation Data
P-** "- " " " , '
: ~^~ " " , 1
Related Table Names:

%ga1jjer Data Stations & Database (sample set)
_* * -"
B^'-'C'-*,; '-, ~ 1
{Weatherstation Sites
g^*^^^,(i * ป-

slifeiL"5* " - •* "
" '
SileiH, ป k ,. _ ^
mL 1 ป _I ^ "1
&9^6, Clean Water Needs Survey
•^SC-^r * r ~2 _ • r
^1^^"- ,,
Theme Name
TRI Underground Injection Data 1990
TRI Underground Injection Data 1991
TRI Underground Injection Data 1992
TRI Underground Injection Data 1993
TRI Underground Injection Data 1994
TRI Underground Injection Data 1995
TRI Water Discharge Data 1987
TRI Water Discharge Data 1988
TRI Water Discharge Data 1989
TRI Water Discharge Data 1990
TRI Water Discharge Data 1991
TRI Water Discharge Data 1992
TRI Water Discharge Data 1993
TRI Water Discharge Data 1994
TRI Water Discharge Data 1995
TRI Parameter Table
, Urban Area Boundaries

t

- Urban Area Names

T
* Water Quality Stations
.

Water Quality Data 70-74
Water Quality Data 75-79
Water Quality Data 80-84
Water Quality Data 85-89
Water Quality Data 90-94
Water Quality Data 95-97
Water Quality Parameter Table
Water Quality Observation Stations
i
S

Water Quality Observation Data Table
Water Quality Observation Parameter Table
Weather Data Stations

*>
Weather Station Area
1
,
" Weather Station Sites


1996 Clean Water Needs Survey


File Name
tri_ui90.dbf
tri ui91.dbf
tri ui92.dbf
tri ui93.dbf
tri ui94.dbf
tri ui95.dbf
tri wd87.dbf
tri wdSS.dbf
tri wd89.dbf
tri wd90.dbf
tri wd91.dbf
tri wd92.dbf
tri wd93.dbf
tri wd94.dbf
tri_wd95.dbf
tri_parm.dbf
urban.dbf

urban.shp
urban.shx
urban_nm.dbf
urbanjim.shp
urban nm.shx
wq_stat.dbf
wq_stat.shp
wq_stat.shx
wq d7074.dbf
wq d7579.dbf
wq d8084.dbf
wq d8589.dbf
wq d9094.dbf
wq_d9597.dbf
wq_parm.dbf
wqobs.dbf
wqobs.shp
wqobs.shx
(cu).dbf
wqobs_prm.dbf
wdm.dbf
wdm.shp
wdm.shx
met_stat.dbf
met_stat.shp
met_stat.shx
metptdbf
metptshp
metptshx
1996cwns.dbf
1996cwns.shp
1996cwns.shx
                       A-5

-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Data Product: Bacteria Monitoring Stations & Data Summaries
Theme Name: Bacteria Stations
Field Name
SHAPE
ID

STATION
AGENCY
LOCATION
CU
SEG
MILEP
ONOFF
COUNTY
STFIPS
STATE
LONG
LAT
TYPE
STCOF1PS
BACID
BCU
Description
ArcView internal field
BASINS assigned unique identifier based on station and agency
codes
station code
agency code
description of location
cataloging unit code
Reach File, VI segment number
Reach Rle, VI mile point
on/off reach indicator
county name
state FIPS code
state postal abbreviation
longitude
latitude
station type
state and county FIPS code
BASINS assigned number
BASINS assigned cataloging unit
 Data Product: Bacteria Monitoring Stations & Data Summaries
 Related Table Name: Bacteria Data 70-74,75-79,80-84,85-89, 90-94,95-97
 Field Name
 ID

 STATION
 AGENCY
 BACID
 PARAMETER
 NOOBS
 MEAN
 A15TH_P
 A25TH_P
 A50TH_P
 A75TH_P
 A85TH_P
 STD
 BCU
Description
BASINS assigned unique identifier based on station and agency
codes
station code
agency code
BASINS assigned number
EPA STORET parameter code
number of observations
mean value
15th percentile value
25th percentile value
50th percentile value
75th percentile value
85th percentile value
standard deviation
BASINS assigned cataloging unit
 Data Product: Bacteria Monitoring Stations & Data Summaries
 Related Table Name: Bacteria Parameter Table
 Field Name
 PARM_CODE
 PARM_NAME
 UNITS
 Description
 EPA STORET parameter code
 parameter name
 units
 A-6

-------
                                                                     Appendix A GIS Data Dictionary
 SAMPLEJYP
 UP_REF_LVL
 LW_REF_LVL
 UNKNOWN
 REF LVLSRC
 sample type
 upper reference level
 lower reference level
 type of standard
 reference level source
 Data Product: Classified Shellfish Areas
 Theme Name: Classified Shellfish Areas
Field Name
SHAPE
AREA
PERIMETER
ELEMENT
STATE
CHARTJD
POLYNAME
CLASS
UNIQUE_
WATERQTY
ADMIN
NOSURVEY
CONSERV
RESTRICT
POINT_P
POINT_A
IMPOINT_P
NPOINT_A
UPSTRM_P
UPSTRM_A
POLLTYPE
INDUSTRY
WWT
COMBINED
OTHER_DD
MARINAS
BOATING
INDI_WWT
URBAN
FEEDLOTS
OTHER_AG
WILDLIFE
UPSTREAM
SURVEY
UPGRADE
RESTORE
COMMENTS
RAZORCLM
SURFCLAM
SEASCALL
 Description
 ArcView internal field
 area of polygon in map units
 perimeter of polygon in map units
 geographic element
 two-letter state abbreviation
 NOAA nautical chart number
 shellfish growing water name
 classification of growing water
 unique nine digit identification code
 harvest limited classification from water quality
 harvest limited classification-admin, decision
 harvest limited classification-incomplete survey
 harvest limited classification-conserv. measures
 list of harvest limited classification reasons
 potential point source pollution
 actual point source pollution
 potential nonpoint source pollution
 actual nonpoint source pollution
 potential upstream pollution
 actual upstream pollution
 lists point, nonpoint, & upstream pollution sources
 point source pollution from  industrial sources
 point source pollution-wastewater treatment plants
 point source pollution-combined sewer overflows
 point source pollution from  direct discharges
 point source pollution from  marinas
 point source pollution from  boating
 nonpoint source pollution-wastewater treat, system
 nonpoint source pollution from urban runoff
 nonpoint source pollution from livestock feeding
 nonpoint source pollution from agricultural land
 nonpoint source pollution-high wildlife concentr.
stream-borne contaminants
source data Sanitary Survey number
potential for upgrading classification
current restoration activities
 additional information
 abundance of razor clams
 abundance of surf clams
 abundance of sea  scallops
                                                                                        A- 7

-------
BASINS Version 2.0
NATIVELC
ASIANCLM
OLYMOYST
FOOLMUS
MUSSELS
EASTOYST
BAYSCALL
BSKTCOCK
RIBBMUSS
RANGEICLM
MANILCLM
OCEANQUA
MYTILIDA
KUMAOYST
HORSECLM
BLUEMUSS
GEODUCK
SOFTCLAM
BUTTRCLM
PACIFOYS
CALIFMUS
HARDCLAM
AREA SQ_M
PERIMTRJV1
AREA_ACRES
CAP CODE
CAF~NAME
CAF~NAMEA
CLASSA
REGION
LAND
ST_FIPS
ST_NAME
ST ABBR
CAFJ.EGEND

Data Product: Dam Locations
Theme Name: Dam Locations

Reid Name
SHAPE
NIDJD
STATE
DAM_NAME
OTHER_NAME
HAZARDS
EAP
STATE_NAME
CONG_DIST
COUNTY
abundance of native littleneck clams
abundance of asian clams
abundance of Olympic oysters
abundance of foolish mussels
abundance of mussels
abundance of eastern oysters
abundance of bay scallops
abundance of basket cockle clams
abundance of ribbed mussels
abundance of rangia clams
abundance of manila clams
abundance of ocean quahog
abundance of other mussel species
abundance of kumamoto oysters
abundance of horseneck clams
abundance of blue mussels
abundance of geoduck clams
abundance of softshell clams
abundance of butter clams
abundance of pacific oysters
abundance of California mussels
abundance of hard clarns
shellfish-growing water area in square meters
shellfish-growing water perimeter in meters
shellfish-growing water area in acres
NOAA Coastal Assessment Framework Estuary code
NOAA Coastal Assessment Framework Estuary name
unknown
NOAA EDA or CDA classification code
NOAA Coastal Assessment Framework Region code
mainland or island classification code
two-digit state FIPS code
state name
two-letter state abbreviation
NOAA EDA or CDA name for ArcView legend use
Description
ArcView internal field
National Inventory of Dams identification number
two-letter state abbreviation
official dam name
other common name or reservoir name
potential hazard to downstream area
emergency action plan for dam
name of state in which dam is located
congressional district in which dam is located
county in which dam is located
A-8

-------
                                                                   Appendix A GIS Data Dictionary
 NEAR_CITY
 DIST_CI7Y
 RIVER
 PRM_PURPOS
 NID_DAMTP
 YEAR_COMPL
 NIDJHEIGHT
 NID_STOR

 DAM_LENGTH
 MAX_DISCH
 OWNER
 OWNJYPE
 STATE_AGCY
 FED_AGCY
 NONFED_DAM
 SECT_TOWN
 PURPOSE
 DAMJTYPE
 DAM_HEIGHT
 HYDR_HGT
 STRUCT_HGT
 NORM_STOR
 MAX_STOR
 SURF_AREA
 DRAIN_AREA
 SP1LL_TYPE
 SPILL_WDTH
 NUM_LOCKS
 LOCK_LEN
 LOCK_WIDTH
 VOLUME
 INSP_DATE
 PHASEIJNS
 FD_CONSTRC
 FD_DESIGN
 FD_FUNDING
 FDJNSPECT
 FD_OPERATE
 FD_OTHER
 FD_OWNER
 FD_REGULAT
SUPP_FED
SUPP_DATE
SOURCE_AGCY
SOURCE_DATE
SOURCEJD
LONGITUDE_X
LATITUDE Y
 name of nearest downstream city
 distance from dam to nearest downstream city
 official name of river on which dam is built
 primary purpose for which reservoir is used
 type of dam
 year original main  dam structure was completed
 calculated single height value in feet
 calculated maximum value from normal storage and maximum
 storage value used to obtain single storage value in acre-ft
 dam length
 maximum discharge in cubic feet per second
 owner of dam
 owner type
 state agency with regulatory or approval authority
 federal agency involvement in the dam
 federal or nonfederal dam location
 dam location in terms of section, township, and range
 purpose for which  reservoir is used
 type of dam
 dam height in feet
 hydraulic height in  feet
 structural height in feet
 normal storage in acre-feet
 maximum storage in acre-feet
 surface area of impoundment-normal retention level in acres
 drainage area of dam in square miles
 type of spillway
 width of spillway in feet
 number of existing navigation locks
 length of primary navigation lock in feet
 width of primary navigation lock in feet
 cubic yards of materials used in dam structure
 date of most recent inspection
 Phase I Inspection  Program
federal agency involved in construction of dam
federal agency involved in design of dam
federal agency involved in funding of dam
federal agency involved in inspection of dam
federal agency involved in operation of dam
federal agency involved in other aspects of dam
federal agency that owns/partly owns dam
federal agency involved in regulation of dam
federal agency providing field  data
date of transmittal
federal or state agency that provided field data
date of transmittal
official agency identification number for dam
dam longitude in decimal degrees
dam latitude  in decimal degrees
                                                                                     A-9

-------
BASINS Version 2.0
RPS_STATE
F1PS_CNTY
ECU
FIPS code used by US Census Bureau for state
FIPS code used by US Census Bureau for county
BASINS assigned cataloging unit
Data Product: Digital Elevation Model
Theme Name: DEM (CU)
Field Name
SHAPE
ELEVJ/I
ELEV FT
Description
ArcView internal field
land surface elevation in meters
land surface elevation in feet
Data Product: Drinking Water Supply (DWS) Sites
Theme Name: Drinking Water Supply Sites
Field Name
SHAPE
AREA
PERIMETER
TMP_B_
TMP_B ID
DWS_"
DWS ID
STCO~
LATDD
LONGDD
CTY
CNN
STA
FQMINV
MILES
TYPE
OWN
NAME
WUN
PAVGF
POPSV
ACCURACY
BREACH
BFIPS
Description
ArcView internal field
degenerate area of point in map units
degenerate perimeter of point in map units
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
state and county FIPS code
site latitude in decimal degrees
site longitude in decimal degrees
name of the city where the facility is located
name of the county where the facility is located
abbreviation for state where facility is located
reach number where the facility is located
mile point on reach where the facility is located
facility type-"S"surface water or "G" ground water
facility owned by individual or municipality
facility name
facility owner name
average facility flow in GPD
population served by the facility
accuracy code for longitude/latitude of facility
BASINS assigned Reach File, VI reach number
BASINS assigned state and county FIPS code
Data Product: EPA Regions
Theme Name: EPA Regional Boundaries
Reid Name
SHAPE
AREA
PERIMETER
EPA_REG_
EPA_REG_ID
EPAREG
LABEL  REG
Description
ArcView internal field
area of polygon in map units
perimeter of polygon in map units
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
U.S. EPA region number
U.S. EPA region number (Roman numeral)
A-io

-------
                                                                  Appendix A GIS Data Dictionary
 Data Product: Gage Sites
 Theme Name: USGS Gage Sites
 Field Name
 SHAPE
 AREA
 PERIMETER
 GAGE_
 GAGEJD
 AGCY
 STCO
 LATDD
 LONGDD
 REACH
 NAME
 MNFLO
 SVTEN
 JAN
 FEB
 MAR
 APR
 MAY
 JUN
 JUL
 AUG
 SEP
 OCT
 NOV
 DEC
 ACCURACY
 BREACH
 BFIPS
 Description
 ArcView internal field
 degenerate area of point in map units
 degenerate perimeter of point in map units
 Arclnfo internal field
 Arclnfo internal field
 identifying agency and gage number
 state and county FIPS code
 latitude of the gage in decimal degrees
 longitude of the gage in decimal degrees
 Reach File, VI reach number gage location
 name of reach
 mean stream flow in cfs
 seven/ten stream low flow in cfs
 mean stream flow for month of January in cfs
 mean stream flow for month of February in cfs
 mean stream flow for month of March in cfs
 mean stream flow for month of April in cfs
 mean stream flow for month of May in cfs
 mean stream flow for month of June in cfs
 mean stream flow for month of July in cfs
 mean stream flow for month of August in cfs
 mean stream flow for month of September in cfs
 mean stream flow for month of October in cfs
 mean stream flow for month of November in  cfs
 mean stream flow for month of December in  cfs
 accuracy code for latitude and longitude of gage
 BASINS assigned Reach File, VI reach number
 BASINS assigned state and county FIPS code
Data Product: Hydrologic Unit Boundaries
Theme Name: Accounting Unit Boundaries
Field Name
SHAPE
AREA
PERIMETER
ACC_
ACCJD
ACC
NAME
Description
ArcView internal field
area of polygon in map units
perimeter of polygon in map units
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
accounting unit number
name of accounting unit
Data Product: Hydrologic Unit Boundaries
Theme Name: Cataloging Unit Boundaries
Field Name
SHAPE
AREA
Description
ArcView internal field
area of polygon in map units
                                                                                    A-ll

-------
 BASINS Version 2.0
 PERIMETER
 TMP_B_
 TMP_B_1D
 CAT_
 CAT  ID
 PLYTYPE
 HUC
 WORKS
 ACCJJNIT
 CU
 BEXT
 CRS1
 perimeter of polygon in map units
 Arclnfo internal field
 Arclnfo internal field
 Arclnfo internal field
 Arclnfo internal field
 polygon type
 cataloging unit code (numeric)
 disregard data element
 accounting unit code
 cataloging unit code (character)
 BASINS internal field
 BASINS internal field
 Data Product: Hydrologic Unit Boundaries
 Theme Name: Cataloging Unit Codes
 Field Name
 SHAPE
 AREA
 PERIMETER
 CAT.
 CATJD
 HUC
 ACC
 NAME
 CU
 BEXT
 CRS1
 Description
 ArcView internal field
 area of polygon in map units
 perimeter of polygon in map units
 ArcView internal field
 disregard data element
 cataloging unit code (numeric)
 accounting unit code
 name of cataloging unit
 cataloging unit code (character)
 BASINS internal field
 BASINS internal field
 Data Product: Industrial Facilities Discharge (IFD) Sites
 Theme Name: Industrial Facilities Discharge Sites
 Reid Name
 SHAPE
 AREA
 PERIMETER
 TMP_B_
 TMP_B_ID
 IFD_
 IFDJD
 NPD
 NAM
 ADR
 CTY
 STA
 ZIP
 LAT
 LONG
 STCOFIPS
 NDC
 FRW
Description
ArcView internal field
area of polygon in map units
perimeter of polygon in map units
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
NPDES number
facility name
facility address
facility city
facility state abbreviation
facility ZIP code
facility latitude in decimal degrees
facility longitude in decimal degrees
state and county FIPS code
number of discharges from the facility
receiving water name
A-12

-------
                                                                   Appendix A GIS Data Dictionary
 FCU
 FSG
 FHF
 FFL
 FS1
 FS2
 FS3
 FS4
 FS5
 MAJOR
 MILES
 XEGS
 E308SN
 EGF
 EGS
 ACCURACY
 FLOW
 CU
 BREACH
 BFIPS
 CUSEG
 facility cataloging unit code
 facility reach file segment number
 facility hit flag indicating facility discharges to a reach
 discharge flow in thousands of gallons per day
 facility SIC from PCS
 SIC code 2
 SIC code 3
 SIC code 4
 SIC code 5
 major/minor flag (from PCS)
 facility reach file mile point
 effluent guidelines subcategory index
 effluent guidelines survey number
 effluent guidelines flow thousands of gallons/day
 effluent guidelines subcategory code
 accuracy code for facility latitude and longitude
 discharge flow in thousands of gallons per day
 cataloging unit code
 BASINS assigned Reach File, VI reach number
 BASINS assigned state and county FIPS code
 Reach File, VI reach number
Data Product: Land Use and Land Cover
Theme Name: Land Use Index
Field Name
SHAPE
AREA
PERIMETER
LULCNDX#_
LULCNDX#_I
COVERNAME
COVNAME
QNAME
EPA_REG
CREATE_DAT
VERIFY_DAT
COMMENTl
Description
ArcView internal field
area of polygon in map units
perimeter of polygon in map units
ArcView internal field
disregard data element
coverage name
alternate coverage name
quadrangle name
U.S. EPA region number
date coverage was created
date coverage was verified
comments concerning the coverage
Data Product: Land Use and Land Cover
Theme Name: L_(USGS Quadrangle Map Name, e.g., L_BANGME)
Field Name
SHAPE
AREA
PERIMETER
L_(QUAD)_
L_(QUAD)_I
LUCODE
LEVEL2
Description
ArcView internal field
area of polygon in map units
perimeter of polygon in map units
ArcView assigned polygon ID
disregard data element
Anderson level 1 land use code
Anderson level II land use code
                                                                                     A-13

-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Data Product: Listing of Fish and Wildlife Advisories
Related Table Name: Fish and Wildlife Advisory (1996)-lndex
Field Name
WATERBODY
STATE
REGION
ADV_EXTENT
ISSUER
ADVJYPE
ADVNUM
ADVINDEX
DATE_RESCI
COUNT
ADV_STATUS
ADV SIZE
YEAR
Description
name of waterbody where advisory is applied
two-letter state code used by US Postal Service
EPA region code
geographic extent of advisory
agency type that issued the advisory
waterbody type that the advisory is located on
unique number assigned to  advisory
advisory index
date the advisory was rescinded
count
advisory status
advisory size in miles for river advisories, acres for lake advisories.
year the entry in the source  was updated
Data Product: Listing of Rsh and Wildlife Advisories
Related Table Name: Fish and Wildlife Advisory (1996)-Listing
Reid Name
ADVNUM
POLLUTANT
SPECIES
POPULATION
STATUS
DATE_RESCI
YEAR
Description
unique number assigned to advisory
name of pollutant associated with the advisory
name of fish or wildlife associated with the advisory
type of popolation affected in the advisory
advisory status
date the advisory was rescinded
year the entry in the source was updated
Data Product: Lookup Tables
Related Table Name: Water Quality Criteria Table
Field Name
PARM_CODE
CAS_NUMBER
PARM NAME
SAMPLEJYP
UNITS
FRES_ACUTE
FRES_CHRON
MARI_ACUTE
MAR!_CHRON
HHPC_WATER

HHPCJDRGAN

HHRV_WATER

HHRV_ORGAN

DR WTR MCL
Description
EPA STORET parameter code
Chemical Abstract Service number
parameter name
sample type
units
threshold value (standard) for acute freshwater
threshold value (standard) for chronic freshwater
threshold value (standard) for acute marine
threshold value (standard) for chronic marine
threshold value (standard) for human health (published criteria) in
water
threshold value (standard) for human health (published criteria) in
organic tissue
threshold value (standard) for human health (recalculated value) in
water
threshold value (standard) for human health (recalculated value) in
organic tissue
drinking water maximum contaminant level
A-14

-------
                                                                    Appendix A G/S Data Dictionary
 UNKNOWN
 REF LVL SRC
 unknown
 reference level source
 Data Product: Lookup Tables
 Related Table Name: STORET Agency Codes
 Field Name
 AGENCY
 PROGRAM
 CONTACT
 PHONE
 Description
 agency code
 name of program
 contact person
 telephone number
 Data Product: Lookup Tables
 Related Table Name: Standard Industrial Classification Codes
 Field Name
 SICJ.987
 SIC_NAME
 NAICSJ.997
 NAICS_NAME

 Data Product: Major Roads
 Theme Name: Major Roads

 Field Name
 SHAPE
 FNODE_
 TNODE_
 LPOLY_
 RPOLY_
 LENGTH
 FHARDS_
 FHARDSJD
 RECTYPE
 VERSION
 RECID
 SOURCE
 STFIPS
 CTFIPS
 ORNLJD
 LGURB
 SMURB
 FNODE
 TNODE
 SIGN1
 SIGN2
 SIGNS
 LNAME
 MILES
 KM
 FACTYPE
TOLL
 Description
 1987 Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) code
 SIC name
 1997 North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) code
 NAICS name
Description
ArcView internal field
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
length of line segment in coverage units
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
character which defines type of file from dataset
file version number
unique line identification number
flag used to identify original source of coordinate information
two-digit state FIPS code
three-digit county FIPS code
Oakridge National Laboratory assigned identifier
large urbanized area
adjusted small urban area
record in node file that corresponds to starting position of link
record in node file that corresponds to ending position of link
primary sign route
alternate sign route
alternate sign route
name or identification for the link
accurate measurement in miles of link chain
accurate measurement in kilometers of link chain
permissible flow of traffic over the link
links with one or more toll features
                                                                                      A-15

-------
  BASINS Version 2.0
  LANES
  ACONTROL
  MEDIAN
  SURFACE
  FCLASS
  ACLASS
  RUCODE
  STATUS
  NHS
  STRAHNET
  TRANSAM
 number of lanes in both directions
 degree of access control to link from adjoining roads
 type of median
 predominant surface
 assigned functional class of each link
 administrative class associated with the link
 rural/urban classification
 availability of link to through traffic
 subnetwork for proposed National Highway System
 special subnetwork for Strategic Highway Corridor Network
 special subnetwork for the Trans-America Corridor
 Data Product: Managed Area Database
 Theme Name: Managed Area Database
 Field Name
 SHAPE
 AREA
 PERIMETER
 MAD_POLY_ID
 MAD_POLY_ID
 SITE_CODE
 SITE_CODE2
 SITE_CODE3
 AREANAME
 AREANAME2
 AREANAME3
 CMCCODE
 LAT
 LONG
 ISLATLON
 DESIGNATE
 DESIGNATE2
 DESIGNATES
 LUCNCAT

 LUCNCAT2

 LUCNCAT3

 GAPCAT
 GAPCAT2
 GAPCAT3
 SIZE
 YEAR
 REALM
 PROVINCE
 BIOME
 STATE
 SOURCE
 AVSORT
 Description
 ArcView internal field
 degenerate area of point in map units
 degenerate perimeter of point in map units
 Arclnfo internal field
 Arclnfo internal field
 unique number for each area for database relations
 unique number for each area for database relations
 unique number for each area for database relations
 proper name of each managed area represented
 alternate name of each managed area represented
 alternate name of each managed area represented
 unused WCMC variable
 latitudinal location
 longitudinal location
 unused WCMC variable
 designation type for each managed area
 designation type for each managed area
 designation type for each managed area
 code used by WCMC representing level of protection status for each
 designation type
 code used by WCMC representing level of protection status for each
 designation type
 code used by WCMC representing level of protection status for each
 designation type
 level of management based on GAP program
 level of management based on GAP program
 level of management based on GAP program
 area size as published  by WCMC
year of area establishment as published by WCMC
 unused WCMC variable
 unused WCMC variable
 unused WCMC variable
state in which area is located
map source where the  polygon borders were taken
condensed list of management designations
A-16

-------
                                                                   Appendix A GIS Data Dictionary
 Data Product: Minerals Available System/Mineral Industry Location (MAS/MILS)
 Theme Name: Mineral Data
 Field Name
 SHAPE
 LAT
 LON
 SEQ_NUM
 STATE
 COUNTY
 NAME
 TYPE
 CURR_STAT
 ELEVATION
 DATUM

 ZONE
 RIVER
 HUG
 YEAR_LAST
 COMPANY
 MINE_MET
 MILLJvlET
 COM1
 MOC1
 COM2
 MOC2
 COM3
 MOC3
 COM4
 MOC4
 COM5
 MOC5
 SIC
 ECU
 Description
 ArcView internal field
 latitude in decimal degrees
 longitude in decimal degrees
 unique identifier referencing info pertaining to a mineral property
 state in which mine is located
 county in which mine is located
 name of mineral deposit or mining operation
 type of existing/proposed/past type of operation
 operating status of site at time of last modification
 elevation of mine in meters
 datum of elevation provides for elevations to be expressed above or
 below either sea level or a local datum.
 UTM zone number
 name of river basin
 hydrologic unit code
 year of last production
 principle owner/company name identified with operation
 most predominant mining method at site
 most predominant milling method at site
 name of one of the commodities found at site
 modifier of the commodity
 name of one of the commodities found at site
 modifier of the commodity
 name of one of the commodities found at site
 modifier of the commodity
 name of one of the commodities found at site
 modifier of the commodity
 name of one of the commodities found at site
 modifier of the commodity
 Standard Industrial Classification Code
 BASINS assigned cataloging unit code
Data Product: National Water Quality Assessment Study Unit Boundaries
Theme Name: NAWQA Study Unit Boundaries
Field Name
SHAPE
AREA
PERIMETER
NAWQA_DD_
NAWQA_DD_ID
NAWQA
NAME
GROUP
PILOT
ABBV
CANADA
Description
ArcView internal field
area of polygon in map units
perimeter of polygon in map units
Arclnfo internal field
Arcinfo internal field
NAWQA study unit number
river basin name
group number
pilot code
river basin name abbreviation
code to designate study units that crosses Canadian boundary
                                                                                    A-17

-------
BASINS Version 2.0
MI2
RANK
REGION
area in square miles
rank
region designation (northeastern, southeastern, central, western US)
Data Product: NSI Stations & Database
Theme Name: National Sediment Inventory Stations
Field Name
SHAPE
NSI_STAT
SOURCE
FIPS
STATE
EPA_REG
LONG
LAT
TIER
AL SED
ALJTOX
HH_TIS
HH_SED
RF1_NAME
RF1JD
AGENCY
STATION
COUNTY
LOCATION
REFER
WATERBOD
DEPTH
SR_SCI
ORIGIN
GEOCODE
DEPT_MAX
DEPT MIN
DRED~GESI
MON_PROG
CU
BCU
Description
ArcView internal field
unique station identification assigned during data processing
identification of data origin
FIPS code
state
EPA region
longitude (decimal degrees)
latitude (decimal degrees)
NSI station classification
NSI aquatic life classification using sediment chemistry data
NSI aquatic life classification using biotoxicity data
NSI Human Health Classification using tissue residue data
NSI Human Health Classification using sediment chemistry data
USEPA Reach File, version 1 reach name
USEPA Reach File, version 1 reach number
identification of group responsible for collecting data
monitoring station identification code
county
location
reference, literature citation
waterbody
water depth (m)
senior scientist
origin
geologic code
maximum water depth (m)
minimum water depth (m)
dredged site
name of monitoring program or group
cataloging unit code
BASINS assigned cataloging unit
Data Product: NSI Stations & Database
Related Table Name: NSI Biotoxicity Data
Field Name
NSI_STAT
SPECIES
DATE
TEST
PHASE

CONTROL
Description
unique station identification assigned during NSI processing
organism species
date of sample collection
percent mortality in test
phase code to indicate the phase (i.e., medium) in which the
bioassay organisms are housed
percent mortality in control
A-18

-------
                                                                     Appendix A G/S Data Dictionary
 SiG
 ecu
 significance of result
 BASINS assigned cataloging unit
 Data Product: NSI Stations & Database
 Related Table Name: NSI Sediment Chemistry Data
 Field Name
 NSI_STAT
 DATE
 CAS
 P
 R
 FOC
 CHEMICAL
 SQC
 SEM
 AETH
 AETL
 ERM
 ERL
 SQAL
 PEL
 RSK
 FDA
 TEL
 ECU
 Description
 Unique station identification assigned during NSI processing
 date of sample collection
 CAS number for analyte
 result associated with PARM  C"gtog, ppb)
 remark code associated with PARM and P
 fraction organic carbon
 chemical name
 draft sediment quality criteria flag
 simultaneously extracted metals flag
 apparent effects threshold-high flag
 apparent effects threshold-low flag
 effects range-median flag
 effects range-low flag
 sediment quality advisory level flag
 probable effects levels flag
 EPA Cancer/Non-cancer risk flag
 FDA Tolerance/Action/Guidance flag
 threshold effects levels flag
 BASINS assigned cataloging unit
 Data Product: NSI Stations & Database
 Related Table Name: NSI Tissue Residue Data
 Field Name
 DATE
 CAS
 P
 R
 CHEMICAL
 HH

 RSK
 FDA
 COM_NAME
 ANATOMY
 BCD
 Description
 date of sample collection
 chemical abstract system number for analyte
 result associated with PARM
 remark code associated with PARM and P
 chemical name
 tissue level of dioxin or PCBs in resident species exceed EPA risk
 levels
 tissue level in resident species exceed EPA risk levels
 tissue level in resident species exceed FDA action levels
 common species name
 anatomy analyzed
 BASINS assigned cataloging unit
Data Product: NSI Stations & Database
Related Table Name: NSI Watershed
Field Name
CD
NAME
CLASS
Description
hydrologic unit code (8-digit)
hydrologic unit code name
NSI watershed classification
                                                                                       A-19

-------
 BASINS Version 2.0
TIER1

TIER2
TIERS
MUM STA
TIER1_2
PERC1_2
ALJIER1

ALJ1ER2

HHJ1ER1

HH TIER2

BCU
number of tier stations in watershed based on NSI station
classification
number of tier 2 stations in watershed
number of tier 3 stations in watershed
number of stations evaluated in watershed
number of stations classified as tier 1 or tier 2
percent of stations classified as tier 1 or tier 2
number of stations that would be classified as tier 1 using NSI
aquatic life classification  criteria
number of stations that would be classified as tier 2 using NSI
aquatic life classification  criteria
number of stations that would be classified as tier 1 using NSI
human health classification criteria
number of stations that would be classified as tier 2 using NSI
human health classification criteria
BASINS assigned cataloging unit
Data Product: NSI Stations & Database
Related Table Name: NSI Reference Table
Field Name
CHEMICAL
CAS
SQC
ERL
ERM
AETL
AETH
SQAL
TEL
PEL
RSK
CANRSK
NONCAN
FDA
WLD
BSAF
SF
RFD
Description
chemical name
chemical abstract system number
draft sediment quality criteria used for NSI evaluation
effects range-low used for NSI evaluation
effects range-median used for NSI  evaluation
apparent effects threshold-low used for NSI evaluation
apparent effects threshold-high used for NSI evaluation
sediment quality advisory level used for NSI evaluation
threshold effects level used for NSI evaluation
probable effects level used for NSI  evaluation
cancer/noncancer risk level used for NIS evaluation
EPA cancer risk level used for NSI evaluation
EPA noncancer risk level used for NSI evaluation
FDA tolerance/action/guidance level
wildlife criteria
biota-sediment accumulation factor
cancer slope factor
noncancer reference dose
Data Product: PCS Sites and Computed Loadings
Theme Name: Permit Compliance System
Reid Name
SHAPE
AREA
PERIMETER
US_NW_
US_NW_ID
LDIP_CODE
ID
Description
ArcView internal field
degenerate area of point in map units
degenerate perimeter of point in map units
ArcView internal field
ArcView internal field
source of record
unique ID from respective program system
A-20

-------
                                                                     Appendix A G1S Data Dictionary
 MADJD
 LOCAL_REF_ID
 FACJD
 FACILITY_N
 LATITUDE
 LONGITUDE
 BND_FLAG
 NPL_STAT_I
 Y_COORD
 X_COORD
 ALBERS_SRC
 BVFLAG
 MAD1
 REGION
 CITY
 CITY_NAME
 CNTY
 CNTY_NAME
 SIC
 LOCATION_N
 ADDRESS
 LOCATION_C
 LOCATIONS
 ZIP
 TELE
 INACTIVE_C
 PERMIT_EXP
 PERMITJSS
 DRAFT_PERM
 APPL_RECEI
 INACTIVE_D
 TYPE_OF_OW
 TYPE_OF_PE
 RIVER_BASI
 RECEIVING_
 CURR_YEAR_

 FEDERAL_GR

 FINAL_LIMI
 FLOW_RATE
 PRETREATME

 NMP_FINAN_
 NPM_FINAN_

 NPM_QUARTE
 LAT
LON
CODE OF  AC
 assigned sequential reference number
 assinged sequential reference number
 EPA Facility Index System (FINDS) identifier
 name of the facility or site
 latitude of facility, site, or operable unit
 longitude of facility, site, or operable unit
 boundaiy flag
 npl_stat_ind
 facility latitude based on NAD 83
 facility longitude based on NAD 83
 source for Albers coordinate
 accurate location for an EPA facility as defined by FINDS
 major discharge identifier
 EPA region code
 city code
 city name
 county code
 county name
 standard industrial classification code
 name of entity located at facility's physical address
 street address of facility
 name of city or town where facility is located
 state or territory code where facility is located
 ZIP code of address where facility is located
 telephone number of facility
 code indicating if facility is currently active
 date current permit will expire
 date current permit was issued/signed
 date on which public notification was given
 date on which application for a NPDES permit recieved
 date on which facility became inactive or active
 code describing ownership classification
 code indicating whether EPA or state issued permit
 six-digit river basin identifier
 name of water body into which effluent discharged
 status of reportable noncompliance as it appeared on quarterly
 noncompliance report for current year for major facilities
 publicly owned waste treatment works with a SIC code of 4952
which obtained federal grant money to construct
final  effluent limits when all necessary construction is completed
average flow facility designed to accommodate in million gallons/day
code indicating whether municipality is required to develop
pretreatnnent program
financial fitness of Publicly Owned Treatment Works
indicates whether a final and enforcible Municipal Compliance Plan
 (MCP)schedule has been establised
fiscal quarter which final MCP was established
latitude
longitude
technical accuracy of latitude and longitude data
                                                                                       A-21

-------
BASINS Version 2.0
METHOD
DATUM
SCALE
DESCRIPT
USGS_HYDRO

STREAM_SEG

MILEAGEJN

RECVNG_STR
PRS1
PRS2
BF1PS
BREACH
CUJFD
CUSEG
Ml
HITFLAG
BCU
NPDES
CD
latitude/longitude method code
datum used to determine lat and Ion coordinates
scale used to determine lat and Ion coordinates
text description of a code
code assigned by USGS to identify drainage water basins for facilities
by their geographic location
code for facilities indentifying stretches of water from one significant
event to another
length of a particular facility stream segment in miles downstream
from beginning of segment
related facility stream segment type
BASINS  internal field
BASINS  internal field
BASINS  county FIPS code
BASINS  internal field
cataloging unit obtained from the IFD database
cataloging unit reach file segment
Reach File, VI segment mile point
unknown
BASINS  assigned cataloging unit
NPDES permit number
cataloging unit
Data Product: PCS Sites and Computed Loadings
Related Table Name: Permitted Discharges 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996
Reid Name
NPDES
PARAMETER
LBYO
LBYE

LBY1

LBYOVER
BCU
Description
NPDES permit number
STORET parameter code
estimated loading calculated with remarked data set to zero (Ib/yr)
estimated loading calculated with remarked data set to half-
detection limit (Ib/yr)
estimated loading calculated with remarked data set to detection
limit (Ib/yr)
portion of estimated loading over permit in Ib/yr
BASINS assigned cataloging unit
Data Product: PCS Sites and Computed Loadings
Related Table Name: Permitted Discharges Parameter Table
field Name
PARAMETER
PRAM_NAME
CHEMICAL_N
CAS NUMBER
Description
STORET parameter code
parameter name
chemical name
chemical abstract registry number
A-22

-------
                                                                    Appendix A GIS Data Dictionary
 Data Product: PCS Sites and Computed Loadings
 Related Table Name: Permitted Discharges Code
 Field Name
 TABLEJD
 CODE
 DESCRIPTIO
 Description
 three-digit code indicating the type of code described
 ten-digit code
 description
 Data Product: Populated Place Locations
 Theme Name: Place Names - (State Postal Abbreviation)
 Field Name
 SHAPE
 AREA
 PERIMETER
 (ST)PPL_
 (ST)PPL_ID
 NAME
 DESIG
 COUNTY
 FIPS1
 LATJN
 LONGJN
 ELEV
 QCODE
 ELEVNUM
 Description
 ArcView internal field
 BASINS internal field
 BASINS internal field
 BASINS internal field
 BASINS internal field
 place name which can be used to label the place on a map display
 designation that this is a populated place
 county name
 state and county FIPS code
 place latitude in DDMMSS
 place longitude in DDDMMSS
 elevation of the place in meters (character)
 code for the accuracy of the latitude and longitude of place
 elevation of the place in meters (integers)
Data Product: Reach File, Version 1 (RF1)
Theme Name: Reach File, VI
Field Name
SHAPE
HUC
FNODE_
TNODE_
LPOLY_
RPOLY_
LENGTH
RF1_
RF1JD
SEG
MILEPT
SEQNO
RFLAG
OWFLAG
TFLAG
SFLAG
TYPE
SEGL
LEV
J
Description
ArcView internal field
cataloging unit code
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
reach segment number
indicates the beginning of the reach
reach sequence number
reach flag "1" is a stream reach
open water flag "1" is a open water reach
terminal reach flag "1" is a terminal reach
start reach flag "1" is a start reach
reach segment type
length of the reach in miles
reach level order
reach junction number
                                                                                      A-23

-------
 BASINS Version 2.0
 K
 PM1LE
 ARBSUM
 USDIR
 TERMID
 TRMBLV
 PNAME
 PNMCD
 OWNAME
 OWNMCD
 DSHUC
 DSSEG
 DSMLPT
 MNFLOW
 SVTNFLOW
 MNVELO
 SVTNVELO
 R1VRCH
 CU
 DESSEQ
 USSEQ
 USDIR
 DSCSM
 CCSM
 CDIR
 ULCSM
 URCSM
 MDLAT
 MDLONG
 PSNPDAT
 PLOWFL
 PMEANFL
 PTOPELE
 PBOTELE
 PSLOPE
 PDEPTH
 PWIDTH
 PTEMP
 PPH
 PLOWVEL
 PK1
 PK2
 PK3
 PMANN
 PSOD
 PBGDO
 PBGNH3
 PBGBOD5
 PBGNBOD
 reach divergence number
 path mile
 milage distance upstream from the stream discharge
 upstream reach direction
 terminal stream system ID
 terminal base level
 primary reach name
 primary name code
 open water name
 open water name code
 downstream cataloging unit number
 downstream reach segment number
 downstream mile  point
 mean flow in the reach in cfs
 seven/ten low flow in the reach in cfs
 stream velocity in the reach at mean flow in ft/s
 stream velocity in the reach at seven/ten low flow in ft/s
 reach number
 cataloging unit
 downstream segment number
 upstream segment number
 upstream reach direction (L or R)
 downstream CU, segment, mile point
 complement CU, segment, mile point
 complement bank direction
 upstream left CU,  segment, mile point
 upstream right CU, segment, mile point
 midpoint latitude
 midpoint longitude
 date of snapshot (yymm); zero if current
 stream-only low flow in cfs
 stream-only mean flow in cfs
 top of reach elevation in feet
 bottom of reach elevation in feet
 slope: NOT DERIVED from elevations
 mean depth (feet)
 mean width (feet)
 mean temperature in Celcius
 mean pH
total low-flow velocity in cfs
 CBOD decay rate constant (if known)
 rearation rate constant (if known)
 NH3 decay rate constant (if known)
 "Roughness" coefficient (if known)
sediment  oxygen demand in mg/L
background DO in  mg/L
background NH3 in mg/L
background CBOD in mg/L
background NBOD in mg/L
A-24

-------
                                                                Appendix A G/S Data Dictionary
Data Product: Reach File, Version 3 (RF3) Alpha
Theme Name: Reach File, V3
Field Name
SHAPE
RF3RCH#
RF3RCH-ID
RF3RCHID

SEG
Ml
UPMI
RFLAG
OWFLAG
TFLAG
SFLAG
REACHTYPE
LEVEL
JUNG
DIVERGENCE
USDIR
TERM ID
TRMBLV
PNAME
PNMCD
CNAME
CNMCD
OWN AM E
OWNMCD
DSCU
DSSEG
DSMI
ecu
CSEG
CM I
CDIR
ULCU
ULSEG
ULMI
URCU
URSEG
URMI
SEGL
RFORGFLAG
ALTPNMCD
ALTOWNMC
DLAT
DLONG
ULAT
ULONG
Description
ArcView internal field
Arclnfo internal field
user assigned feature number
unique river reach identifier concatenated from cataloging unit code,
segment and mile point
segment number
marker index
upstream marker index
reach flag
open water flag
terminal flag
start flag
reach type code
stream level
level of downstream reach
divergence code
upstream direction of main path
terminal stream ID (future use)
terminal base level (future use)
primary name
primary name code
common name
common name code
open water name
open water name code
downstream CD
downstream SEG
downstream Ml
complement CD
complement SEG
complement Ml
complement direction
upstream left CU
upstream left SEG
upstream left Ml
upstream right CU
upstream right SEG
upstream rght Ml
reach length (miles)
RF origin flag
alternate primary name code (future use)
alternate OW name code (future use)
downstream latitude
downstream longitude
upstream latitude
upstream longitude
                                                                                 A-25

-------
 BASINS Version 2.0
 MINLAT
 MINLONG
 MAXLAT
 MAXLONG
 NDLGREC
 LN1AT2
 LN2AT2
 AR1AT2
 AR1AT4
 AR2AT2
 AR2AT4
 UPDATE1
 UPDTCD1
 UPDTSRC1
 UPDATE2
 UPDTCD2
 UPDTSRC2
 UPDATES
 UPDTCD3
 UPDTSRC3
 DIVCU
 DIVSEG
 DIVMI
 DLGID
 RLLER
 RF3RCHID
 CURF3RCH1D
 ULRF3RCHID
 URRF3RCHID
 DIVRF3RCHID
 minimum latitude
 minimum longitude
 maximum latitude
 maximum longitude
 number of DIG records
 DLG line attribute 1
 DLG line attribute 2
 DLG area attribute
 DLG area attribute
 DLG area attribute
 DLG area attribute
 update date #1
 update type Code #1
 update source #1
 update date #2 (future use)
 update type code #2 (future use)
 update source #2 (future use)
 update date #3 (future use)
 update type Code #3 (future use)
 update source #3 (future use)
 divergent CU
 divergent SEG
 divergent Ml
 DLG number (special use)
 filler (future use)
 unique river reach identifier concatenated from CU, SEG, and Ml
 unique complement reach  identifier
 unique upstream left reach identifier
 unique upstream right reach identifier
 unique divergent reach identifier
 Data Product: Resource Conservation and Recovery Information System
 Theme Name: Hazardous and Solid Waste Sites
 Reid Name
 SHAPE
 AREA
 PERIMETER
 LDIP_CODE
 ID
 MADJD
 LOC_REF_ID
 FACJD
 FACILITYJD
 LATITUDE
 LONGITUDE
 BND_FLAG
 NPL_STAT_I
 Y_COORD
 X_COORD
 ALBERS SRC
 Description
 ArcView internal field
 degenerate area of point in map units
 degenerate perimeter of point in map units
 source of record
 unique ID from respective program system
 assigned sequential reference number
 assigned sequential reference number
 EPA Facility Index System (FINDS) identifier
 name of facility or site
 latitude of facility, site, or operable unit
 longitude of facility, site, or operable unit
 boundary flag
 npl_stat_ind
 national albers coordinate based on NAD 83 datum
 national albers coordinate based on NAD 83 datum
source for Albers coordinate
A-26

-------
                                                                     Appendix A GIS Data Dfcffonaty
 BVFLAG

 EXIST_DATE
 OFF_S1TE
 NON_ACSBLT

 NON  NTFR
STREETJVIAM
CITYJMAME
STATE
ZIP
PRVSJHANDL

REGION
LANDJYPE
FIPS_STATE
FIPS_COUNT
BCU
 indicator of most accurate location for an EPA facility as defined by
 FINDS
 date operation commenced or expected date
 indicates if handler accepts hazardous waste from other sites
 indicates reason why handler is not accessible for normal RCRA
 tracking and processing
 handler identified through source other than notification and is
 suspected of conducting RCRA-regulated activities without proper
 authority
 street address of handler location
 city or town in the handler location
 two letter postal code for state in handler location address
 ZIP code in the handler location address
 identification number used  to regulate the handler under the Federal
 RCRA program
 EPA region in which the handler is located
 current ownership status of land where facility is located
 two-letter postal code for state in which the handler is located
 FIPS code for county where facility is located
 BASINS assigned cataloging unit
Data Product: State and County Boundaries
Theme Name: State Boundaries
Field Name
SHAPE
AREA
PERIMETER
ST_
ST_ID_
ST
EPAREG
Description
ArcView internal field
area of polygon in map units
perimeter of polygon in map units
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
state name abbreviation
state region
Data Product: State and County Boundaries
Theme Name: County Boundaries
Field Name
SHAPE
AREA
PERIMETER
CNTY_
CNTYJD
FIPS
ST
CNTYNAME
PLYTYPE
WORKB
STCOFIPS
BEXT
Description
ArcView internal field
area of polygon in map units
perimeter of polygon in map units
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
county FIPS code
state postal abbreviations
county name
polygon  type
BASINS  internal field
state and county FIPS code
BASINS  internal field
                                                                                       A-27

-------
 BASINS Version 2.0
 Data Product: State and County Boundaries
 Theme Name: County Names
 Field Name
 SHAPE
 AREA
 PERIMETER
 TMP_B_
 TMP_B_ID
 CNTY
 CNTYJD
 FIPS
 ST
 CNTYNAME
 PLYTYPE
 WORKS
 STCOFIPS
 BEXT
 Description
 ArcView internal field
 area of polygon in map units
 perimeter of polygon in map units
 Arclnfo internal field
 Arclnfo internal field
 Arclnfo internal field
 Arclnfo internal field
 county FIPS code
 state postal abbreviations
 county name
 polygon type
 BASINS internal field
 state and county FIPS code
 BASINS internal field
 Data Product: Superfund National Priority List Sites
 Theme Name: National Priority List Sites
 Field Name
 SHAPE
 AREA
 PERIMETER
 LDIP_CODE
 ID
 MADJD
 LOC.REFJD
 FACJD
 FACILI7Y_N
 LATITUDE
 LONGITUDE
 BND_FLAG
 NPL_STAT_I
 Y_COORD
 X_COORD
 ALBERS_SRC
 BVFLAG

 POINTORIG
 RECORD_TYPE
 ACT10N_COD

 REGION_COD
 STATE
 STREET_NAM

 CITY NAME
Description
ArcView internal field
degenerate area of point in map units
degenerate perimeter of point in map units
source of record
unique ID from respective program system
ArcView internal field
ArcView internal field
EPA FINDS identifier
name of the facility or site
latitude of facility, site, or operable unit
longitude of facility, site, or operable unit
boudary flag
indicates site's NPL status
national Albers coordinate based on NAD 83
national Albers coordinate based on NAD 83
source for Albers coordinate
indicator of most accurate location for an EPA facility as defined by
FINDS
specifies the region code
specifies the scheme record number
specifies action taken when records are downloaded from the IBM
mainframe
region in which site is physically located
state or territory which site is phsically located
street address, route number, or other identifier of the physical
location of the site or incident
name of city, town, or other municipality in which site is located or
A-28

-------
                                                                   Appendix A GIS Data dictionary
ZIP
COUNTY
COUNTY_COD
DIOXINJT1E
USGS_HYDRO
BCU
 incident occurs
 US Postal Service ZIP code in which site is located
 county in which site is located
 code that identifies county in which site is located
 reserved for headquarters definition
 hydrologic location of site
 BASINS assigned cataloging unit
Data Product: State Soil and Geographic (STATSGO) Database
Theme Name: State Soil
Field Name
SHAPE
AREA
PERIMETER
MUID
Description
Arcview internal field
area of polygon in map units
perimeter of polygon in map units
map unit identification symbol created by concatenation of state
FIPS code and a three-digit Arabic number
Data Product: State Soil and Geographic (STATSGO) Database
Related Table Name: Soil Component Data
Field Name
MUID

SEQNUM
MUIDSEQNUM
COMPNAME
S5ID
COMPPCT
SLOPEL
SLOPEH
SURFTEX
ANFLOOD
WTDEPL
WTDEPH
WTKIND
ROCKDEPL
ROCKDEPH
HYDGRP
DRAINAGE
HYDRIC
CLNIRR
CLIRR
PRIMFML
Description
map unit identification symbol created by concatenation of state
FIPS code and a three-digit Arabic number
identifies sequence of components in a map unit
concatenation of MUID and sequence number
soil series name associated with component or sequence number
soil interpretation record
percentage of the component of the map unit
minimum value for range of slope of a soil component in percent
maximum value for range of slope of a soil component in percent
surface layer soil texture using USDA codes
annual flooding frequency
minimum value for range in depth to water table in feet
maximum value for range in depth to water table in feet
type of water table
minimum value for range in depth to bedrock in inches
maximum value for range in depth to bedrock in inches
soil hydrologic group
soil drainage class identifying natural drainage condition of the soil
hydric soil rating
nonirrigated capability class
irrigated capability class
prime farmland classification
Data Product: State Soil and Geographic (STATSGO) Database
Related Table Name: Soil Layer Data
Field Name
MUID

SEQNUM
MIEDSEQNUM
Description
map unit identification symbol created by concatenation of state
FIPS code and a three digit Arabic number
identifies sequence of components in a map unit
concatenation of MUID and sequence number
                                                                                     A-29

-------
 BASINS Version 2.0
 S5ID
 LAYERNUM
 LAYDEPL
 LAYDEPH
 TEXTURE1
 TEXRJRE2
 TEXTURES
 KFACT
 KFFACT
 TFACT
 WEG
 N0200L
 N0200H
 CLAYL
 CLAYH
 ILL
 LLH
 PIL
 PIH
 UNIFIEDl
 UNIFIED2
 UNIF1ED3
 UNIFIED4
 MSHT01
 AASHT02
 MSHT03
 AASHT04
 AWCL
 AWCH
 BDL
 BDH
 OML
 OMH
 PHL
 PHH
 SALINL
 SAL1NH
 SARL
 SARH
 CECL
 CECH
 CAC03L
 CAC03H
 GYPSUML
 GYPSUMH
 PERML
 PERMH
 SHRINKSW
 soil interpretation record
 identifies sequence in the soil profile
 depth to upper boundary of soil layer or horizon in inches
 depth to lower boundary of soil layer or horizon in inches
 USDA soil texture class for specified layer
 USDA soil texture class for specified layer
 USDA soil texture class for specified layer
 soil credibility factor
 soil credibility factor, rock fragments free
 soil loss tolerance factor
 wind erodibility group
 percent passing sieve no. 200-minimum value
 percent passing sieve no. 200-maximum value
 percent clay-minimum value
 percent clay-maximum value
 minimum percent liquid limit
 maximum percent liquid limit
 minimum percent plasticity limit
 maximum percent plasticity limit
 Unified Engineering Classification (1)
 Unified Engineering Classification (2)
 Unified Engineering Classification (3)
 Unified Engineering Classification (4)
 ASSHTO Engineering Classification (1)
 ASSHTO Engineering Classification (2)
 ASSHTO Engineering Classification (3)
 ASSHTO Engineering Classification (4)
 low available water capacity (in/in)
 high available water capacity (in/in)
 low bulk density (g/cc)
 high bulk density (g/cc)
 minimum percent organic matter
 maximum percent organic matter
 minimum pH value
 maximum pH value
 minimum salinity value (mmhos/cm)
 maximum salinity value (mmhos/cm)
 minimum sodium absorbtion ratio
 maximum sodium absorbtion ratio
 lower cation exchange capacity
 higher cation exchange capacity
 minimum percent calcium carbonate
 maximum percent calcium carbonate
 minimum percent sulfate
 maximum percent sulfate
 minimum permeability (in/hr)
 maximum permeability (in/hr)
shrink-swell potential upon drying and wetting
A-30

-------
                                                                     Appendix A GIS Data Dictionary
 Data Product: Toxic Release Inventory (TRI) Sites and Pollutant Release Data
 Theme Name: Toxic Release Inventory
 Field Name
 SHAPE
 AREA
 PERIMETER
 LDIP_CODE
 ID
 MADJD
 LOC_REF_ID
 FACJD
 FACILITY_N
 LATITUDE
 LONGITUDE
 BND_FLAG
 NPL_STAT_I
 Y_COORD
 X_COORD
 ALBERS_SRC
 BVFLAG
 STREETJMAM'
 CITY_NAME
 COUNTY_NAM
 STFIPS
 STATE
 ZIP
 REGION
 SIC
 BCU
 CLOSEJND
 DUNS
 FEDERAL
 ASSIG AGEN
 Description
 ArcView internal field
 degenerate area of point in map units
 degenerate perimeter of point in map units
 source of record
 unique ID form respective program system
 assigned sequential reference number
 assigned sequential reference number
 EPA facility index system (FINDS) identifier
 name of facility or site
 latitude of facility, site, or operable unit
 longitude of facility, site, or operable unit
 boundary flag
 npl_stat_ind
 Albers y coordinate based on NAD 83 datum
 Albers x coordinate based on NAD 83 datum
 source for Albers coordinate
 most accurate location for an EPA facility as defined by FINDS
 street name in address of reporting facility
 name of city where facility is located
 name of county where facility is located
 combined two digit state abbreviation and county code
 two-letter state code used by US Postal Service
 ZIP code assigned by US Postal Service
 EPA region
 Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) Code
 BASINS assigned cataloging unit
 flag indicating if facility has been closed down
 Dun and Brandstreet number assigned to facility
 indicates ownership status of a facility
 code assigned by the Emergency Preparedness and Community
 Right-to-Know Act (EPCRA)  Operations Department
Data Product: Toxic Release Inventory (TRI) Sites and Pollutant Release Data
Related Table Name: TRI Air Emission Data 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994
1995
Field Name
TRI_FACILI
DOC_CONTROL
FUGITIVE_S

REL  EMISS
Description
unique identifier of facility-first five consonants of name
unique identification assigned to each submission
code used to distinguish between fugitive or non -point air emissions
of the chemical and stack or point air emissions
code that corresponds to the amount of toxic chemical released
annually by facility, reported as a range of release less than
lOOOIbs. Permitted values are: 4  = 500 to 999 Ibs/year; 3 = 11 to
499 Ibs/year; 2 = 1 to 499 Ibs/year; 1 = 0.5 to 10 Ibs/year and 0
= none,
                                                                                      A-31

-------
 BASINS Version 2.0
 REL_EST

 REL_EST_FL
 REL EST_BA
 REL~TRANSF
TRI_CHEM_I

TRADE_SECR
REPORTING_
estimate provided by facility of the amount of toxic chemicals
released for releases greater than 1000 Ib
indicates "not applicable" was entered on release estimate form
principle method by which the total release estimate was calculated
sequence number within a document control number to make each
unique
record of releases reported  by a facility
CAS number or category code assigned to chemicals regulated under
section 313 of EPCRA
indicates toxic chemical reported is claimed to be a trade secret
calender year in which reported activity occured
 Data Product: Toxic Release Inventory (TRI) Sites and Pollutant Release Data
 Related Table Name: TRI Land Release Data 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994,
 1995
Field Name
TRI_FACIL!
DOC_CONTROL
LAND_DISP
REL EMISS
REL_EST_FL
REL_EST

REL_EST_BA
RELJRANSF

TRI_CHEMJ

TRADE_SECR
REPORTING
Description
unique identifier of facility-first five consonants of name
unique identification assigned to each submission
type of on-site land release of the toxic chemical
code that corresponds to the amount of toxic chemical released
annually by facility, reported as a range of release less than
lOOOIbs. Permitted values are: 4  = 500 to 999 Ibs/year; 3 = 11 to
499 Ibs/year; 2 = 1 to 499 Ibs/year; 1 = 0.5 to 10 Ibs/year and
0 = none.
indicates "not applicable" was entered on release estimate form
estimate provided by facility of the amount of toxic chemicals
released for releases greater than 1000 Ib
principle method  by which the total release estimate was calculated
sequence number within a document control number to  make each
unique record of  releases reported by a facility
CAS number or category code assigned to chemicals regulated under
section 313 of EPCRA
indicates toxic chemical reported is claimed to be a trade secret
calender year in which reported activity occurred
Data Product: Toxic Release Inventory (TRI) Sites and Pollutant Release Data
Related Table Name: TRI POTW Data 1991,1992,1993,1994,1995
Reid Name
REPORTING,
DOC_CONTRO
REL EMISS
REL_EST_FL
REL.EST

REL EST BA
Description
calender year in which reported activity occured
unique identification assigned to each submission
code that corresponds to the amount of toxic chemical released
annually by facility, reported as a range of release less than
lOOOIbs. Permitted values are: 4 = 500 to 999 Ibs/year; 3 = 11 to
499 Ibs/year; 2 = 1 to 499 Ibs/year; 1 = 0.5 to 10 Ibs/year and 0
= none.
indicates "not applicable" was entered on release estimate form
estimate provided by facility of the amount of toxic chemicals
released for releases greater than 1000 Ib
principle method  by which the total release estimate was calculated
A-32

-------
                                                                     Appendix A G1S Data Dictionary
 RELJRANSF

 TRI_FACILI
 TRI_CHEM_I

 TRADE SECR
 sequence number within a document control number to make each
 unique record of releases reported by a facility
 unique identifier of facility-first five consonants of name
 CAS number or category code assigned to chemicals regulated under
 section 313 of EPCRA
 indicates toxic chemical reported is claimed to be a trade secret
 Data Product: Toxic Release Inventory (TRI) Sites and Pollutant Release Data
 Related Table Name: TRI Underground Injection Data 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993
 1994, 1995
 Field Name
 TRI_FACILI
 DOC  CONTRO
 REL_EST_FL
 REL_EST

 REL_EST_BA
 RELJRANSF

 TRI_CHEM_I

 TRADE_SECR
 REPORTING
 Description
 unique identifier of facility-first five consonants of name
 unique identification assigned to each submission
 code that corresponds to the amount of toxic chemical released
 annually by facility, reported as a range of release less than
 lOOOIbs.  Permitted values are: 4 = 500 to 999 Ibs/year; 3 =. 11 to
 499 Ibs/year; 2 = 1 to 499 Ibs/year; 1 = 0.5 to 10 Ibs/year and 0
 = none,,
 indicates "not applicable" was  entered on release estimate form
 estimate provided by facility of the amount of toxic chemicals
 released for releases greater than 1000 Ib
 principle method by which the total release estimate was calculated
 sequence number within a document control number to make each
 unique record of releases reported by a facility
 CAS number or category code assigned to chemicals regulated under
 section 313 of EPCRA
 indicates toxic chemical reported is claimed to be a trade secret
 calender year in which reported activity occured
Data Product: Toxic Release Inventory (TRI) Sites and Pollutant Release Data
Related Table Name: TRI Water Release Data 1987,1988,1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994
1995
Field Name
TRI_FACILI
DOC_CONTRO
STREAM_COD

STREAM_NAM

REL  EMISS
REL_EST_FL
REL_EST

REL_EST_BA
STORM  WATE
Description
unique identifier of facility-first five consonants of name
unique identification assigned to each submission
surface water body or receiving stram into which chemical is directly
discharged
name of stream or water body into which chemical is directly
discharged
code that corresponds to the amount of toxic chemical released
annually by facility, reported as a range of release less than
lOOOIbs. Permitted values are: 4 = 500 to 999 Ibs/year; 3 = 11 to
499 Ibs/year; 2 = 1 to 499 Ibs/year; 1 = 0.5 to 10 Ibs/year and 0
= none.
indicates "not applicable" was entered on release estimate form
estimate provided by facility of the amount of toxic  chemicals
released for releases greater than 1000 Ib
principle method by which the total release estimate was calculated
percentage of the total quantity of chemicals released to water which
                                                                                      A-33

-------
BASINS Version 2.0
STORM_WATE

RELFJRANS

TRI_CHEM_I

TRADE_SECR
REPORTING
was contributed by storm water runoff
percentage of the total quantity of chemicals released to water which
was contributed by storm water runoff
sequence number within a document control number to make each
unique record of releases reported by a facility
CAS number or category code assigned to chemicals regulated under
section 313 of EPCRA
indicates toxic chemical reported is claimed to be a trade secret
calender year in which reported activity occured
Data Product: Toxic Release Inventory (TRI) Sites and Pollutant Release Data
Related Table Name: TRI Parameter Table
Field Name
CAS_NUM
CHEM_NAME
ACTIVE_DAT
INACTIVE D
Description
chemical abstract registry number
chemical name
date on which chemical was regulated
date on which chemical was deregulated
Data Product: Urbanized Areas
Theme Name: Urban Area Boundaries
Field Name
SHAPE
AREA
PERIMETER
TMP_B_
TMP_B_ID
POLY_
POLYJD
RINGS_OK
RINGS_NOK
URBAN_
URBANJD
CITYNAME

Data Product: Urbanized Areas
Theme Name: Urban Area Names

Reid Name
SHAPE
AREA
PERIMETER
TMP_B_
TMP_B_ID
ANAME_
UANAMEJD
UA_CODE
CITYNAME
Description
ArcView internal field
area of polygon in map units
perimeter of polygon in map units
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
urbanized area name
Description
ArcView internal field
area of polygon in map units
perimeter of polygon in map units
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
unique code for the urbanized area
urbanized area name
A-34

-------
                                                                   Appendix A GIS Data Dictionary
 Data Product: Water Quality Monitoring Stations & Data Summaries
 Theme Name: Water Quality Stations
 Field Name
 SHAPE
 ID
 STATION
 AGENCY
 LOCATION
 CU
 SEG
 MILEP
 ONOFF
 COUNTY
 STFIPS
 STATE
 LONG
 LAT
 TYPE
 STCOFIPS
 BWQID
 BCU
 WRS1
 WRS2

 Data Product:
 Related Table

 Field Name
 ID
 STATION
 AGENCY
 BWQID
 PARAMETER
 NOOBS
 MEAN
 A15TH_P
 A25TH_P
 A50TH_P
A75TH_P
A85TH_P
STD
 BCU
                  Description
                  ArcView internal field
                  BASINS assigned unique ID
                  station code
                  agency code
                  description of location
                  cataloging unit code
                  Reach File, VI segment number
                  Reach File, VI mile point
                  on/off reach indicator
                  county name
                  state FIPS code
                  state postal abbreviation
                  longitude
                  latitude
                  station type
                  state and county FIPS code
                  BASINS asigned unique station number
                  BASINS assigned cataloging unit
                  BASINS internal field
                  BASINS internal field

Water Quality Monitoring Stations & Data Summaries
Name: Water Quality Data 70-74,  75-79, 80-84, 85-89, 90-94, 95-97
                 Description
                 BASINS assigned unique ID
                 station
                 agency
                 BASINS assigned unique ID
                 EPA STORET parameter code
                 number of observations
                 mean value
                 15th percentile value
                 25th percentile value
                 50th percentile value
                 75th percentile value
                 85th percentile value
                 standard deviation
                 BASINS assigned cataloging unit code
Data Product: Water Quality Monitoring Stations & Data Summaries
Related Table Name: Water Quality Parameter Table
Field Name
PARM_CODE
PARM_NAME
UNITS
                 Description
                 EPA STORET parameter code
                 parameter name
                 units
                                                                                    A-35

-------
BASINS Version 2.0
SAMPLEJYP
UP_REF_LVL
LW_REF_LVL
UNKNOWN
REF LVLSRC
sample type
upper reference level
lower reference level
type of standard
reference level source
Data Product: Water Quality Stations and Observation Data
TTieme Name: Water Quality Observation Stations
Reid Name
SHAPE
ID
AGENCY
AGENCY_COD
STATION
ST_DEPTH
STATE
LAT
LONG
TYPE
LOCATION
CU
SEG
MILE
ONOFF
BCU
BSTAT  ID
Description
ArcView internal field
BASINS assigned unique ID
agency code
unknown
station code
station depth
state code
latitude
longitude
station type
description of location
cataloging unit code
Reach File, VI segment number
Reach File, VI mile point
on/off reach indicator
BASINS assigned cataloging unit
BASINS assigned unique identifier
Data Product: Water Quality Stations and Observation Data
Related Table Name: Water Quality Observation Parameter Table
Field Name
PARM_CODE
PARM_NAME
UNITS
SAMPLE TYP
Description
EPA STORET parameter code
parameter name
units
sample type
Data Product: Watershed Data Stations & Database
Theme Name: Watershed Data Stations
Reid Name
SHAPE
LONGITUDE
LATITUDE
ELEVATION
STATJMAME
COUNTY
PPT.PERIOD
COV_PCT
REGION
 Description
 ArcView internal field
 longitude
 latitude
 elevation
 station name
 county
 duration of precipitation
 percent of sampling period covered
 EPA region
A-36

-------
                                                                     Appendix A GIS Data Dictionary
 Data Product: Weather Station Sites
 Theme Name: WDM Weather Data Stations
Field Name
SHAPE
STA_NAM
STATE
COOPJD
NWSJD
LATDD
LONGDD
ELEV_FT
BEGIN_DATA
END_DATE
DATA_PREC
DATA_EVAP
DATA_ATEM
DATA_WIND
DATA_SOLR
DATA_PEVT
DATA_DEWP
DATA CLOU
 Description
 ArcView internal field
 weather station name
 2-digit state abbreviation
 cooperative network index station number
 National Weather Service identification number
 latitude of weather station in decimal degrees
 longitude of weather station in decimal degrees
 elevation of the weather station in meters
 data of first record in WDM file
 date of last record in WDM file
 precipitation data source
 evaporation data source
 air temperature data source
 wind movement data source
 solar radiation data source
 potential evapotranspiration data source
 dew point temperature data source
 cloud cover data source
Data Product: Weather Station Sites
Theme Name: Weather Station Sites
Field Name
SHAPE
AREA
PERIMETER
TMP_B_ID
MET_STAT_
MET_STAT_I
ID
LATDD
LONGDD
ELEVFT
STATNAME
VIG ID
Description
ArcView internal field
area of polygon in map units
perimeter of polygon in map units
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
weather station identification code
latitude of weather station in decimal degrees
longitude of weather station in decimal degrees
elevation of the weather station in meters
weather station name
BASINS  internal field
Data Product: Weather Station Sites
Theme Name: Weather Station Area
Field Name
SHAPE
AREA
PERIMETER
TMP_B_
TMP_B_ID
POLY
POLY ID
Description
ArcView internal field
area of polygon in map units
perimeter of polygon in map units
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
                                                                                       A-37

-------
 BASINS Version 2.0
 R1NGSJDK
 RINGS_NOK
 MET_STAT_
 MET_STAT_I
 ID
 LATDD
 LONGDD
 ELEVFT
 STATNAME
 VIG ID
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
Arclnfo internal field
weather station identification code
latitude in decimal degrees
longitude in decimal degrees
elevation in meters
weather station name
BASINS internal field
 Data Product: 1996 Clean Water Needs Survey
 Theme Name: 1996 Clean Water Needs Survey
 Reid Name
 SHAPE
 FACID
 NPDES
 FACNAME
 CITYNAM
 CNTYNUM
 CNTYNAM
 REGION
 STATE
 FACSTAT
 PRESNAT
 PROJNAT
 FACCHNG
 PPRRT

 PFRRT
 PPRRC
 PFRRC
 FEXTOT
 FPDTOT
 FFDTOT
 EFFPRES
 EFFPROJ
 NEDTROT
 NEDI
 NEDII
 NEDIIIA
 NEDIIIB
 NEDIVA
 NEDIVB
 NEDV
 CSOMODL
 NEDVI
 NEDVIIA
 NEDVIIB
 NEDVIIC
Description
ArcView internal field
authority/facility identification number
National Pollution Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) number
facility name according to local sewer authority
city name where facility is physically located
county'number
county name where facility is physically located
EPA region
state postal code
operational status as of January 1,1996
type of existing facility
type of facility projected for the future
type of change for the facility
present resident population currently receiving treatment at the
facility
projected resident population expected to receive treatment
present resident population currently receiving collection
projected resident population expected to receive collection
actual 12-month average flow-through facility, in million gallons/day
total current design flow capacity for facility, in million gallons/day
total projected year design flow of the facility, in million gallons/day
present effluent classification
projected effluent classification
total EPA design year needs
EPA design year category I needs
EPA design year category II  needs
EPA design year category IMA needs
EPA design year category 1MB needs
EPA design year category IVA needs
EPA design year category IVB needs
documented EPA design year category V needs
modeled EPA design year category V needs
EPA design year category  VI needs
EPA design year category  VIIA needs
EPA design year category  VIIB needs
EPA design year category  VIIC needs
A-38

-------
                                                                    Appendix A G1S Data Dictionary
NEDVIID
NEDVIIE
NEDVIIF
NEDVIIG
D1SCHRG

CSOIAM
FLAG_LL
CSAREA
CSPOP
LAT
LONG
EPA design year category VIID needs
EPA design year category VI1E needs
EPA design year category VIIF needs
EPA design year category VUG needs
identifies facility FACID number which presently or eventually will
receive flow from FACID number
CSO indicator flag
indicates how coordinates were obtained
combined sewer system collection area
combined sewer system population
latitude
longitude
                                                                                      A-39

-------

-------
                                                                          Appendix B NPSM Data
Appendix B
 NPSM  Data
This section contains information concerning BASINS Nonpoint Source Model data.

Section B.I contains an HSPF data dictionary that can be used as an aid in populating an NPSM
default data set. The HSPF data dictionary is a list of all HSPF input parameters and their
corresponding definitions, units, default values, and minimum and maximum acceptable values.

Section B.2 contains information concerning the BASINS Watershed Data Management (WDM)
files, which contain meteorological time series data for NPSM. The section presents procedures for
developing WDM files, as well as a record of procedures followed to develop the WDM files
packaged with the BASINS system.
                                                                                        B-l

-------

-------
                                                                           B.I HSPF Data Dictionary
B.1  HSPF Data Dictionary

The following data dictionary has been adapted from Hydrological Simulation Program—FORTRAN User's
Manual for Release 11.0 (Bicknell, et al., 1996). The data table presents input parameter names, definitions,
units, default values, and minimum and maximum acceptable values. The table is divided into three major
parts, corresponding to the three HSPF application modules:

   •   PERLND  simulation of a pervious land segment (Table B. 1.1)

   •   IMPLND  simulation of an impervious land segment (Table B.I.2)

   •   RCHRES  simulation of a river/reservoir reach (Table B. 1.3)

Each module is made up of model sections (corresponding with specific HSPF functions), each section
containing multiple input data tables.  The data table names correspond with both HSPF data tables and the
NPSM data editor hierarchy.
                                                                                         B.l-1

-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Table 8.1.1 PERLND (Pervious Land Segment)
Symbol/Data
Group


ATEMP-DAT
ELDAT

AIRTMP


Definition

ATEMP
(Correct Air Temperature for Elevation

elevation difference between temperature gage and
pervious land segment (PLS)
Initial air temperature above PLS

SNOW
Default
Value/Units

Difference)

0.0ft
0.0m
60 F
150

Minimum
Value
~"v


none
none
-60
-50
-
Maximum
Value
1


none
none
140
60

(Simulate Accumulation and Melting of Snow and ice)
SNOW-PARM1
LAT
MELEV

SHADE
SNOWCF

COVIND

SNOW - PARM2
RDCSN
TSNOW

SNOEVP

CCFACT

MWATER

MGMELT

SNOW - 1NIT1
Pack-snow

Pack-ice

Pack-water

RDENPF
DULL

PAKTMP

PACKF

latitude (+ in northern hemisphere, - in southern)
mean elevation

fraction of PLS covered by shade (vegetation)
correction factor to account for poor catch efficiency of
the gage
maximum pack (water equivalent) at which entire PLS
will be covered with snow

density of cold (< 0 deg. F), new snow relative to water
baseline air temp, below which precipitation will be
snow
adapts the snow evaporation (sublimation) equation to
field conditions
adapts the snow condensation/convection melt
equation to field conditions
maximum liquid water content of the snow pack, in
depth water per depth water equiv.
max. rate of snowmelt by ground heat, in depth of water
eqiv per day.

quantity of snow in the pack (water equiv.)

quantity of ice in the pack (water equiv.)

quantity of liquid water in the pack

density of the pack, relative to water
index to the dullness of the pack surface, from which
albedo is estimated
mean temp, of the frozen contents of the pack

frozen contents of the pack

40
0.0ft
0.0 m
0.0
none

none in
none mm

0.15
32.0 F
0.0 C
0.1

1.0

0.03

0.01 in/day
0.25 mm/day

0.0 in
0.0 mm
0.0 in
0.0mm
0.0 in
0.0 mm
0.2
400.0

32.0 F
0.0 C

'
-90
0.0
0.0
0.0
1.0

0.01
0.25

0.01
30.0
-1.0
0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0
0.0

0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.01
0.0

none
none


90
30000.0
10000.0
1.0
100.0

none
none

1.0
40.0
5.0
1.0

2.0

1.0

1.0
25.0

none
none
none
none
none
none
1.0
800.0

32.0
0.0


S.l-2

-------
B.I HSPFData Dictionary
Table B.1.1 (continued)
Symbol/Data
Group
SNOW - INIT2
COVINX
XLNMLT
SKYCLR
__

PWAT-PARM1,
CSNOFG
RTOPFG
UZFG
VCSFG
VUZFG
VNNFG
VIFWFG
VIRCFG
VLEFG
PWAT-PARM2
FOREST
LZSN
INFILT
LSUR
SLSUR
KVARY
AGWRC
PWAT - PARM3
PETMAX
PETMIN
Definition
t .-J
index to areal snow coverage
current remaining possible increment to the ice
storage in the pack. It is only relevant if ice formation
is simulated
fraction of sky which is assumed to be clear
,[ -_ PWATER
(Simulate Water Budget for a Pervious
*
flag for simulating snow
flag for overland flow routing method
flag for upper zone inflow computation method
flag for interception storage capacity
flag for upper zone nominal storage
flag for Manning's n for overland flow plane
flag for interflow inflow parameter
flag for Interflow recession constant
flag for lower zone E-T parameter

Fraction of the PLS which is covered by forest which
will continue to transpire in winter. Only use when
CSNOFG = 1 (i.e. snow being simulated)
lower zone nominal storage
index to the infiltration capacity of the soil
length of the assumed overland flow plane
slope
parameter which affects the behavior of groundwater
recession flow, enabling it to be nonexponential in its
decay with time
basic groundwater recession rate if KVARY is zero
and there is no inflow to groundwater

air temp, below which E-T will arbitrarily be reduced
below the value obtained from the input time series
(only when CSNOFG = 1)
temp, below which E-T will be zero regardless of the
value in the input time series (only when CSNOFG =
1)
Default Minimum
Value/Units Value

0.01 in
0.25 mm
0.0 in
0.0mm
1.0

Land Segment [PLS])
,
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

0.0
none in
none mm
none in/hr
none mm/hr
none ft
none m
none 0.
0.0 (I/in)
0.0 (lymm)
None a/day

40.0 F
4.5 C
35.0 F
1.7 C

0.01
0.25
0.0
0.0
0.15



0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

0.0
0.01
0.25
0.0001
0.0025
1.0
0.3
0000001
0.0
0.0
0.001

none
none
none
none
Maximum
Value

none
none
none
none
1.0



1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.0
100.0
2500.0
100.0
2500.0
none
none
10.0
none
none
0.999

none
none
none
none
                 B.l-3

-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Table B.1.1 (continued)
Symbol/Data
Group
INFEXP
INFILD

DEEPFR

BASETP

AGWETP


PWAT-PARM4 	
„, , .
CEPSC

UZSN

NSUR
INTFW
IRC
LZETP

MON -INTERCEP
CEPSCM(12)


MON -UZSN

UZSNM(12)

MON - MANNING
NSURM(12)

MQN -INTERFLW
INTFWM(12)

MON - IRC
IRCM(12)

MON -LZETPARM
LZETPM(12)

PWAT-STATE1
CEPS

SURS
Definition

exponent in the infiltration equation
ratio between the max and mean infiltration
capacities over the PLS
fraction of groundwater inflow which will enter deep
(inactive) groundwater and be lost
fraction of potential E-T which can be satisfied from
baseflow (groundwater outflow)
fraction of remaining potential E-T which can be
satisfied from active groundwater storage if enough is
available
1
- ป-" '-- i t "twiUv "V v-Utj "V ซ• TV rw „ -, * *
interception storage capacity

upper zone nominal storage

ManningDs n for the assumed overland flow plane
interflow inflow parameter
interflow recession parameter.
lower zone E-T parameter. It is an index to the
density of deep-rooted vegetation

monthly values of interception storage. Only required
if VCSFG = 1. The values apply to the first day of the
month.
1
. - ..• > , , >*( H * * ~ ' i
monthly values of upper zone nominal storage. Only
required if VUZFG = 1
.•" • , ". .1 	 / -'ป',,•; iiii ".IT Jf 'ป:>C!P iซ:*i.;!i'!MVw!'ij\;L&V5>xrT<'-f;^s?1Hit^!i!,'lji ^jpvrxf.^r f. %'',,*
monthly values of ManningDs constant for overland
flow. Only required if VNNFG = 1
'- 	 " " '• 	 ". 	 •""" ";:.'V"; <';.":•- :.-TV-;::-; •.•".;•
monthly values of the interflow inflow parameter.
Only required if VIFWFG = 1
-". '' ..'" '-.-•"
monthly values of the interflow recession parameter.
Only required if VIRCFG = 1

monthly values of the lower zone ET parameter. Only
required if VLEFG = 1

interception storage

surface (overland flow) storage
Default
Value/Units
2.0
2.0

0.0

0.0

0.0


1 *
j, \ Sr -f
0.0 in
0.0mm
none in
none mm
0.1
none
none I/day
0.0


0.0 in
0.0mm


*"!* 1 1 ^ *" f i -m t- ฃ (*
none in
none mm
?V :ฐ'*:--H •."•;;;' ' :.^7-
0.10

•„:::-;"•,:(.•:;,'.'; :;. •,?-::
"j. !!,', if-'j. > n,j;:'i , '^..L'^.,,,; ,',,' ! '.,*• ,Vi ,,-' '''&'ฃ/?*
none


none I/day

;'•-'•••'"
0.0


0.0 in
0.0mm
0.0 in
Minimum
Value
0.0
1.0

0.0

0.0

0.0



% 4 it- W *irfW*
0.0
0.0
0.01
0.25
0.001
0.0
l.OE-30
0.0


0.0
0.0

ป•
< " * "
0.01
0.25
-• .',.[ .- ; ; ',. ' ••; ' ', •"/
0.001


:/,.' jiV,V, , ;.H M-v tV," ' • !•' . .
0.0


l.OE-30


0.0


0.0
0.0
0.0
Maximum
Value
10.0
2.0

1.0

1.0

1.0


-
$ j^^st^sSp * r ^
10.0
250.0
10.0
250.0
1.0
none
0.999
0.999


10.0
250.0


"* l i X
10.0
250.0
' <• v'r'-v?,:,,,:-v
1.0

- ••-..';'••,; '••"••'..;...;:..':
none

4' ~ i
0.999


0.999


100
2500
100

-------
                                                                                      B.I HSPFData Dictionary
Table B.1.1 (continued)
Symbol/Data
Group

uzs
IFWS
LZS
AGWS
GWVS
Definition

flag for upper zone storage
interflow storage
lower zone storage
active groundwater storage
index to groundwater slope; measure of antecedent
active groundwater inflow
Default
Value/Units
0.0mm
0.001 in
0.025 mm
0.0 in
0.0mm
0.001 in
0.025 mm
0.0mm
0.0 in
0.0 in
0.0 mm
Minimum
Value
0.0
0.001
0.025
0.0
0.0
0.001
0.025
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Maximum
Value
2500
100
2500
100
2500
100
2500
100
2500
100
2500
     CRVFG      flag for erosion related cover                              0
     VSIVFG      Atmospheric deposition rate                              0
    SDOPFG     flag that determines the algorithm used to simulate          0
                removal of sediment from land surface
                                                                      0
                                                                      0
                                                                      0
                                   1
                                   2
                                   1
     SMPF


     KRER
     JRER
     AFFIX

     COVER

     NVSI
     KSER

     JSER
     KGER

     JGER
MON -COVER
  COVERM(12)
supporting management practice factor. It is used to
simulate the reduction in erosion achieved by use of
erosion control practices.
coefficient in the soil detachment equation
exponent in the soil detachment equation
fraction by which detached sediment storage
decreases each day, as a result of soil compaction
fraction of land surface which is shielded from
erosion by rainfall (not considering snow cover)
rate at which sediment enters detached storage from
the atmosphere. A negative value can be used to
simulate removal
     1.0

     0.0
    none
 0.0 (I/day)

     0.0

0.0 Ib/ac.day
0.0 kg/ha.day
0.001

 0.0
none
 0.0

 0.0
                                                                                     none
                                                                                     none
                                                                                                   1.0

                                                                                                   none
                                                                                                   none
                                                                                                   1.0

                                                                                                   1.0
               none
               none
coefficient in the detached sediment washoff
equation
exponent in the detached sediment washoff equation
coefficient in the matrix soil scour equation
(simulates gully erosion, etc.)
exponent in the matrix soil scour equation
                monthly values of the COVER parameter. Only
                required if CRVFG = 1
MON!- Nvs) ,v;f^.; i:.-,^^^^^)^^^^^^^^^^^^
    0.0

    none
    0.0

    none
        ?
    0.0
 0.0

none
 0.0

none
f*.  '•,
 0.0
                                                                                                   none
                                                                                                   none
                                                                                                   none
                                                                                                   none
                                                                                   1.0
                                                                                                       ai-5

-------
 BASINS Version 2.0
Table B.1.1 (continued)
Symbol/Data
Group
NVSIM(12)
SED-STOR
DETS
Definition
monthly values of the net vertical sediment input.
Only required if VSIFG>0

initial storage of detached sediment
Default
Value/Units
0.0 Ib/ac.day
0.0 kg/ha.day

tons/ac
0.0 tonnes/ha
;• •' ' :";; . • •- " •;'. PSTEMP
(Simulation of Soil Temperature)
PSTEMP -PARMi
SLWFG
ULTVFG
LGTVFG
TSOPFG
PSTEMP - PARM2
ASLT
BSLT

flag for surface temperature and gradient
flag for upper layer temperature and gradient
flag for lower layer and G.W. temperature and
gradient
flag for subsurface soil temperature calculation

surface layer temperature, when the air temperature
is 32 degrees F. It is the intercept of the surface
layer temperature regression
slope of the surface layer temperature regression
equation
FOR TSOPFG = 0 or 2 1 ,: " . \ : ,;l' ;
ULTP1 smoothing factor in upper layer temperature
calculation
ULTP2
LGTP1
LGTP2
FOR TSOPFG = 1
ULTP1
ULTP2
LGTP1
LGTP2
MOM -ASLT
ASLTM(12)
MON - BSLT
BSLTM(12)
mean difference between upper layer soil
temperature and air temperature
smoothing factor for calculating lower layer/
groundwater soil temperature
mean departure from the upper layer soil
temperature for calculating lower layer/groundwater
soil temperature
•--'••.. - • '-: ". - • .]•...'.
intercept in the upper layer soil temperature
regression equation
slope in the upper layer soil temperature regression
equation
lower layer/groundwater layer soil temperature
not used

monthly surface layer temperature when air is 32
degrees F. Only required if SLWFG = 1

monthly slope of surface layer temperature
regression equation. Only required if SLTVFG = 1

.
0
0
0
0

32.0 F
0.0 C
1.0 F/F
1.0 C/C
none
none F
noneC
none
none F
noneC

none F
none C
none F/F
none C/C
none F
noneC
none

32.0 F
0.0 C

1.0 F/F
1.0 C/C

Minimum
Value
none
none

0.0
0.0
r
ซ~ * *. ป*
0
0
0
0

0.0
-18.0
0.001
0.001

none
none
none
none
none
none

none
none
none
none
none
none
none

0.0
-18.0

0.001
0.001
Maximum
Value
none
none

none
none

> ,
1
1
1
2

100.0
38.0
2.0
2.0
none
none
none
none
none
none

none
none
none
none
none
none
none

100.0
38.0

2.0
2.0
B.l-6

-------
B.I HSPFData Dictionary
Table B.1.1 (continued)
Symbol/Data
Group
IfpN - ULTPI
ULTP1M(12)
,MON - ULTP2
ULTP2M(12)
MON - LGTP1
LGTP1M(12)
MON - LGTP2
LGTP2M(12)
AIRTC
SLTMP
ULTMP
LGTMP

PWT - PARM1
IDVFG
1CVFG
GDVFG
GCVFG
ELEV
IDOXP
IC02P
ADOXP
AC02P
MO^^IFWDQX-
IDOXPM(12)
Definition
"
monthly parameter for estimating upper layer
temperature. Only required if ULTVFG = 1 (see
ULTPI for units)
.
monthly parameter for estimating upper layer
temperature. Only required if ULTVFG = 1 (see
ULTP2 for units)
ซ ^
monthly parameter for estimating lower layer and
active groundwater layer temperature calculations.
Only required if LGTVFG = 1 (see LGTP1 for units)
^ ' '} * -v
monthly parameter for estimating lower layer and
active groundwater layer temperature calculations.
Only required if LGTVFG = 1 (see LGTP2 for units)
air temperature
surface layer soil temperature
upper layer soil temperature
lower layer/groundwater layer soil temperature
, ri -PWTGAS
flag for interflow dissolved oxygen concentration
flag for interflow C02 concentration
flag for groundwater dissolved oxygen concentration
flag for groundwater 002 concentration
elevation of the PLS above sea level (used to adjust
saturation concentrations of dissolved gasses in
surface outflow)
concentration of dissolved oxygen in interflow outflow
concentration of dissolved 002 in interflow outflow
concentration of dissolved oxygen in active
groundwater outflow
concentration of dissolved C02 in active groundwater
outflow
monthly parameter for concentration of DO in
interflow outflow (only required if IDVFG = 1)
Default
Value/Units
, -
none
none
-
none
none

none
none
<
none
none
60.0 F
16.0 C
60.0 F
16.0 C
60.0 F
16.0 C
60.0 F
16.0 C
"
0
0
0
0
0.0ft
0.0 m
0.0 mg/l
0.0 mg c/l
0.0 mg/l
0.0 mg c/l
0.0 mg/l
Minimum
Value

none
none

none
none
*
none
none

none
none
-20.0
-29.0
-20.0
-29.0
-20.0
-29.0
-20.0
-29.0
f
0
0
0
0
-1000.0
-300.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Maximum
Value
"• •;•, : • , •• ",..'.: ,-'..
none
none

none
none
-
none
none

none
none
120.0
49.0
120.0
49.0
120.0
49.0
120.0
49.0
""" *•
„
1
1
1
30000.0
9100.0
20.0
1.0
20.0
1.0
20.0
                 B.l-7

-------
BASINS Version 2.0
^
Table B.LI (continued)
Symbol/Data
Group
WON - |Rft/C02
IC02PM(12)
MON-GRNDDOX
ADOXPM(12)
WON - GRNDC02
AC02PM(12)
PWr- TEMPS
SOTMP
IOTMP
AOTMP
PWT- GASES
SODOX
SOC02
IODOX
IOC02
AODOX
AOC02
QUAL -PROPS
QSDFG
VPFWFG
VPFSFG
QSOFG
VQOFG
QIFWFG
VIQCFG
QAGWFG
VAQCFG
QUAL -INPUT
SQO
POTFW
Definition
,. , ,,., ., ^ 	 ,,.. ,.„, „„,;
monthly parameter for concentration of dissolved
CO2 in interflow outflow (only required if ICVFG = 1)
,, .- ,-" .
monthly parameter for concentration of DO in active
groundwater outflow (only required if GDVFG = 1)
- ':•' •'•"•'.'.'. '• '.
monthly parameter for concentration of dissolved
CO2 in active groundwater outflow (only required if
GCVFG = 1)
initial surface outflow temperature
initial interflow outflow temperature
initial active groundwater outflow temperature

DO concentration in surface outflow
002 concentration in surface outflow
DO concentration in interflow outflow
002 concentration in interflow outflow
DO concentration in active groundwater outflow
002 concentration in active groundwater outflow
sediment associated constituent flag
flag for washoff potency factor
flag for scour potency factor
overland flow associated constituent flag
flag for accumulation and limiting storage factor
interflow associated constituent flag
flag for interflow outflow concentration
groundwater associated constituent flag
flag for groundwater outflow concentration

initial storage of (sediment associated constituent)
QUALOF on the surface of the PLS
washoff potency factor
Default
Value/Units
1™ r it
0.0 mg c/l
'""'
0.0 mg/l

0.0 mg c/l
60.0 F
16.00
60.0 F
16.00
60.0 F
16.00

0.0 mg/l
0.0 mg c/l
0.0 mg/l
0.0 mg c/l
0.0 mg/l
0.0 mg c/l
* ซ!
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

0.0 qty/ac
0.0 qty/ha
0.0 qtyAon
0.0 qty/tonne
Minimum
Value

0.0
0.0

0.0
32.0
0.0
32.0
0.0
32.0
0.0

0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
V
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Maximum
Value
* ftv 1* ซ.
1.0
,. vl
20.0
>4
1.0
' . a > 'i ^
100.0
38.0
100.0
38.0
100.0
38.0

20.0
1.0
20.0
1.0
20.0
1.0
• * „ *
ป i 1 -i '
1
2
1
1
1
1
4
1
4

none
none
none
none
S.l-8

-------
B.I HSPFData Dictionary
Table B.1.1 (continued)
Symbol/Data
Group
POTFS

ACQOP

SQOLIM

WSQOP

IOQC

AOQC

MON - POTFW
POTFWM(12)

MON - POTFS
POTFSM(12)

MON-ACCUM

ACQOPM(12)
.• -•..•..•!.- .,-. jv-";".i'ซ'l
SQOLIM(12)

^W^^j^^M;
IOQCM(12)

Definition

scour potency factor

rate of accumulation of QUALOF

maximum storage of QUALOF

rate of surface runoff which will remove 90 percent
of stored QUALOF per hour
concentration of the constituent in interflow outflow
(onlyifQIFWFG = 1)
concentration of the constituent in active (only if
QAGWFG = 1) groundwater outflow
f
monthly parameter for washoff potency factor. Only
required if VPFWFG > 0
-~ ~ ~ *
monthly parameter for scour potency factor. Only
required if VPFSFG = 1
~
-, ^„ -
montly parameter fpr rate of accumulation of
QUALOF. Only required if VQOFG = 1
monthly parameter fpr maximum storage of QUALOF.
Only required if VQOFG = 1
IMC „ , ' I *<•"ซ-ซ„
monthly parameter for concentration of QUAL in
interflow. Only required if VIQCFG > 0
Default
Value/Units
0.0 qty/ton
0.0 qty/tonne
•0.0 qty/ac.day
0.0 qty/ha.day
0.000001 qty/ac
0.000002 qty/ha
1.64 in/hr
41.7 mm/hr
0.0 qty/ft3
0.0 qty/l
0.0 qty/ft3
0.0 qty/l
~ *
0.0 qty/ton
0.0 qty/tonne
~ -
0.0 qty/ton
0.0 qty/tonne
if*
V li ซ, U.*- „ ""
0.0 qty/ac.day
0.0 qty/ha.day
1. 0 E-6 qty/ac
2.0 E-6 qty/ha
"~ " -^
0.0 qty/ft3
0.0 qty/l
Minimum
Value
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.000001
0.000002
0.01
0.25
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
"
0.0
0.0
if
0.0
0.0
%
.^Jf

0.0
0.0
-i;
1.0 E-6
2.0 E-6
"

0.0
0.0
MON - GRND - CONG ~\ " """„„„! ^""'"^ " - ?-
AOQCM(12)

~
UZSN - LZSN
UZSN

LZSN

SURS

IVlO 1 """• rrArxiVi
1 • -,: .'/->"',<•• -
SLMPF


monthly parameter for concentration of QUAL in
groundwater. Only required if VAQCFG > 0
MSTLAY

nominal upper zone storage

nominal lower zone storage

initial surface detention storage

-
factor to adjust solute percolation rates from the
surface layer storage to the upper layer principal
storage.
0.0 qty/ft3
0.0 qty/l

*u
none in
none mm
none in
none mm
0.001 in
0.025 mm
^
1.0


0.0
0.0
"^
* I
0.01
0.25
0.01
0.25
0.001
0.025
vsซ t,
0.001


Maximum
Value
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
i *
none
none
>ซ
none
none
T
X^WJ * „ & "".^M,™*
none
none
none
none
., * "*>
none
none
* t"*
none
none

— -
10.0
250.0
100.0
2500.0
100.0
2500.0
.-** **!„,, <- v-
1.0



















r<



. 3


_ir

*w


1


•w
*-*






•3



B.l-9

-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Table B.Ll (continued)
Symbol/Data
Group
ULPF
LLPF
MST-TOPSTOR
SMSTM
UMSTM
IMSTM
MST-TQPFLXR
FSO
FSP
Fll
FUP
FIO
!MST-SUBSTOR
LMSTM
AMSTM
MST-SIJBFLX
FLP
RDP
FAO
"iii ' " i
PEST -FLAGS

SOIL -DATA

Definition
factor to adjust solute percolation rates from the
upper layer principal storage to the lower layer
storage.
factor to adjust solute percolation rates from the
lower layer storage to the active and inactive
groundwater.
initial moisture content in the surface storage
initial moisture content in the upper principal storage
initial moisture content in the upper transitory
(interflow) storage

initial value of the fractional fluxes of soluble
chemicals through the topsoil layers of a PLS
initial value of the fractional fluxes of soluble
chemicals through the topsoil layers of a PLS
initial value of the fractional fluxes of soluble
chemicals through the topsoil layers of a PLS
initial value of the fractional fluxes of soluble
chemicals through the topsoil layers of a PLS
initial value of the fractional fluxes of soluble
chemicals through the topsoil layers of a PLS

initial moisture storage in the lower layer
initial moisture storage in the active groundwater
layer
initial fractional flux of soluble chemicals through the
subsoil
initial fractional flux of soluble chemicals through the
subsoil
initial fractional flux of soluble chemicals through the
subsoil
; ^ .:. ' •' :/. "* ; •- PEST 	 '
maximum number of iterations used in solving
Freundich adsorption isotherm

thicknesses of the surface, upper, lower, and
groundwater layers
Default
Value/Units
1.0
1.0

0.0 Ib/ac
0.0 kg/ha
0.0 Ib/ac
0.0 kg/ha
0.0 Ib/ac
0.0 kg/ha

0.0 I/interval
0.0 I/interval
0.0 I/interval
0.0 I/interval
0.0 I/interval
^••:.V,^;r:;;,;r7f"V:
0.0 Ib/ac
0.0 kg/ha
0.0 Ib/ac
0.0 kg/ha

0.0 I/interval
0.0 I/interval
0.0 I/interval
"""
30

none in
none mm
Minimum
Value
1.0
1.0

0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
i "•#•
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0

0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
- •'" •" -. "•- '• • " '".'.""'
0.0
0.0
0.0
.
1

0.001
0.0025
Maximum
Value
10.0
10.0

none
none
none
none
none
none

1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0

none
none
none
none
1.0
1.0
1.0

100

1000
2500
B.l-10

-------
                                                                                          5.1 HSPFData Dictionary
Table B.1.1 (continued)
Symbol/Data
Group

"PEST -ID

PEST-THETA
THDSPS
THADPS
PESt-FIRSTPM
KDSPS
KADPS
TPESf-CMAX
CMAX
PEST- SVALPM ,
XFIX
Kl
Nl
Definition
bulk densities of the surface, upper, lower, and
groundwater layers
„ ..
names of pesticides being simulated
~
adjusts the desorption rate parameter to reflect
temperature dependence (by modified Arrhenius
equation)
adjusts the adsorption rate parameter to reflect
temperature dependence (by modified Arrhenius
equation)
,"-,.- *
desorption rate at 35 deg C
adsorption rate at 35 deg C
.
maximum solubility of the pesticide in water
- i .,,
maximum concentration (on the soil) of pesticide
which is permanently fixed to the soil
coefficient parameter for the Freundlich adsorption/
desorption equation.
exponent for the Freundlich adsorption/desorption
Default
Value/Units
103 Ib/ft3
1.65 gm/cc

none

1.05
1.05

0.0 (I/day)
0.0 (I/day)

0.0 ppm

0.0 ppm
0.0 (I/kg)
none
Minimum
Value
50
0.80
-
none

1.00
1.00

0.0
0.0

0.0

0.0
0.0
1.0
Maximum
Value
150
2.40
-
none
,
2.00
2.00

none
none
"
none
_
none
none
none
                 equation
PEST-NONSVPM
      XFIX
          maximum concentration (on the soil) of pesticide
          which is permanently fixed in the soil. Only used if
          ADOPFG = 3 (non-single value Freundlich Method)
Kl        coefficient parameter for the adsorption Freundlich
          curve
Nl        exponent parameter for the adsorption Freundlich
          curve
          exponent for the auxiliary (desorption) curve
       N2
PEST-DEGRAD
    SDGCON
    UDGCON
    LDGCON
    ADGCON
PEST - STOR1

      PSCY       initial storage of pesticide in crystalline form
          degradation rate of the pesticide in the surface layer
          degradation rate of the pesticide in the upper layer
          degradation rate of the pesticide in the lower layer
          degradation rate of the pesticide in groundwater
 0.0 ppm

 0.0 (I/kg)

   none

   none

0.0 (I/day)
0.0 (I/day)
0.0 (I/day)
0.0 (I/day)
                                                               0.0 Ib/ac
                                                               0.0 kg/ha
0.0

0.0

1.0

1.0

0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
                   0.0
                   0.0
none

none

none

none

1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
              none
              none
                                                                                                          B.l-11

-------
BASINS Verefon 2.0
^
Table B.1.1 (continued)
Symbol/Data
Group
PSAD
PSSU
PESTlsf6R:2 	 '"
IPS
, ' ,, , ,, ""' (', .ill!"'!!1",,, 	 , l|;i'll,; 	
VNUTFG
FORAFG
ITMAXA
BNUMN
CNUMN
SKPLN
UKPLN
LKPLN
AKPLN
Definition
initial storage of pesticide in adsorbed form
initial storage of pesticide in solution
• 	 'i i,;rr n v w mm i
Initial storage of pesticide in the upper layer
transitory (interflow) storage. Only dissolved pesticide
is used here
	 r 	 '^Tn^f^^^^^^^^MKT^-T^
"", ! 	 ^ 	 L lM :•:'>• i",, (rt1™!11 p1 i^;11"1!! 	 rV "j'llj1"! ซ• ' . ;r" - - •'"• • ;. -T.VV ^ .. ",. " ""'"'T^ .if-- ^ ^ r "• ;^;v^
, ., 	 ; 	 ^ „,,;,.;;„,,„. . ,\-/r, ,. " 1.... ',:;:,'-,• ..-••,:.ฃ,- '%'i,);.. =u-r:_
flag for plant uptake parameters
flag for ammonium adsorption/desorption option
plant nitrogen uptake reaction rate parameter for
lower layer
number of timesteps between biochemical
recalculation
number of timesteps between adsorption
recalculation
	 - "' 	 - •' "; " " ."" ; "v":1-;';""; t;^!'r ^.'^.nn'"^
plant nitrogen uptake reaction rate parameter for
surface layer
plant nitrogen uptake reaction rate parameter for
upper layer
plant nitrogen uptake reaction rate parameter for
lower layer
plant nitrogen uptake reaction rate parameter for
active groundwater layer
MON-NITUPT ' " ""
' i ' ซ t i ; fit i r it L i •< > ^. ^t ""-

KPLNM(*)
N03UTF
NH4UTF
monthly parameter for plant nitrogen uptake reaction
rate
fraction of nitrogen uptake which comes from nitrate
fraction of nitrogen uptake which comes from
ammonium
Default
Value/Units
0.0 Ib/ac
0.0 kg/ha
0.0 Ib/ac
0.0 kg/ha
\*%
0.0 Ib/ac
0.0 kg/ha

0
0
30
none
none

0.0 (I/day)
0.0 (I/day)
0.0 (I/day)
0.0 (I/day)
-f* -4 1-
0.0 (I/day)
1.0
0.0
Minimum
Value
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
" T*"**
0.0
0.0

0
0
1
1
1
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
->•}
ฐ*t S'
0.0
0.001
0.0
,,14 	 ;, J:,,:L 	 :;•" :ป' '„!: 	 :::„ -J ::'>jซ; 	 	 ' '• 	 ' "TV* 	 i'; 	 '"I"1"-' ii^'.,^. ซซ•**, ,;^ry ..^K.iwo-..1',* -ซM., j-.i :---: ';. -: - v-.*': Y, '^^j'-.^a'^^x^e^u^c^fc'^^1 ' :;,;-<%>r~ff '^';
 .;• •: -; •;•-,. • ; ;: - •- /;- : ; ~::. :• ':f^_
THPLN
THKDSA
THKADA
THKIMN
THKAM
THKDN1
plant uptake
Ammonium desorption
Ammonia adsorption
nitrate immobilization
organic N ammonification
N03 denitrification
1.07
1.05
1.05
1.07
1.07
1.07
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
Maximum
Value
none
none
none
none
^S; *""w' >i
none
none
^glySsgSiyrllg
1
1
100
1000
1000
none
none
none
none
„ ซ?f -**'*
none
1.0
1.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
B.l-12

-------
B.I HSPFData Dict/onafy
Table B.1.1 (continued)
Symbol/Data
Group
THKNI
Definition
Nitrification
THKIMA Ammonium immobilization
JWT^FSTPM vi; _ " ' / , '*./J ~
 '

ORGN
AMAD
AMSU
N03
PLTN
'NIT-STOR2
IAMSU
IN03
PHOS-FLAGS
VPUTFG
FORPFG
ITMAXP
Initial storage of organic N
Initial storage of adsorbed ammonium
Initial storage of solution ammonium
Initial storage of nitrate
Initial N stored in plants, derived from this layer
- -
Initial quantity of ammonium in upper layer transitory
storage
Initial quantity of nitrate in upper layer transitory
storage
" " tปHOS
flag for plant uptake parameters
flag for phosporus adsorption/desorption option
maximum number of iterations for Freudlich method
0.0 Ib/ac
0.0 kg/ha
0.0 Ib/ac
0.0 kg/ha
0.0 Ib/ac
0.0 kg/ha
0.0 Ib/ac
0.0 kg/ha
0.0 Ib/ac
0.0 kg/ha
i.
0.0 Ib/ac
0.0 kg/ha
0.0 Ib/ac
0.0 kg/ha
-
0
0
30
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
i -a^ -
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
,ti i
0
0
1
Maximum
Value
2.0
2.0
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
9*. Jv "V
-> l *
none
* -i



^ &w ป -u, "~
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
~ \,_
none
none
none
none
^
1
1
100
6.1-13

-------
 BASINS Version 2.0
  Table B.1.1 (continued)
   Symbol/Data   Definition
      Group
                                                                   Default
                                                                 Value/Units
               Minimum
                 Value
Maximum
  Value
      BNUMP
      CNUMP
                 number of timesteps between biochemical
                 recalculation
                 number of timesteps between adsorption
                 recalculation
                 This data set is analogous to NIT-UPTAKE
                 This data set is analogous to MON-NITUPT
 PHOS-UPTAKE
     SKPLP
     UKPLP
     LKPLP
     AKPLP
 MON - PHOSUPT
    KPLPM(*)
 PHOS-FSTGEN                                ;
 ^temperature correction coefficients for the following reactions>
     THPLP     plant uptake
                phosphate desorption
                phosphate adsorption
                phosphate immobilization
                organic P mineralization
     THKDSP
     THKADP
     THKIMP
     THKMP
 PHOS-FSTPM
      KDSP
      KADP
      KIMP
      KMP
 PHOS-CMAX
      CMAX
                phosphate desorption
                phosphate adsorption
                phosphate immobilization
                organic P mineralization
                maximum solubility of phosphate
PHOS-SVALPM                          • ."_•'    ,    ;,  „
     XRX       this data set is identical to
                NIT-SVALPM. It is only used if FORPFG = 1
       Kl
       Nl
PHOS-STOR1

                                                                     none
                                                                     none
0.0 ppm
                                                                                    0.0
                                                                                                 1000
                                                                                                 1000
1.07
1.05
1.05
1.07
1.07
0.0 (I/day)
0.0 (I/day)
0.0 (I/day)
0.0 (I/day)
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
none
none
none
none
                                                                                                 none
ORGP

P4AD

P4SU

PLTP

initial storage of organic P

initial storage of adsorbed phosphate

initial storage of phosphate in solution

initial P stored in plants, derived from this layer

0.0 Ib/ac
0.0 kg/ha
0.0 Ib/ac
0.0 kg/ha
0.0 Ib/ac
0.0 kg/ha
0.0 Ib/ac
0.0 kg/ha
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
B.l-14

-------
                                                                                         B.I HSPFData Dictionary
 Table B.1.1 (continued)
  Symbol/Data    Definition
      Group
                                                     Default
                                                   Value/Units
                Minimum
                  Value
            Maximum
              Value
 PHOS - STOR2

      IP4SU
initial storage of phosphate in upper layer transitory       0.0 Ib/ac
(interflow) storage                                    0.0 kg/ha
                   0.0
                   0.0
              none
              none
               "•'  ,              1  '    "            TRACER
 TRAC-ID        '
    TRACI D(*)    name of tracer substance

 TRAC-TOPSTOR   _  „   .   '   ,'.....„   ,
      STRSU      initial quantity of tracer (conservative) in surface
                 storage

      UTRSU      initial quantity of tracer in upper principal storage


      ITRSU      initial quantity of tracer in upper transitory (interflow)
                 storage
.TRAC-SUBSTOR
      LTRSU      initial storage of tracer in lower layer
     ATRSU
initial storage of tracer in active groundwater layer
                                                      none
                                                    0.0 Ib/ac
                                                    0.0 kg/ha

                                                    0.0 Ib/ac
                                                    0.0 kg/ha

                                                    0.0 Ib/ac
                                                    0.0 kg/ha
0.0 Ib/ac
0.0 kg/ha

0.0 Ib/ac
0.0 kg/ha
                                                                      none
                   0.0
                   0.0

                   0.0
                   0.0

                   0.0
                   0.0
0.0
0.0

0.0
0.0
                                                                                    none
              none
              none

              none
              none

              none
              none
none
none

none
none
                                                                                                         B.l-15

-------
 BASINS Version 2.0
**m
a
Table B.1.2 IMPLND (Impervious Land Segment)
Symbol/Data
Group
'!. "
JMPLND AIEMP 	
•• ,„, ป
J 	 	 • •
	 IMPLNDSNOW,,,
T .. ' '..
JWAT-P^RMI
CSNOFG

RTOPFG
VRSFG
VNNFG
RTUFG
JyfeWM2_,
LSUR

SLSUR
NSUR
RETSC

i,WAT-PARM3
PETMAX


PETMIN

tf/ION - RETN
RETSCM(12)

•WON 1- MANNING
NSURM(12)

JWAT-STATE1
RETS

SURS


$LD - PARM1
VASDFG
VRSDFG
SDOPFG

Definition

; 	 ; V.;-. ATEMP
T|iis section is analogous to ATEMP in the PERLND group
SNOW
, J u, „
Thjs section is analogous to ATEMP in the PERLND group
(WATER

flag to consider effects of snow accumulation and
melt
flag for overland flow routing method
flag for retention storage capacity
flag for ManningQs n for the overland flow plane

,ji n , -_ .;,;,. .v :ซ.";. .,:V!!L'.|||.ซ.. :ij>.. ix-ft''^1*!.^^,^;. " ,. * j.
length of the assumed overland flow plane

slope of the assumed overland flow plane
ManningQs n for the overland flow plane
retention (interception) storage capacity of the
surface
•.•-',.' •/• . . j...
air temp, below which ET will arbitrarily be reduced
below the value obtained from the input time series.
Only use if CSNOFG = 1
temp, below which ET will be zero regardless of the
value in the input time series.

monthly retention storage capacity values. Only use
if VRSFG = 1

monthly values for ManningDs n values. Only
required if VNNFG = 1

retention storage

surface (overland flow) storage

• • . ^y T:' '"'''!; rilPMPs-.'V ;:;;

flag for solid accumulation rate
flag for solid removal rate option
flag that determines the algorithm used to simulate
removal of sediment from the land surface
Default
Value/Units



* ft* "



0

0
0
0

J" *
none ft
none m
none
0.1
0.0 in
0.0 mm

40.0 F
4.5 C

35.0 F
1.7 C

0.0 in
0.0mm
*
0.10


0.001 in
0.025 mm
0.001 in
0.025 mm


0
0
0

Minimum
Value



t



" 0

0
0
0

',
1.0
0.3
0.000001
0.001
0.0
0.0

none
none

none
none

0.0
0.0

0.001

•: i.-.i-. - '"- - ' •-.'-
0.001
0.025
0.001
0.025


0
0
0

Maximum
Value
^ s
-,„_ ,
•a ,
" 'l^5 1 " '-&y * l&
~

>
1

1
1
1

IMS*
none
none
10.0
1.0
10.0
250.0
v
none
none

none
none
ซ
10.0
250.0
'~~-
1.0


100
2500
100
2500


1
1
1

B.l-16

-------
B.I HSPFData Dictionary
Table B.3L2 IMPLND (Impervious Land Segment)
Symbol/Data
Group
KEIM
JEIM
ACCSDP

REMSDP
, ,- - __-. ---- .j. ... ,..-^; ',
ACCSDM(12)

'MON-:REIv1OV
REMSDM(12)

SLD - STOR
SLDS


IWT-PARM1
WTFVFG

CSNOFG

IWT - PARM2
ELEV

AWTF

BWTF

MON^AWTF '
AWTFM(12)

MON - BTWF
BWTFM(12)


IWt-lNIT
SOTMP

SODOX
SOC02
Definition

coefficient in the solids washoff equation
exponent in the solids washoff equation
rate at which solids accumulate on the land surface

fraction of solids storage which is removed each day
when no runoff
monthly solids accumulation rates. Only needed if
VASDFG = 1

monthly solids unit removal rate. Only needed if
VRSDFG = 1
<, — i, *"*"'
initial storage of solids

* -1 " * „' IWTGAS

flag to choose constant or monthly temperature
regression parameters
flag to consider effects of snow accumulation and
melt
~\—
elevation of the impervious land segment (ILS)
above sea level
surface water temperature, when the air
temperature is 32 degrees F
slope of the surface water temperature regression
equation
..:•'. .••••/•;•.•:
monthly values for AWTF. Only required if WTFVFG
= 1

monthly values for slope of the surface water
temperature regression equation. Only required if
WTFVFG = 1

initial temperature of the surface runoff

initial DO content of the surface runoff
initial C02 content of the surface runoff
Default
Value/Units
0.0
none
0.0 tons/ac.day
0.0 tonnes/ha.day
0.0 (I/day)
!„
0.0 tons/ac.day
0.0 tonnes/ha.day
vfl
0.0 I/day

•K ^ **
0.0 tons/ac
0.0 tonnes/ha


0

0

ป t •<•ป i~
0.0ft
0.0m
32.0 F
0.0 C
1.0 F/F
1.0 C/C

32.0 F
0.0 C

1.0 F/F
1.0 C/C


60.0 F
16.0 C
0.0 mg/l
0.0 mg c/l
Minimum
Value
0.0
none
0.0
0.0
0.0
,-
•V, '
0.0
0.0
•>
0.0

- ซ,, -I
0.0
0.0
t
* * -x
0

0

#4i ป•- V
-1000.0
-300.0
0.0
-18.0
0.001
0.001
i
0.0
-18.0
„
0.001
0.001


32.0
0.01
0.0
0.0
Maximum
Value
None
none
none
none
1.0
•s
none
none

1.0

,. — _ "•ป- *
none
none
*"
.*ป.
1

1

""•ฃ" * M **** "" ^f
30000.0
9100.0
100.0
38.0 •
2.0
2.0
" ' '
100.0
38.0
*"
2.0
2.0


100.0
38.0
20.0
1.0
                e.i-17

-------
 BASINS Version 2.0
 Table B.3-2 IMPLND (Impervious Land Segment)
Symbol/Data
Group
QUAL -PROPS
QSDFG
VPFWFG
QSOFG
VQOFG
QUAL -INPUT
SQO
POTFW
ACQOP
SQOLIM
WSQOP
MON - POTFW
MON-ACCUM
MON -SQOLIM
Definition
-•--;::• .QUAL -.
flag for sediment associated constituent
flag for scour potency factor
flag for overland flow associated constituent
flag for accumulation and limiting storage

initial storage of overland flow associated
constituent (QUALOF) on the surface of the ILS
Washoff potency factor. Only applicable if the
constituent is sediment associated constituent
(QUALSD)
rate of accumulation of QUALOF
maximum storage of QUALOF
rate of surface runoff which will remove 90% of
stored QUALOF per hour
this data set is identical to the corresponding table in
this data set is identical to the corresponding table in
this data set is identical to the corresponding table in
Default
Value/Units

0
0
0
0

0.0 qty/ac
0.0 qty/ha
0.0 qty/ton
0.0 qty/tonne
0.0 qty/ac.day
0.0 qty/ha.day
0.000001 qty/ac
0.000002 qty/ha
1.64 in/hr
41.7 mm/hr
PERLND ;:
PERLND '' ':'-'
PERLND "• •''-.'-
Minimum
Value

0
0
0
0

0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.000001
0.000002
0.01
0.25



Maximum
Value

1
1
1
1
'. _'.•-.-'...._
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none


' • . -/-.••• , ,- - ;
B.l-18

-------
B.I HSPFData Dictionary
Table B.1.3 RCHRES (River / Reservoir Reach)
Symbol/Data
Group

HYDR - PARM1
VCONFG
AUX1FG
AUX2FG
AUX3FG
ODFVFG
ODGTFG
FUNCT
HYDR - PARM2
FTBDSN
FTABNO
LEN
DELTH
STCOR
KS
DB50
MON - CONVF
CONVFM(12)
VOL
COLIND(5)
OUTDGT(5)
APCALC-DATA
CRRAT
VOL
Definition
HYDR
*
flag for F[VOL] outflow demand components
flag to calculate depth, stage, surface area,
average depth, and top width
flag to calculate average velocity and average cross-
sectional area
flag to calculate shear velocity and bed shear stress
flag for F[VOL] component of the outflow demand
flag for Grj] component of the outflow demand
flag for combining outflow demand components

WDM table dataset number containing the F-Table
if FTBDSN = 0, then FTABNO is the userDs number
for the F-Table which contains the geometric and
hydraulic properties of RCHRES. Else, it is the WDM
table indicator
length of the RCHRES
drop in water elevation from the upstream to the
downstream extremities of the RCHRES
correction to the RCHRES depth to calculate stage
weighting factor for hydraulic routing
median diameter of the bed sediment (assumed
constant throughout the run)
^
monthly F(VOL) adjustment factors
initial volume of water in RCHRES
for an exit, it indicates the pair of columns used to
evaluate the initial value of the F(VOL) component
of outflow demand for the exit
specifies the G(T) component of the initial outflow
demand for each exit from RCHRES
: 	 •••• :---;;/:-'v::j7.--;-^pc^-v ;•••
ratio of maximum velocity to mean velocity in the
RCHRES cross section under typical flow conditions
volume of water in the RCHRES at the start of the
simulation. Not required if HYDR is active
Default
Value/Units


0
0
0
0
0
0
1

0
none
none miles
none km
0.0ft
0.0 m
0.0ft
0.0 m
0.0
0.01 in
0.25 mm

0.0
0.0 acre-ft
0.0 Mm3
4.0
0.0 ftVs
0.0 m3/s

1.5
0.0 acre-ft
0.0 Mm3
Minimum
Value


0
0
0
0
-5
0
1

0
1
0.01
0.016
0.0
0.0
none
none
0.0
0.0001
0.0025
"
0.0
0.0
0.0
4.0
0.0
0.0

1.0
0.0
0.0
Maximum
Value


1
1
1
1
8
5
3

999
999
none
none
none
none
none
none
0.99
100.0
2500.0

none
none
none
8.0
none
none

none
none
none
                B.l-19

-------
 BASINS Version 2.0
Table B.1.3 (continued)
Symbol/Data
Group

CONID(5)
CON
CONCID
CONV
QTYID
1 •
HEAT-PARM
ELEV
ELDAT
CFSAEX
KATRAD
KCOND
KEVAP
TW
AIRTMP
i i^i1
SANDFG
SANDFG
BEDWID
BEDWRN
POR
SED-HYDPARM
LEN
DELTH
Definition
::T':':'. 	 ;::::: . .' ' "^1^"
name of the conservative constituent
initial concentration of the constituent
specifies the concentration units of the constituent
conversion factor from QTYID/VOLto CONCID
specifies the units which the total flow of the
constituent into or out of RCHRES will be expressed
* UTDfMJ * ฐ
ni f\v*n
f to,
mean RCHRES elevation
difference in elevation between the RCHRES and
the air temperature gage (positive if RCHRES is
higher than the gage)
fraction of RCHRES surface exposed to radiation
longwave radiation coefficient
conduction - convection heat transport coefficient
evaporation coefficient
initial water temperature in RCHRES
initial air temperature at RCHRES
' SEDTRN
flag to choose method for sand load simulation:
Toffaletti, Colby, or user-specified power function
width of the cross-section over which HSPF will
assume bed sediment is deposited regardless of
stage, top-width, etc. Used to estimate bed
sediment depth
bed depth, which if exceeded will create warning
message
porosity of the bed (volume voids / total volume)
used to estimate bed depth
. ' , . '
length of RCHRES
drop in water elevation
Default
Value/Units
"• 3 f* A
none
0.0
none
none
none
ซA , . -
0.0ft
0.0m
0.0ft
0.0m
1.0
9.37
6.12
2.24
60.0 F
15.5 C
60.0 F
15.5 C
, :,r:;_,
3
none ft
none m
100.0 ft
30.5 m
0.5

none mi
none km
0.0ft
0.0m
Minimum
Value

none
0.0
none
l.OE-30
none
a
0.0
0.0
none
none
0.001
1.0
1.0
1.0
32.0
0.0
-90.0
-70.0

1
1.0
0.3
0.001
0.0003
0.1

0.01
0.016
0.0
0.0
Maximum
Value

none
none
none
none
None
30000.0
10000.0
none
none
2.0
20.0
20.0
10.0
200.0
95.0
150.0
65.0

3
vr>..--r ,.;- ;•.; H •,••'.-;,
none
none
none
none
0.9

none
none
none
none
e.i-20

-------
B.I HSPFData Dictionary
Table B.1.3 (continued)
Symbol/Data
Group
DB50

SAND - PM
D

W

RHO
KSAND
EXPSND
t SILT- CLAY -PM
' -S is- k **
D

W

RHO
TAUCD

TAUCS

M

isiKiw •-••"••;•;
SSED(3)

j|^Jg;V: '-:
BEDDEP




~
GQ - GENDATA
TEMPFG
PHFLAG
ROXFG
CLDFG
SDFG
PHYTFG
LAT
Definition

median diameter of bed sediment

A* -*• "^
effective diameter of the transported sand particles

corresponding fall velocity in still water

density of the sand particles
coefficient in the sand load power function formula
exponent in the sand load power function formula
* * * l ,~ * ~ ~* ' * * \ ซt *" "
, *" & > , "^ „ *ฐt '
effective diameter of the particles

fall velocity in still water

density of the particles
critical bed shear stress for deposition. Above this
stress, there will be no deposition
critical bed shear stress for scour. Below this value
there will be no scour
credibility coefficient of the sediment

y ""/::;'; ฅ^- •
three values are initial concentrations of suspended
sand, silt, and clay, respectively
' "•". V " ' P ^
initial total depth (thickness) of the bed

initial fraction (by weight) of sand in bed material
initial fraction of silt
initial fraction of clay
GQUAL

flag for source of water temperature data
flag for source of pH data
flag for source of free radical oxygen data
flag for source of cloud cover data
flag for source of total sediment concentration data
flag for source of phytoplankton data
latitude of RCHRES
Default
Value/Units
0.01 in
0.25 mm
-„
none in
none mm
none in/sec
none mm/sec
2.65 gm/cm3
0.0
0.0

ซ*.* *> nfi* vป
0.0 in
0.0mm
0.0 in/sec
0.0 mm/sec
2.65 gm/cm3
1.0E10 Ib/ft2
1.0E10 kg/m2
1.0E10 Ib/ft2
1.0E10 kg/m2
0.0 Ib/ft2.d
0.0 kg/m2.d

0.0 mg/l

Minimum
Value
0.0001
0.0025
ซ.
0.001
0.025
0.02
05
1.0
0.0
0.0

•* ป ซ i-"w
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
2.0
l.OE-10
l.OE-10
l.OE-10
l.OE-10
0.0
0.0

0.0

;I^SKii3ฎlte@ฎ^Siฎ
0.0 ft
0.0 m
1.0
0.0
0.0
™ ~" * *
-"" t_
2
2
2
2
2
2
0 degrees
0.0
0.0
0.0001
0.0
0.0
*

1
1
1
1
1
1
-54
Maximum
Value
100.0
2500.0
ฃ * """ ***** •au,
100.0
2500.0
500.0
12500.0
4.0
none
none

tf 4-4ปtyf^ >\ %.fr( ^^^J> ^
0.003
0.07
0.2
5.0
4.0
none
none
none
none
none
none

none


none
none
1.0
0.9999
0.9999
•< •*-, -^ ** „ J" *
* ,, ซ37T'
3
3
3
3
3
3
54
               B.l-21

-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Table B.i.3 (continued)
Symbol/Data
Group
GQ-QALDATA
GQID
DQAL
CONCID
CONV
QTYID
GQ - HYDPM
KA
KB
KN
THHYD
GQ-ROXPM
KOX
THOX
GQ-PHOTPM
PHOTPM(l-lS)
PHOTPM(19)
PHOTPM(20)
GQ - CFGAS
CFGAS
GQ-BIOPM
BIOCON
THBIO
BIO
MON - BIO
BIOM(12)
GQ-GENDECAY
FSTDEC
THFST
GQ-SEDDECAY
ADDCPM(l)
Definition

name of constituent (qual)
initial dissolved concentration of qual
concentration units (implied Dper literD)
factor to convert from qty/vol to concentration units
name of qty unit for qual

second order acid rate constant for hydrolysis
second order base rate constant for hydrolysis
first order rate constant of neutral reaction with
water
temperature correction coefficient for hydrolysis

second order rate constant for oxidation by free
radical oxygen
temperature correction coefficient for oxidation by
free radical oxygen

molar absorption coefficients for qual for 18
wavelength ranges of light
quantum yield for the qual in air-saturated pure
water
temperature correction coefficient for photolysis

ratio of volatilization rate to oxygen reaeration rate
second order rate constant for biodegradation of
qual by biomass
temperature correction coefficient for
biodegradation of qual
concentration of biomass causing biodegradation of
qual
monthly values of biomass

first order decay rate for qual
temperature correction coefficient for first order
decay of qual

decay rate for qual adsorbed to suspended sediment
Default
Value/Units

none
0.0
none
none
none

none I/sec
none I/sec
none I/sec
1.0

none I/sec
1.0

0.0 (I/cm)
1.0
1.0

none
none 1/mg.day
1.07
none mg/l
none mg/l

none I/day
1.07

0.0 (I/day)
Minimum
Value

none
0.0
none
l.OE-30
none
'V . '•• ,' "•
l.OE-30
l.OE-30
l.OE-30
1.0

l.OE-30
1.0

0.0
0.0001
1.0

l.OE-30
l.OE-30
1.0
0.00001
0.00001

0..00001
1.0

0.0
Maximum
Value
•'. • : •'."."-..;. 	 ••'•:-
none
none
none
none
none
,':'. '-^'"':'"::;:- :•'ฃ•
none
none
none
2.0

none
2.0
1'
none
10.0
2.0
-.' ' '" ' '., ." " ,. '„:
none
. - . '."•'•-•,. ,•;/;;
none
2.0
none
none

none
2.0

none
B.l-22

-------
B.1HSPF Data Dictionary
Table B.1.3 (continued)
Symbol/Data
Group
ADDCPM(2)
ADDCPM(3)
ADDCPM(4)
ADPM(1,1)
ADPM(2,1)
ADPM(3,1)
ADPM(4,1)
ADPM(5,1)
ADPM(6,1)
GQ-ADRATE
ADPM(1,2)
ADPM(2,2)
ADPM(3,2)
ADPM(4,2)
ADPM(5,2)
ADPM(6,2)
ADPM(1,3)
ADPM(2,3)
ADPM(3,3)
ADPM(4,3)
ADPM(5,3)
ADPM(6,3)
GQ - SEDCONC
SQAL(l)
SQAL(2)
SQAL(3)
SQAL(4)
SQAL(5)
SQAL(6)
GQ- VALUES
TWAT
PHVAL
Definition
temperature correction for decay of qual on
suspended sediment
decay rate for qual adsorbed to bed sediment
temperature correction coefficient for decay of qual
on bed sediment
distribution coefficient for qual with suspended sand
with suspended silt
with suspended clay
with bed sand
with bed silt
with bed clay
„
transfer rate between adsorbed and desorbed states
for qual with suspended sand
with suspended silt
with suspended clay
with bed sand
with bed silt
with bed clay
temperature correction coefficients for adsorption /
desorption on suspended sand
on suspended silt
on suspended clay
on bed sand
on bed silt
on bed clay
initial concentration of qual on suspended sand
on suspended silt
on suspended clay
on bed sand
on bed silt
on bed clay
•..••••-'• ' ' '• ••".•..-'.•'•>•' :~/.''----'".1 .L-.!:.',^..,-. 'V.iV- ' -." ,..V-.'--'.' V;.-:
water temperature (if modeled as constant, i.e.,
TEMPFG = 2)
pH (if modeled as constant i.e., PHFLAG = 2)
Default
Value/Units
1.07
0.0 (I/day)
1.07
none 1/mg
none 1/mg
none 1/mg
none 1/mg
none 1/mg
none 1/mg

none I/day
none I/day
none I/day
none I/day
none I/day
none I/day
1.07
1.07
1.07
1.07
1.07
1.07
0.0 concu/mg
0.0 concu/mg
0.0 concu/mg
0.0 concu/mg
0.0 concu/mg
0.0 concu/mg
• ••'-, .-'' '•'"-'• ฃ' '; - '/,". --."-,!-'..
60.0 F
15.5 C
7.0
Minimum
Value
1.0
0.0
1.0
l.OE-10
l.OE-10
l.OE-10
l.OE-10
l.OE-10
l.OE-10

0.00001
0.00001
0.00001
0.00001
0.00001
0.00001
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
t ft
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0

32.0
0.1
1.0
Maximum
Value
2.0
none
2.0
none
none
none
none
none
none

none
none
none
none
none
none
2.O
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
none
none
none
none
none
none
;: '.;••,; ,-ป../• .-', '- 	 '. . ••;
212.0
100.0
14.0
               8.1-23

-------
Table B.1.3 (continued)
Symbol/Data
Group
ROC

CLD

SDCNC

PHY

iyibN-WATEMFJ '
TEMPM(12)

MQISJ-PH'VAL """";
PHVALM(12)
MON - ROXYGEN
ROCM(12)

GQ- ALPHA
ALPH(18)
GAMM(18)
	 |H 	 r ,
GQ- DELTA
DEL(18)

GQ-CLDFACt
KCLD(18)

MON -CLOUD \
CLDM(12)
MON-SEDCQNC
SEDCNCM{12)
MbN-PHYtg
PHYM(12)
GQ- DAUGHTER
C(2,l)


C(3,l)
C(3,2)

BENTH - FLAG
BENRFG
Definition

free radical oxygen concentration (if modeled as
constant, i.e., ROXFG = 2)
cloud cover (if modeled as constant, i.e., CLDFG =
2)
total suspended sediment concentration (if modeled
as constant, i.e., SDFG = 2)
phytoplankton concentration (as biomass) (if
modeled as constant, i.e., PHYTFG = 2)

monthly values of water temperature (ifTEMPFG =
3)
i 	 - • 11 '
monthly values of pH (if PHFLAG = 3)
,_ — , — p. - - ,„ , ,, ,
monthly values of free radical oxygen (if ROXFG =
3)
'.J.f_.
Values of base absorbance coefficient
Values of sediment absorbance coefficient
• 	 „,„, lป.,i1L,-;,]liii,pMif;,,1,alhiii:i||,,-iM-71!iir'.rl" * " "
X...-'^.,l,..i_.'.
values of phytoplankton absorbance
--. . . r..|V .1, M -, 	 "™™ป||f -n^.-lwmnw.-r 'l.-f , in* f ™ " f "*

light extinction efficiency of cloud cover
' i, nl '"i;1 ~"lr J *""1"r ฃ

monthly values of average cloud cover

monthly average suspended sediment concentration

monthly values of phytoplankton concentration

indicates the amount of qual #2 which is produced
by decay of qual #1 through all simulated decay
processes


RQUAL
.
flag to choose benthal influences
Default
Value/Units
0.0 mol/l

0.0 tenths

0.0 mg/l

0.0 mg/l


60.0 F
15.5 C
<• , f <, "
7.0
r <* >t ,ป
0.0 mol/l

1
none I/cm
0.0 (l/m&cm)
4 1 v*ฃ kj,1!

0.0 (1/mg.cm)
ซป p~ซ* u wป  , i j-
none
none
ซj ซ,

none
' 1 IdW Sfl ซ* JSM^tHMV'" 	

1.0
A "**

10.0

none

none

none


none
none


1
B.l-24

-------
Table B.1.3 (continued)
Symbol/Data
Group
.^OUR-3 PARMS
SCRVEL

SCRMUL

OX - FLAGS
REAMFG
OX - GENPARM
KBOD20
TCBOD
KODSET

SUPSAT


':ELEV
ELEV

OX - BENPARM
BENOD

TCBEN

EXPOD

BRBOD(l)

BRBOD(2)

EXPREL

QX^CFOREA
CFOREA

OX-TSIVOGLPU;
REAKT

TCGINV

OX:- LEN - DELTH "••'
LEN

Definition


velocity above which effects of scouring on benthal
release rates is considered
multiplier to increase benthal releases during scouring
OXRX
-
flag to choose reaeration calculation method
-
unit BOD decay rate @ 20 degrees C
temperature correction coefficient for BOD decay
rate of BOD settling

maximum allowable dissolved oxygen
supersaturation (expressed as multiple of DO
saturation concentration)

mean elevation of RCHRES (above seal level)


benthal oxygen demand at 20 degrees C (with
unlimited DO concentration)
temperature correction coefficient for benthal
oxygen demand
exponential factor in the dissolved oxygen term of
the benthal oxygen demand equation
benthal release of BOD at high oxygen
concentration
increment to benthal release of BOD under
anaerobic conditions
exponential factor in the dissolved oxygen term of
the benthal BOD release equation

correction factor in the lake reaeration equation, to
account for good or poor circulation characteristics
'. !' •"'.''••-'.,;• ':^--.,';"'.'i 'i,r.!v';v.-.'... :';-. >V~: -,'.
empirical constant in TsivoglouDs equation for
reaeration (escape coefficient)
temperature correction coefficient for surface gas
invasion (if REAMFG = 1)

length of RCHRES

Default
Value/Units

10.0 ft/sec
3.05 m/sec
2.0


2
_
none 1/hr
1.075
0.0 ft/hr
0.0 m/hr
1.15


-
0.0ft
0.0m

0.0 mg/m2.hr

1.074

1.22

72.0 mg/m2.hr

100.0 mg/m2.hr

2.82


1.0


0.08 I/ft

1.047

-,
none mi
none km
Minimum
Value
•"V i.
0.01
0.01
1.0

,
1
15 *
l.OE-30
1.0
0.0
0.0
1.0


-. , r
0.0
0.0
w
0.0

1.0

0.1

0.0001

0.0001

0.1


0.001


0.001

1.0


0.01
0.01
Maximum
Value

none
none
none

-
3
i
none
2.0
none
none
2.0


,
30000.0
10000.0
~1
none

2.0

none

none

none

none

__ j*. |,%
10.0


3-
1.0

2.0

%jfe '*"•
none
none
B.l-25

-------
ft
Table B.1.3 (continued)
Symbol/Data
Group
DELJH

OX -TCGINV
TCGINV

OX-REAPARM
TCGINV
REAK

EXPRED

EXPREV

OX-INIT
DOX
BOD
SATDO

NUT -FLAGS
TAMFG
N02FG
P04FG
AMVFG
DENFG
ADNHFG
ADPOFG
PHFLAG
CONV-VAL1
CVBO

CVBPC

CVBPN

BPCNTC
NUT-BENPARM
BRTAM(2)

BRP04(2)

Definition
drop (energy) over its length


temperature correction coefficient for surface gas
invasion (if REAMFG = 2)

see above (if REAMFG = 3)
empirical constant for equation used to calculate
reaeration coefficient
exponent to depth used in calculation of reaeration
coefficient
exponent to velocity used in calculation of
reaeration coefficient

dissolved oxygen
biochemical oxygen demand
dissolved oxygen saturation concentration
NUTRX

flag to simulate total ammonia
flag to simulate nitrite
flag to simulate ortho-phosphorus
flag to simulate ammonia evaporization
flag to simulate denitrification
flag to simulate NH4 adsorption
flag to simulate P04 adsorption
flag for source of pH data

Conversion from milligrams biomass to milligrams
oxygen
Conversion from biomass expressed as phosphorus
to carbon equivalency
conversion from biomass expressed as phosphorus
to nitrogen equivalency
percentage, by weight, of biomass which is carbon

benthal release of total ammonia. (1) indicates
aerobic rate and (2) indicates anaerobic rate
benthal release of ortho-phosphate. Subscripts
same as above
Default
Value/Units
none ft
none m

1.047


1.047
none 1/hr

0.0

0.0


0.0 mg/l
0.0 mg/l
10.0 mg/l


0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2

1.98 mg/mg

106.0 mol/mol

16.0 mol/mol

49.0

0.0 mg/m2.hr

0.0 mg/m2.hr

Minimum
Value
0.00001
0.00001
.... :; „ ,,v:;;,_4: ,&,•.•;
1.0

.. ,.,... .. A ,^
1.0
l.OE-30

none

0.0


0.0
0.0
0.1


0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1

1.0

50.0

10.0

10.0

0.0

0.0

Maximum
Value
none
none

2.0

y^.~. ,.'•..••'•-> •. ••• i'
2.0
none

0.0

none


20.0
none
20.0

!
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3

5.0

200.0

50.0

100.0

none

none

B.l-26

-------
Table B.1.3 (continued)
Symbol/Data
Group
ANAER
KTAM20
KN0220
TCNIT
KN0320
TCDEN
DENOXJ
NUT-NH3VOLAT
EXPNVG
EXPNVL
NUT-BEDCONC
BNH4(3)
BP04(3)
NUT-ADSPARM
ADNHPM(3)
ADPOPM(3)
NUT-DINIT
N03
TAM
N02
P04
PHVAL
. : - ; > _'.''.-. . -,•..';
'"Ml 1 1 *"" "AFiQiMl i
• INU 1 ~.rtL/OllNl I;"' -i
SNH4(3)
SP04(3)

PLANK - FLAGS
PHYFG
ZOOFG
Definition
concentration of dissolved oxygen below which
anaerobic conditions exist
nitrification rate of ammonia at 20 degrees C
nitrification rate of nitrite at 20 degrees C
temperature correction coefficient for nitrification
nitrification rate of nitrate at 20 degrees C
temperature correction coefficient for denitrification
dissolved oxygen concentration threshold for
denitrification

exponent in the gas layer mass transfer coefficient
equation for NH3 volatilization
exponent in the liquid layer mass transfer coefficient
equation for NH3 volatilization

constant bed concentrations of NH4-N adsorbed to
(1) sand,: (2) silt, and (3) clay
constant bed concentrations of P04-P adsorbed to
(1) sand, (2) silt, and (3) clay

partition coefficients for NH4-N adsorbed to
(1) sand, (2) silt, and (3) clay
partition coefficients for P04-P adsorbed to
(1) sand, (2) silt, and (3) clay

initial concentration of nitrate (as N)
initial concentration of total ammonia
initial concentration of nitrite
initial concentration of ortho-phosphorus (as P)
constant (annual) (if PHFLAG = 2) or initial value (if
PHFLAG = 1 or 3) of pH
initial concentrations of NH3-N adsorbed to
(1) sand, (2) silt, and (3) clay
initial concentrations of P04-P adsorbed to
(1) sand, (2) silt, and (3) clay
PLANK
'-:
flag to simulate phytoplankton
flag to simulate zooplankton
Default
Value/Units
0.005 mg/l
none 1/hr
none 1/hr
1.07
none 1/hr
1.07
2.00 mg/l
,
0.5
0.6667
^ *
0.0 mg/kg
0.0 mg/kg
*. *
l.OE-10 ml/g
l.OE-10 ml/g
- r -" *
0.0 mg/l
0.0 mg/l
0.0 mg/l
0.0 mg/l
7.0
0.0 mg/kg
0.0 mg/kg

,
0
0
Minimum
Value
0.0001
0.001
0.001
1.0
0.001
1.0
0.0

0.1
0.1
„
0.0
0.0

l.OE-10
l.OE-10

0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0


0
0
Maximum
Value
1.0
none
none
2.0
none
2.0
none

2.0
2.0
„
none
none
,
none
none
V ' <•
none
none
none
none
14.0
none
none


1
1
B.l-27

-------
BASINS Version 2.0
Table B.1.3 (continued)
Symbol/Data
Group
BALFG
SDLTFG

AMRFG

DECFG

NSFG


ZFOOD
SURF-- 	 pKPOS|C>
CFSAEX


PLNK-PARMi "
RATCLP

NONREF

UTSED


ALNPR

EXTB

MALGR
p-ljijft^P^fcT'1
CMMLT
CMMN

CMMNP

CMMP

TALGRH

TALGRL

TALGRM
ซ*.*ซ*
Definition
flag to simulate benthic algae
flag to simulate influence of sediment washload on
light extinction
flag to simulate ammonia retardation of nitrogen
limited growth
flag to simulate linkage between carbon dioxide and
phtytoplankton growth
flag to simulate ammonia as part of available
nitrogen supply in nitrogen limited growth
calculations
flag to indicate quality of zooplankton food
'; 	 ; " ;,;;; 	 i'.'^/.'J1 ".' 	 ;","^^,',-.',C'' '.
used to adjust the input solar radiation to make it
applicable to RCHRES. e.g., account for shading by
trees
	 "1"'' '" 	 j""^"™"1"":-^ .1 	 W"
ratio of chlorophyll content of biomass to
phosphorus content
nonrefractory fraction of algae and zooplankton
biomass
multiplication factor to total sediment concentration
to determine sediment contribution to light
extinction
fraction of nitrogen requirements for phytoplankton
growth satisfied by nitrate
base extinction coefficient for light

maximal unit algal growth rate
;" • ; " " •" '":"r- 	 ~:""" '"";;™ •'^^•—-''"'---"-•' •'•
Michaelis-Menten constant for light limited growth
nitrate Michaelis-Menten constant for nitrogen
limited growth
nitrate Michaelis-Menten constant for phosphorus
limited growth
phosphate Michaelis-Menten constant for
phosphorus limited growth
temperature above which algal growth ceases

temperature below which algal growth ceases

temperature below which algal growth is retarded
. . . :•.. : .:./ •
Default
Value/Units
0
0

0

0

0


2
ปw
1.0



0.6

0.5

0.0 (1/mg.ft)


1.0

none I/ft
none 1/m
0.33/hr
"~ ' T
0.033 ly/min
0.045 mg/l

0.0284 mg/l

0.0150 mg/l

95.0 F
35.0 C
43.0 F
6.1 C
77.0 F
25.0 C
Minimum
Value
0
0

0

0

0


1
"**' v
0.001



0.01

0.01

0.0


0.01

0.001
0.001
0.001
"t( f ป
l.OE-6
l.OE-6

l.OE-6

l.OE-6

50.0
10.0
32.0
0.0
32.0
0.0
Maximum
Value
1
1

1

1

1


3
"* ^ * t
1.0



none

1.0

none


1.0

none
none
none
,> r " •> ซป>
none
none

none

none

212.0
100.0
212.0
100.0
212.0
100.0
B.l-28

-------
B.I HSPFData Dictionary
Table B.1.3 (continued)
Symbol/Data
Group
ALR20
ALDH
ALDL
OXALD
NALDH
PALDH
PHYTO - PARM
SEED
MXSTAY
OREF
CLALDH
PHYSET
REFSET
"ZQO - PARM1
MZOEAT
ZFIL20
ZRES20
ZD
OXZD
TCZFIL
TCZRES
ZEXDEL
ZOMASS
BENAL-PARM
MBAL
CFBALR
CFBALG
Definition
algal unit respiration rate at 20 degrees C
high algal unit death rate
low algal unit death rate
increment to phytoplankton unit death rate due to
anaerobic conditions
inorganic nitrogen concentration below which high
algal death rate occurs (as nitrogen)
inorganic phosphorus concentration below which
high algal death rate occurs (as phosphorus)
-r ~** - ^ ! *
concentration of plankton not subject to advection
under high flow conditions
concentration of plankton not subject to advection
at very low flow conditions
outflow at which concentration of plankton not
subject to advection is midway between SEED and
MXSTAY
chlorophyll A concentration above which high algal
death rate occurs
rate of phytoplankton settling
rate of settling for dead refractory organics
^ ~-
maximum zooplankton unit ingestion rate
zooplankton filtering rate at 20 degrees C
zooplankton unit respiration rate at 20 degrees C
natural zooplankton unit death rate
increment to unit zooplankton death rate due to
anaerobic conditions
temperature correction coefficient for filtering
temperature correction coefficient for respiration
fraction of nonrefractory zooplankton excretion
which is immediately decomposed when ingestion
rate > MZOEAT
average weight of a zooplankton organism

maximum benthic algae density (as biomass)
ratio of benthic algal to phytoplankton respiration
ratio of benthic algal to phytoplankton growth rate
Default
Value/Units
0.004 1/hr
0.01 1/hr
0.001 1/hr
0.03 1/hr
0.0 mg/l
0.0 mg/l
A
0.0 mg/l
0.0 mg/l
0.0001 fl?/s
0.0001 m3/s
50.0
0.0 ft/hr
0.0 m/hr
0.0 ft/hr
0.0 m/hr
~ .,*>
0.055 mg
phyto/mg zoo.hr
none 1/mg zoo.hr
0.0015 1/hr
0.0001 1/hr
0.03 1/hr
1.17
1.07
0.7
0.0003 mg/org
Hr~
600.0 mg/m2
1.0
1.0
Minimum
Value
l.OE-6
l.OE-6
l.OE-6
l.OE-6
0.0
0.0
-*
0.0
0.0
0.0001
0.0001
0.01
0.0
0.0
o.o
0.0

0.001
0.001
l.OE-6
l.OE-6
l.OE-6
1.0
1.0
0.001
l.OE-6
h- •ป
0.01
0.01
0.01
Maximum
Value
none
none
none
none
none
none

none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
*
none
none
none
none
none
2.0
2.0
1.0
1.0
,
none
1.0
1.0
B.l-29

-------
 BASINS Version 2.0
•^
Table B.1.3 (continued)
Symbol/Data
Group
PU
-------
                                                                     B.2 Weather Data Hies (WDM)
B.2 Weather Data Files (WDM)


Nonpoint source modeling using BASINS requires the development of a Watershed Data Management
(WDM) file. The WDM file is a binary file containing time series data for all meteorological parameters
required by Hydrological Simulation Program - FORTRAN (HSPF) algorithms. Section B.2.1 provides a
summary of the general procedure required to develop WDM files. Section B.2.2 provides a description of
the specific procedures followed during the development of the WDM files provided with BASINS Version
2.0.
                                                                                      B.2-1

-------
BASINS Version 2.0
B.2.1  Developing WDM Files
    i.
    2.
Obtain meteorological data for the desired period. (See Section B.2.2 for meteorological data sources
used in the BASINS 2.0 WDM files.) BASINS requires data collected at hourly intervals for
nonpoint source modeling, although daily data can be converted to hourly data through the use of
METCMP (computer program for meteorological data generation - HSPF). If all meteorological
parameters are not available, METCMP can be used to calculate a number of parameters, including
potential evapotranspiration, evaporation, and solar radiation. BASINS currently supports the use of
standard U.S. units. The required input data and units are as follows:
                                   Data Description
                                                     U.S. units
                    Measured air temperature          deg. F
                    Measured precipitation             in/hr
                    Measured dewpoint temperature    deg. F
                    Measured wind movement          mph
                    Measured solar radiation           Ly/hr
                    Cloud cover (range: 0-10)          tenths
                    Potential evapotranspiration         in/hr
                    Potential surface evaporation        in/hr

Convert the meteorological data into a format recognized by HSPF and its utility programs (a
sequential time series format is desirable). Data processing can be performed using a number of
methods. Due to the enormous size of meteorological data files, the development of FORTRAN
programs to extract and convert these data is recommended. Each meteorological parameter should
be contained in a unique file. The required sequential time series file formats for meteorological data
collected at hourly and daily intervals, as listed in the Hydrologic Simulation Program-FORTRAN
User's Manual, are as follows:

Hourly data:

    1.  Alphanumeric state PO code (this field is not read)

    2.  Station number or identifier (this field is not read)

    3.  Year

    4.  Month

    5.  Card no:
           1 is for a.m. hours
           2 is for p.m. hours

    6.  Twelve fields for hourly data

    The default format is:  (A2, IX, 14, IX, 14, IX, 12, IX, II, 12F5.2)
B.2-2

-------
                                                                        B.2 Weather Data Files (WDM)
3.
Daily data:

    1.  Alphanumeric state PO code (this field is not read)

    2.  Station number or identifier (this field is not read)

    3.  Last 2 digits of the calendar year

    4.  Month

    5.  Card no:
           1 is for days 1-10
           2 is for days 2-20
           3 is for days 21-

    6.  Ten fields, for the daily data ( eleven fields for card number 3)

    The default format is: (A2,14, IX, 12, A2, Al, 11F6.1)

Due to the nature of the HSPF model, every parameter but measured precipitation must have a value
for each record during the entire time period of the file. For measured precipitation, a value must be
present for every hour of each day precipitation was recorded. If data are missing, appropriate values
must be assigned.

Create a WDM file using ANNIE (computer program for interactive hydrologic data management -
see http://h2o.usgs.gov/software/annie.html) and declare the data sets into which time series data will
be imported. HSPF requires a unique data set for each meteorological parameter to be imported.
BASINS allocates 20 data set fields relating to specific meteorological parameters for each WDM
station. Using ANNIE, data sets in WDM files are designated by a unique number and other
pertinent information relating to the time series data field in which the data are imported. The
following list displays data sets and a brief description of the information contained in each data set,
for a template WDM file used to import both hourly and daily data sets for 10 WDM stations.
                                                                                           B.2-3

-------
 BASINS Version 2.0

Data set
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Fields Data set Data set Numbers Description Parameter
PREC
EVAP
ATEM
WIND
SOLR
PEVT
DEWP
CLOU
TMAX
TMIN
DWND
DCLO
DPTP
DSOL
DEVT
DEVP
—
—
—
—
(11,31,51,. ..191)
(12,32,52,. ..192)
(13,33,53,...193)
(14,34,54,. ..194)
(15,35,55,. ..195)
(16,36,56,...196)
(17,37,57,.. .197)
(18,38,58,...198)
(19,39,59,... 199)
(20,40,60,...200)
(21,41,61,. ..201)
(22,42,62,.. .202)
(23,43,63,... 203)
(24,44,64,. ..204)
(25,45,65,...205)
(26,46,66,. ..206)
(27,47,67,.. .207)
(28,48,68,. ..208)
(29,49,69,. ..209)
(30,50,70,...210)
hourly precipitation
hourly evaporation
hourly temperature
hourly windspeed
hourly solar radiation
hourly potential evapotranspiration
hourly dewpoint temperature
hourly cloud cover
daily maximum temperature
daily minimum temperature
daily windspeed
daily cloud cover
daily dewpoint temperature
daily solar radiation
daily evapotranspiration
daily evaporation
empty
empty
empty
empty
        Data sets are numbered from 11 to 210. Note that all hourly information is listed in data fields 1 to 8.
        These hourly values are used by HSPF algorithms. The remaining data fields (9 to 16) contain daily
        time series data, as well as intermediate time series data used in the conversion of HSPF parameters.

    4.  Create the .inf file. The .inf file is used to relate information in the WDM file to the BASINS
        Nonpoint Source Model (NPSM). Each WDM file is required to have an .inf file with exactly the
        same name (only the extensions are different: .wdm versus .inf). The information required for the .inf
        file includes the number of stations in the WDM file, various station information (state, name, ID #,
        elevation, period of record, and the evaporation coefficient), and the data set numbers for each of the
        meteorological parameters for each station. Refer to .inf files packaged with BASINS for the
        standard format. Each state WDM file with BASINS has a corresponding .inf file located in the
        BASINS\DATA\MET_DATA directory.

    5.  Create .uci files. These files are used to import meteorological data into the WDM file. They are
        essentially HSPF input files which perform the import function. Refer to the Hydrologic Simulation
        Program-FORTRAN User's Manual for development of an input file for importing data into a WDM
        file.

    6.  Import meteorological data from each file (which are currently hi a sequential time series format)
        into the corresponding WDM file data sets. This is done by running HSPF for each  .uci file as
        follows:
           Hourly precipitation data is imported into data sets denoted by PREC
S.2-4

-------
                                                                  B.2 Weather Data Hies (WDM)
    •  Hourly evaporation data are imported into data sets denoted by EVAP

    •  Hourly temperature data are imported into data sets denoted by ATEM

    •  Hourly windspeed data are imported into data sets denoted by WIND

    •  Hourly solar radiation data are imported into data sets denoted by SOLR

    •  Hourly potential evapotranspiration data are imported into data sets denoted by PEVT

    •  Hourly dewpoint temperature data are imported into data sets denoted by DEWP

    •  Hourly cloud cover data are imported into data sets denoted by CLOU

    •  Daily maximum temperature data are imported into data sets denoted by TMAX

    •  Daily minimum temperature data are imported into data sets denoted by TMIN

    •  Daily total wind movement data are imported into data sets denoted by DWND

    •  Daily cloud cover data are imported into data sets denoted by DCLO

    •   Daily dewpoint temperature data are imported into data sets denoted by DPTP

    •   Daily solar radiation data are  imported into data sets denoted by DSOL

    •   Daily potential evapotranspiration data are imported into data sets denoted by DEVT

    •   Daily evaporation  data are imported into data sets denoted by DEVP

7.   If all meteorological data are not in  an hourly format, develop additional time series data required by
    HSPF. This is done using METCMP (computer program for meteorological data generation - HSPF).
    METCMP enables a user to disaggregate daily time series data into hourly time series data for
    certain meteorological parameters, as well as calculate additional meteorological time series data
    required by HSPF algorithms.
                                                                                   6.2-5

-------
BASINS Version 2.0
B.2.2 BASINS WDM Hies

WDM files, providing meteorological coverage for the United States and U.S. territories were prepared for
BASINS 2.0 through the following steps:

    1.  Data were obtained from the following sources.

       a.  Hourly observed precipitation data for the United States and U.S. territories were obtained from
           the National Climatic Data Center (NCDC) Hourly and Fifteen Minute Precipitation database,
           compiled by Earthlnfo, Inc. This four CD-ROM data set contains precipitation data from
           NCDC's TD-3240 file. Included in the database are over 6000 weather stations with recorded
           precipitation for the general period of 1948-1995.

       b.  Hourly surface observation data for the United States and U.S. territories were obtained from
           NCDC's Solar and Meteorological Surface Observational Network (SAMSON) and Hourly U.S.
           Weather Observations 1990-1995 (HUSWO) databases. SAMSON is a three CD-ROM data set
           containing both observational and modeled hourly solar radiation data, as well as hourly cloud
           cover, drybulb temperature, dewpoint temperature, and wind movement data from 237 NWS
           stations for the period of 1961-1990. The HUSWO data set, contained on a single CD-ROM,
           updates meteorological data from the SAMSON data set, excluding solar radiation data for the
           period of 1990-1995.

       c.  The remaining parameters—potential evapotranspiration, evaporation, and solar radiation (for
           the period of 1991-1995)—were calculated using METCMP.

    2.  A coverage of WDM weather stations for BASINS 2.0 was created in Arc View using latitude and
       longitude coordinates from selected weather stations included in NCDC's Hourly and Fifteen Minute
       Precipitation database. These stations, which included the precipitation data, were then assigned
       meteorological data from the set of NWS stations available from the SAMSON data  set. The
       selection of weather stations used to create the WDM station coverage, as well as the assignment of
       meteorological data to these stations, was performed in Arc View using an array of GIS coverages.
       This was done to provide a spatially distributed coverage of the United States and U.S. territories,
       based on information relating to annual rainfall, climatic divisions in the conterminous United States,
       completeness of weather station data, elevation, physical divisions in the conterminous United
       States, and proximity to NWS stations. A complete list of the Arc View coverages used in the
       selection of WDM weather stations is detailed in B.2.2.a. The resulting ArcView coverage consisted
       of 477 WDM weather stations for the United States and U.S. territories. This coverage was then
       divided by EPA regions. EPA regional coverage included WDM weather stations that closely
       bordered the region or were contained within HUCs intersecting the region. A complete list of the
       WDM stations is included in B.2.2.b.

    3.  The data were extracted and converted into a sequential time series format.

       a.  Hourly precipitation data were extracted from the Earthlnfo, Inc., NCDC Hourly and Fifteen
           Minute Precipitation database by exporting data for individual stations into ASCII tabular
           formatted files. These raw data were then preprocessed through a FORTRAN program for
           conversion to a sequential file format.
B.2-6

-------
                                                               B.2
 Missing precipitation data were assigned appropriate values. A value of 0.0 was normally used
 where no reading was available.

 Preprocessing also included the identification and editing of rainfall accumulation values within
 the file. Rainfall accumulation values occurred where hourly precipitation values for a time
 period were not recorded.

 The following assumptions and corresponding actions refer to rainfall accumulation data.

 •   If an accumulation value was recorded for an accumulation period of <, 24 hours, then the
    accumulation value was divided by the number of hours in the period.

    -  If the resulting hourly value was z 0.01 in. and < 2.0 in., then each hour in the
       accumulation period was given the resulting hourly value. The state code, station
       identifier, accumulation period end date and hour, accumulation value, number of hours
       in the accumulation period, resulting hourly value, and "Value Distributed" were listed
       in a text file (BASINS\DATA\MET-DATA\.TXT).

    -  If the resulting hourly value was < 0.01 in., then each hour in the accumulation period
       was given a value of 0.0 in. The accumulation value (which in all situations will be <.
       0.24 in.) was left unchanged, i.e. the original recorded  accumulation value was used. The
       state code, station identifier, accumulation period end date and hour, accumulation value,
       number of hours in the accumulation period, resulting hourly value of 0.0 in., and
       "Calculated Value < .01, Accumulated Value Reported" were listed in a text file
       (BASINS\DATA\MET-DATA\.TXT).

    -  If the resulting hourly value was z 2.0 in., then each hour in the  accumulation period was
       given a value of 0.0 in. The accumulation value is additionally deleted from the record.
       This prevented the existence of a large spike precipitation value in the data (which in all
       situations was z 4.0 in. for the accumulation period). The state code and station
       identifier number, the accumulation period end date and hour, accumulation value,
       number of hours in the accumulation period, and "Calculated Value > 2.0, Accumulated
       Value Deleted" were listed hi a text file (BASINS\DATA\MET-DATA\.TXT).

•  If an accumulation value was recorded for an accumulation period of > 24 hours, then the
   accumulation value was not distributed evenly over the accumulation period.

       If the accumulation value was < 2.0 in., then the value was not changed. The state code
       and station identifier number, the accumulation period end date and hour, accumulation
       value, number of hours in the accumulation period, and "Accumulation Interval > 24 hrs
       and Observed Value < 2 Accumulated Value Reported" were listed in a text file
       (BASINS\DATA\MET-DATA\.TXT).

   -   If the accumulation value was ^ 2.0 in., then the value was deleted from the record. The
       state code and station identifier number, the accumulation period end date and hour,
       accumulation value, number of hours in the accumulation period, and "Accumulation
       Interval > 24 hrs and Observed Value > 2 Accumulated Value Deleted" were listed in a
       text file (BASINS\DATA\MET-DATA\.TXT).
                                                                                B.2-7

-------
BASINS Version 2.0
       b.  Hourly meteorological data were extracted from NOAA' s Solar and Meteorological Surface
           Observational Network (SAMSON) database by exporting the yearly data files for an individual
           station from a CD ROM and unzipping them into an ASCII text file. These raw data were then
           preprocessed through a FORTRAN program to organize the data into a sequential time series
           format, convert the data into U.S. units, and calculate daily variables required by METCMP for
           the estimation of Solar Radiation (for the years 1991-95), Pan Evaporation, and Potential
           Evapotranspiration.

           Hourly data files included:

              •   ATEM average hourly air temperature
              •   WIND  average hourly wind speed
              •   SOLR  total hourly solar radiation
              •   DEWP average hourly dew point temperature
              •   CLOU  average hourly cloud cover

           Daily data files included:

              •   TMAX maximum daily air temperature
              •   TMBST  minimum daily air temperature
              •   DWND total daily wind movement
              •   DSOL  total daily solar radiation
              •   DPTP  average daily dew point temperature
              •   DCLO average daily cloud cover

              Due to the nature of the data, missing data was assigned the previously recorded value.

           Data conversions included:

              •   ATEM and DEWP from ฐC to ฐF
              •   WIND from m/s to mph
              •   SOLR  from Wh/m2 to Langleys (calories/cm2)

           Data calculations included:

               •  TMAX from ATEM
               •  TMIN from ATEM
               •  DCLO from CLOU
               •  DPTP from DEWP
               •  DSOL from SOLR
               •  DWND from WIND

    4.  WDM, .inf, and .uci iles were created using the templates described in B.2.1 steps 4 and 5 and then
        imported the data into WDM files as described in  B.2.1 step 6.

    5.  Once time series data for precipitation and other meteorological data were imported into WDM file
        data sets, additional meteorological time series data were created. This was done using METCMP
        (computer program for meteorological data generation - HSPF). METCMP enables a user to
 B.2-8

-------
                                                                   B.2 Weather Data Files (WDM)
calculate additional meteorological time series data required by HSPF algorithms, as well as
disaggregate daily time series data into hourly time series data for certain meteorological parameters.

•   Daily solar radiation for the period 1991-1995 was computed in METCMP using daily cloud
    cover (DCLO)  as an input. The daily solar radiation time series was placed in the DSOL data set.
    The METCMP disaggregate function then was used to distribute daily solar radiation into hourly
    values. Hourly  solar radiation values were placed in the SOLR data set.

•   Daily pan evaporation was computed using the Penman Method in METCMP. Required inputs
    were: daily maximum (TMAX) and daily minimum (TMIN) temperatures, daily dewpoint
    temperature (DPTP), daily wind movement (DWND), and daily solar radiation (DSOL). Daily
    evapotransporation was placed in the DEVP data set. Daily evaporation was distributed into
    hourly values using the disaggregate function. Hourly evaporation values were placed in the
    EVAP data set.

•    Daily potential evapotranspiration was computed using the Hamon Method in METCMP.
    Required inputs were: daily maximum (TMAX) and daily minimum (TMIN) temperatures.
    Daily evapotranspiration was placed in the DEVT data set. Daily potential evapotranspiration
    was distributed into hourly values using the disaggregate function. Hourly potential
    evapotranspiration values were placed in the PEVT data set.
                                                                                    B.2-9

-------
HAS/NS Version 2.0
B.2.2.a Coverages used in BASINS WDM File Development

•   A coverage of cooperative network stations from NCDC' s Hourly and Fifteen Minute Precipitation
    database data set created using latitude and longitude coordinates. The information in this coverage
    includes:
    Station ID#
    State
    Station name
    Begin date
    End date
    Elevation
    Latitude
    Longitude
    Recorded years
    Percent coverage
    Precipitation data
    Relate column
a cooperative network index number between 1-9999.
the state's 2 digit postal code.
NCDC's assigned station name.
first month, day, and year of the period of record.
last month, day, and year of the period of record.
meters above sea level (this was converted to feet).
in degrees and minutes (always North) (this was converted to decimal degrees).
in degrees and minutes (always west) (this was converted to decimal degrees).
the number of years with recorded data (there may be gaps).
percent of the days between begin and end dates that have reported data.
a column denoting the database containing the hourly precipitation data.
an empty column reserved for the ID# of the NOAA weather station containing
meteorological data that will be assigned to the station.
    A coverage of National Weather Service stations from NOAA's Solar and Meteorological Surface
    Observation Network (SAMSON) data set created using latitude and longitude coordinates. The
    information included in this coverage included:

       Station ID#  the stations Weather Bureau Army Navy number.
       State        the state's 2 digit postal code.
       Station name NCDC's assigned station name.
       Timezone   lagged by universal time.
       Elevation    meters above sea level (this was converted to feet).
       Latitude     in degrees and minutes (always North) (this was converted to decimal degrees).
       Longitude   in degrees and minutes (always west) (this was converted to decimal degrees).
       Evap data   a column denoting the database containing the hourly evaporation data.
       Temp data   a column denoting the database containing the hourly temperature data.
       Wind data   a column denoting the database containing the hourly windspeed data.
       Solar data   a column denoting the database containing the hourly solar radiation data.
       Pevt data    a column denoting the database containing the hourly potential evapotranspiration
       data.
       Dew pt data  a column denoting the database containing the hourly dew point temperature data.
       Cloud data   a column denoting the database containing the hourly cloud cover data.

    A coverage of the U.S. state boundaries provided by ESRI on-line ArcData (www.esri.com).

    A coverage of annual precipitation for North America provided by ESRI on-line ArcData
    (www.esri.com). This data set was intended as a thematic data layer representing average annual
    precipitation, in millimeters per year, for North America.

    A coverage of Climate Divisions provided by the National Climatic Data Center (NCDC). This coverage
    was used to display seasonal maps of precipitation and temperature for the conterminous United States.
B.2-10

-------
                                                                        B.2 Weather Data Files (WDM)
A coverage of Hydrologic Unit Boundaries and Codes provided by the National Climatic Data Center
(NCDC). This data set was used to display drainage basins for the conterminous United States.

A coverage of Physiographic Divisions in the conterminous United States provided by the National
Climatic Data Center (NCDC). It was automated from Fennemans l:7,000,000-scale map, "Physical
Divisions of the United States," which is based on eight major divisions, 25 provinces, and 86 sections
representing distinctive areas having common topography, rock types and structure,  and geologic and
geomorphic history.

A coverage of average annual runoff in the conterminous United States, 1951-1980 provided by the
National Climatic Data Center (NCDC). This coverage is intended as a thematic data layer representing
average annual runoff, in inches per year, for the conterminous United States. Appropriate maps of the
data can show the geographical distribution of runoff in tributary streams for the years 1951-80 and can
describe the magnitudes  and variations of runoff nationwide. The data was prepared  to reflect the runoff
of tributary streams rather than in major rivers in order to represent more accurately  the local or small
scale variation in runoff with precipitation and other geographical characteristics.
                                                                                        B.2-11

-------
™^
B.2.2.b BASINS WDM Files Weather Station List
State
AK
AK
AK
AK
AK
AK
AK
AK
AL
AL
AL
AL
AL
AL
AL
AL
AL
AL
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AZ
AZ
AZ
AZ
AZ
AZ
AZ
AZ
Sta # Sta_Name COOPJD
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
ANCHORAGE WSCMO AP
ANNETTE WSO AIRPORT
COLD BAY WSO AIRPORT
FAIRBANKS WSO AIRPOR
KING SALMON WSO AP
MCGRATH WSO AIRPORT
ST PAUL ISLAND WSO A
YAKUTAT WSO AIRPORT
ABBEVILLE 1 NNW
BIRMINGHAM FAA ARPT
DADEVILLE 2
HALEYVILLE
HUNTSVILLE WSO AP
JACKSONVILLE
MOBILE WSO ARPT
MONTGOMERY WSO ARPT
THOMASVILLE
TUSCALOOSA OLIVER DA
ALUM FORK
BATESVILLE LIVESTOCK
BULL SHOALS DAM
CLARKSVILLE 6 NE
EUREKA SPRINGS 3 WNW
FORT SMITH WSO AIRPO
MENA
MILLWOOD DAM
MONTICELLO 3 SW
STUTTGART 9 ESE
AJO
COCHISE 4 SSE
FLAGSTAFF AP
KEAMS CANYON
PAYSON
PHOENIX AIRPORT
TUCSON WSO AP
TUWEEP
280
352
2102
2968
4766
5769
8118
9941
8
831
2124
3620
4064
4209
5478
5550
8178
8385
130
458
1020
1457
2356
2574
4756
4839
4900
6920
80
1870
3010
4586
6323
6481
8820
8895
Lat_dd
61.1667
55.0333
55.2
64.8167
58.6833
62.9667
57.15
59.5167
31.5833
33.5667
32.8333
34.2333
34.65
33.8167
30.6833
32.3
31.9167
33.2167
34.8
35.8333
36.3667
35.5333
36.4167
35.3333
34.5667
33.6833
33.6
34.4667
32.3667
32.0667
35.1333
35.8167
34.2333
33.4333
32.1333
36.2833
long[_dd
-150.017
-131.567
-162.717
-147.867
-156.65
-155.617
-170.217
-139.667
-85.2833
-86.7
-85.75
-87.6333
-86.7833
-85.7667
••88.25
-86.4
-87.7333
-87.6
-92.85
-91.7667
-92.5667
-93.4
-93.7833
-94.3667
-94.2667
-93.9833
-91.8
-91.4167
-112.867
-109.9
-111.667
-110.2
-111.333
-111.983
-110.933
-113.067
B.2-12

-------

State
AZ
AZ
CA
CA
CA
CA
CA
CA
CA
CA
CA
CA
CO
CO
CO
CO
CO
CO
CO
CO
CO
CO
CT
CT
CT
CT
DE

DE
FL
FL
FL
FL
FL
FL
FL
FL
FL
FL
Sta.
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
1

2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
.# Sta_Name
WHITERIVER 1 SW
YUMA WSO AP
BAKERSFIELD AP
BLUE CANYON
EUREKA WFO WOODLEY 1
FRESNO AIR TERMINAL
LOS ANGELES WSO ARPT
SACRAMENTO FAA ARPT
SAN DIEGO WSO AIRPOR
SAN FRANCISCO WSO AP
SANTA MARIA WSO ARPT
YOSEMITE PARK HDQTRS
AKRON 4 E
ALAMOSA WSO AP
BOULDER 2
COLORADO SPRINGS WSO
GRAND JUNCTION WSO A
KIM 15 NNE
NUNN
PUEBLO WSO AP
SUGARLOAF RESERVOIR
TELLURIDE 4 WNW
BRIDGEPORT SIKORSKY
HARTFORD BRADLEY AP
JEWETT CITY
THOMASTON DAM
GEORGETOWN 5 SW

WILMINGTN NEW CASTLE
DAYTONA BEACH REG AP
JACKSONVILLE INTLAP
KEY WEST INTL ARPT
MIAMI INTL ARPT
NICEVILLE
ORTONA LOCK 2
RAIFORD STATE PRISON
TALLAHASSEE MUNI AP
TAMPA INTL ARPT
W PALM BEACH INTLAP
COOP ID
9271
9660
442
897
2910
3257
5114
7630
7740
7769
7946
9855
109
130
843
1778
3488
4538
6023
6740
8064
8204
806
3456
3857
8330
3570

9595
2158
4358
4570
5663
6240
6657
7440
8758
8788
9525
Lat dd
33.8167
32.6667
35.4333
39.2833
40.8
36.7833
33.9333
38.5167
32.7333
37.6167
34.9
37.75
40.15
37.45
40.0333
38.8167
39.1
37.45
40.7
38.2833
39.25
37.95
41.1667
41.9333
41.6333
41.7
38.6333
\
39.6667
29.1833
30.4833
24.55
25.8
30.5167
26.7833
30.0667
30.3833
27.9667
26.6833
long dd
-109.983
-114.6
-119.05
-120.7
-124.167
-119.717
-118.4
-121.5
-117.167
-122.383
-120.45
-119.583
-103.15
-105.867
-105.283
-104.717
-108.5
-103.317
-104.783
-104.5
-106.367
-107.867
-73.1333
-72.6833
-71.9
-73.05
-75.45

-75.6
-81.05
-81.7
-81.75
-80.3
-86.5
-81.3
-82.1833
-84.3667
-82.5333
-80.1167
e.2-13

-------
BASINS Version 2.0
ซ
State Sta_# Sta_Name COOPJD
GA
GA
GA
GA
GA
GA
GA
GA
GA
GA
HI
HI
HI
HI
HI
HI
HI
HI
HI
HI
IA
IA
IA
IA
IA
IA
IA
IA
IA
IA
ID
ID
ID
ID
ID
ID
ID
ID
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
ATHENS MUNI AP
ATLANTA HARTSFIELD
AUGUSTA BUSH FIELD
CALHOUN EXP STATION
COLUMBUS METRO AP
DAHLONEGA3NNW
EDISON
JESUP
MACON LEWIS B WILSON
SAVANNAH INTLAP
HILO WSO AP 87
HONOLULU WSFOAP 703
KAHULUI WSO AP 398
KANALOHULUHULU 1075
KEAIWA CAMP 22.1
KUALAPUU 534
LALAMILO FLD OF 191.
LIHUE WSO AP 1020.1
PAAKEA 350
PUNALUU PUMP 905.2
CENTERVILLE
DES MOINES AP
IRWIN 3 ESE
LARRABEE
LENOX
MCGREGOR
MOUNT PLEASANT 1 SSW
STANSGAR
SIOUX CITY AP
WATERLOO WSO AP
BOISE WSFO AIRPORT
CALDER
CASCADE 1 NW
FENN RANGER STATION
GOODING 1 S
GRASMERE 3 S
LEADORE
POCATELLO WSO AP
435
451
495
1474
2166
2479
3028
4671
5443
7847
1492
1919
2572
3099
3925
4778
5260
5580
7194
8314
1354
2203
4174
4644
4746
5315
5796
7326
7708
8706
1022
1370
1514
3143
3677
3811
5169
7211
Lat_dd
33.95
33.65
33.3667
34.4833
32.5167
34.5833
31.5667
31.6167
32.7
32.1333
19.7167
21.3333
20.9
22.1333
19.2333
21.15
20.0167
21.9833
20.8167
21.5833
40.7333
41.5333
41.7833
42.8667
40.8833
43.0167
40.95
43.3833
42.4
42.55
43.5667
47.2667
44.5333
46.1167
42.9167
42.3333
44.6833
42.9167
long;_dd
-83.3167
-84.4333
-81.9667
-84.9667
-84.95
-84
-84.7333
-81.8833
-83.65
-81.2
-155.067
-157.917
-156.433
-159.667
-155.483
-157.033
-155.683
-159.35
-156.117
-157.9
-92,8667
-93.6667
-95.15
-95.55
-94.5667
-91.1833
-91.5667
-92.9167
-96.3833
-92.4
-116.217
-116.183
-116.05
-115.567
-114.7
-115.883
-113.367
-112.6
B.2-14

-------
B.2 Weather Data Hies (WDM)

State
ID
ID
IL
IL
IL
IL
IL
IL
IL
IL
IL
IL
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
KS
KS
KS
KS
KS
KS
KS
KS
KS
KS
KY
KY
KY
KY
KY
KY
Sta_#
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
Sta_Name
SANDPOINTEXP STATIC
TETONIA EXPERIMENT S
AUGUSTA
BELLEVILLE SIU RESEA
CHICAGO MIDWAY APS
MOLINEWSOAP
MURPHYSBORO 2 SW
NEWTON 6 SSE
PEORIA WSO AIRPORT
PIPER CITY
ROCKFORD WSO AP
SPRINGFIELD WSO AP
EVANSVILLE WSO AP
FORT WAYNE WSO AP
INDIANAPOLIS WSFO AP
PERU WASTE WATER PLA
RICHMOND WFR WKS
SHOALS HIWAY 50 BRID
SOUTH BEND WSO AP
VALPARAISO WATERWORK
VERSAILLES WATERWORK
WEST LAFAYETTE 6 NW
BIG BOW 4 WSW
COLLYER 10 S
COLUMBUS 1 SW
CONCORDIA WSO ARPT
DODGE C1TYWFOAP
FALL RIVER LAKE
GOODLAND WFO
PHILLIPSBURG 1 SSE
TOPEKA WSFO AIRPORT
WICHITA WSO ARPT
BUCKHORN LAKE
CLINTON 4 S
COVINGTON WSO AIRPOR
HODGENVILLE-LINCOLN
LEXINGTON WSO AIRPOR
LOUISA 2 S
COOP ID
8137
9065
330
510
1577
5751
5983
6159
6711
6819
7382
8179
2738
3037
4259
6864
7370
8036
8187
8999
9069
9430
802
1730
1740
1767
2164
2686
3153
6374
8167
8830
1080
1631
1855
3929
4746
4946
Lat dd
48.2833
43.85
40.2333
38.5167
41.7333
41.4333
37.7667
38.9167
40.6667
40.7
42.2
39.85
38.05
41
39.7333
40.75
39.8833
38.6667
41.75
41.5167
39.0667
40.4667
37.55
38.9
37.1667
39.55
37.7667
37.65
39.3667
39.7333
39.0667
37.65
37.35
36.6167
39.05
37.5333
38.0333
38.1167
long_dd
-116.567
-111.267
-90.95
-89.85
-87.7833
-90.5
-89.3667
-88.1167
-89.6833
-88.1833
-89.1
-89.6833
-87.5333
-85.2
-86.2667
-86.0667
-84.8833
-86.8
-86.1667
-87.0333
-85.25
-87
-101.633
-100.117
-94.85
-97.65
-99.9667
-96.0833
-101.7
-99.3167
-95.6333
-97.4333
-83.3833
-88.9667
-84.6667
-85.7333
-84.6
-82.6
                  B.2-15

-------
BASINS Version 2.0
1
State Sta_# Sta_Name COOPJD
KY
KY
KY
KY
LA
LA
LA
LA
LA
LA
LA
LA
LA
LA
MA
MA
MA
MA
MA
MA
MA
MA
MD
MD
MD
MD
MD
ME
ME
ME
ME
ME
ME
ME
ME
ME
ME
Ml
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
g
10
i
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
LOUISVILLE WSFO AP
PADUCAH WALKER BOAT
SOMERSET 2 NE
WOODBURY
ALEXANDRIA
BATON ROUGE WSOAP
CALHOUN RESEARCH STN
LAFAYETTE
LAKE CHARLES AP
MORGAN CITY
NATCHITOCHES
NEW ORLEANS WSCMO AR
SHREVEPORTAP
WINNSBORO 5 SSE
BIRCH HILL DAM
BOSTON LOGAN INTLAP
BRIDGEWATER
HYANN1S
KNIGHTVILLE DAM
NEW BEDFORD
PROVINCETOWN
WORCESTER MUNI AP
BALT-WASHGTN INTLAP
BELTSVILLE
HANCOCK
SAVAGE RIVER DAM
UNIONVILLE
AUGUSTA
CARIBOU MUNI ARPT
CLAYTON LAKE
EASTPORT
GRAND LAKE STREAM
MILLINOCKET
ORONO 2
PORTLAND INTLJETPRT
ROCKLAND 1 W
SKOWHEGAN
ALPENA WSO AIRPORT
4954
6117
7508
8824
98
549
1411
5021
5078
6394
6582
6660
8440
9806
666
770
840
3821
3985
5246
6681
9923
465
700
4030
8065
9030
273
1175
1472
2426
3261
5304
6435
6905
7255
7827
164
Lat_dd
38.1833
37.05
37.1167
37.1833
31.3167
30.5333
32.5167
30.2167
30.1333
29.6833
31.7667
29.9833
32.45
32.1
42.6333
42.3667
41.95
41.6667
42.2833
41.6333
42.05
42.2667
39.1833
39.0333
39.7
39.5167
39.45
44.3
46.8667
46.6167
44.9167
45.1833
45.65
44.8833
43.65
44.1
44.7667
45.0667
long_dd
-85.7333
-88.55
-84.6
-86.6333
-92.4667
-91.1333
-92.3333
-92.0667
-93.2167
-91.1833
-93.1
-90.25
-93.8167
-91.7167
-72.1167
-71.0333
-70.95
-70.3
-72.8667
-70.9333
-70.1833
-71.8667
-76.6667
-76.8833
-78.1833
-79.1333
-77.1833
-69.7833
-68.0167
-69.5333
-67
-67.7833
-68.7
-68.6667
-70.3
-69.1167
-69.7167
-83.5667
B.2-16

-------

State Sta_#
Ml 2
Ml 3
Ml 4
Ml 5
Ml 6
Ml 7
Ml 8
Ml 9
Ml 10
MN 1
MN 2
MN 3
MN 4
MN 5
MN 6
MN 7
MN 8
MN 9
MN 10
MO 1
MO 2
MO 3
MO 4
MO 5
MO 6
MO 7
MO 8
MO 9
MO 10
MS 1
MS 2
MS 3
MS 4
MS 5
MS 6
MS 7
MS 8
MS 9
Sta_Name
BERRIEN SPRINGS 5 W
DETROIT CIP(' AIRPORT
FLINT WSCMO
GRAND RAPIDS WSFO
HANCOCK MCLAIN ST PK
LANSING WSO AIRPORT
MUSKEGON WSO AIRPORT
SAULT STE MARIE WSO
TRAVERSE CITY
DULUTH WSO AP
INT FALLS WSO AP
MINNEAPOLIS WSFO AP
ROCHESTER WSO AP
ST CLOUD WSO AP
SHERBURN 3 WSW
THIEF LAKE REFUGE
TRACY
WINNIBIGOSHISH DAM
WINTON POWER PLANT
COLUMBIA AIRPORT
KANSAS CITY WSMOAP
NEVADA WATER PLANT
PATTONSBURG 2 S
ROLLA UNI OF MISSOUR
ST LOUIS WSCMO AIRPO
SPRINGFIELD REG AP
STEFFENVILLE
WAPPAPELLO DAM
WEST PLAINS
ARKABUTLA DAM
BOONEVILLE
CALHOUN CITY 2 NW
CLEVELAND 3 N
JACKSON WSFO AIRPORT
LEAKESVILLE
LEXINGTON 2 NNW
MERIDIAN WSO ARPT
RUTH 1 SE
COOPJD
735
2102
2846
3333
3551
4641
5712
7366
8246
2248
4026
5435
7004
7294
7602
8235
8323
9059
9101
1791
4358
5987
6563
7263
7455
7976
8051
8700
8880
237
955
1314
1743
4472
4966
5062
5776
7714
Lat dd
41.9667
42.4167
42.9667
42.8833
47.2333
42.7667
43.1667
46.4667
44.7667
46.8333
48.5667
44.8833
43.9167
45.55
43.6333
48.4833
44.2333
47.4333
47.9333
38.8167
39.3167
37.8333
40.0333
37.95
38.75
37.2333
39.9667
36.9333
36.75
34.75
34.6667
33.8667
33.8
32.3167
31.15
33.1333
32.3333
31.3667
long_dd
-86.4333
-83.0167
-83.75
-85.5167
-88.6167
-84.6
-86.25
-84.35
-85.5667
-92.2167
-93.3833
-93.2167
-92.5
-94.0667
-94.7667
-95.95
-95.6333
-94.0667
-91.7667
-92.2167
-94.7167
-94.3667
-94.1333
-91.7833
-90.3667
-93.3833
-91.8833
-90.2833
-91.8333
-90.1333
-88.5667
-89.35
-90.7167
-90.0833
-88.55
-90.0667
-88.75
-90.3
B.2-17

-------
 BAS/NS Version 2.0
4
State
MS
MT
MT
MT
MT
MT
MT
MT
MT
MT
MT
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
NE
NE
NE
NE
NE
NE
NE
Sta_#
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Sta_Name
SAUCIER EXP FOREST
BILLINGS WSO
CLARK CANYON DAM
CUT BANK FCWOS
GLASGOW WSO AIRPORT
GREAT FALLS WSCMO Al
HELENA WSO
HILGER
ISMAY
KALISPELLWSOAIRPOR
MISSOULA WSO AP
ASHEVILLEREGIONLAP
CAPE HATTERAS NWS
CHARLOTTE DOUGLAS AP
ELIZABETH CITY
GRNSBR.HGH PT,W-S AP
HELTON
LAURINBURG
MOREHEADCITY2WNW
RALEIGH DURHAM AP
WILMINGTON NEW HANVR
ASHLEY
BALDHILL DAM
BISMARCK WSFOAP
BOWMAN
FARGO WSO AP
MINOT EXPERIMENT STN
RICHARDTON ABBEY
ROLETTE
TROTTERS 3 SSE
WILLISTON WSO
AMELIA 2 W
EDISON
GRAND ISLAND WSO AP
HEBRON
MALMO 3 E
NORFOLK AIRPORT
NORTH PLATTE WSO ARP
COOPJD
7840
807
1781
2173
3558
3751
4055
4143
4442
4558
5745
300
1458
1690
2719
3630
3957
4860
5830
7069
9457
382
450
819
995
2859
5993
7530
7655
8812
9425
180
2560
3395
3735
5112
5995
6065
Lat_dd
30.6333
45.8
45
48.6
48.2167
47.4833
46.6
47.25
46.5
48.3
46.9333
35.4333
35.2667
35.2167
36.3167
36.0833
36.55
34.75
34.7333
35.8667
34.2667
46.0333
47.0333
46.7667
46.1833
46.9333
48.1833
46.8833
48.6667
47.2833
48.1833
42.2333
40.2833
40.9667
40.1667
41.2667
41.9833
41.1333
long dd
-89.05
-108.533
-112.867
-112.367
-106.617
-111.367
-112
-109.35
-104.8
-114.267
-114.1
-82.55
-75.55
-80.9333
••76.2
-79.95
•81.5
-79.45
-76.7333
-78.7833
-77.9
-99.3667
-98.0833
-100.75
-103.4
-96.8167
-101.3
-102.317
-99.8333
-103.9
-103.633
-98.95
-99.7833
-98.3167
-97.5833
-96.65
-97.4333
-100.7
B.2-18

-------
B.2 Weather Data F?/es (WDM)

State
NE
NE
NE
NH
NH
NH
NH
NH
NH
NH
NH
NH
NH
NJ
NJ
NJ
NJ
NJ
NJ
NJ
NJ
NJ
NJ
NM
NM
NM
NM
NM
NM
NM
NM
NM
NM
NV
NV
NV
NV
NV
Sta_#
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
Sta_Name
OSHKOSH 10 NE
SCOTTSBLUFFAP
VALENTINE WSO AP
BRISTOL
CONCORD MUNI AP
DURHAM
ERROL
LINCOLN
MOUNT WASHINGTON
NEW DURHAM 3 NNW
NORTH STRATFORD
PITTSBURG RESERVOIR
SURRY MOUNTAIN LAKE
ATLANTIC Cm" INT AP
CAPE MAY 2 NW
CLINTON 2 N
GLASSBORO 2 W
NEWARK INTLARPT
NEW BRUNSWICK 3 SE
SPRINGFIELD
WANAQUE RAYMOND DAM
WATCHUNG
WINDSOR
ALBUQUERQUE WSFO AIR
ANIMAS
AUGUSTINE 2 E
CARLSBAD
CARRIZOZO 1 SW
CUBA
DURAN
JORNADA EXP RANGE
OCATE 2 NW
TUCUMCARI 4 NE
BEATTY 8 N
CONTACT
ELKO FCWOS
ELYASOS
LAS VEGAS AP
COOPJD
6386
7665
8760
998
1683
2174
2842
4732
5639
5780
6234
6856
8539
311
1351
1754
3291
6026
6055
8423
9187
9271
9761
234
417
640
1469
1515
2241
2665
4426
6275
9156
718
1905
2573
2631
4436
Lat_dd
41.5
41.8667
42.8833
43.6
43.2
43.15
44.7833
44.05
44.2667
43.4833
44.75
45.05
43
39.45
38.95
40.6667
39.7
40.7
40.4667
40.7167
41.05
40.6667
40.25
35.05
31.95
34.0833
32.4333
33.6333
36.0167
34.4667
32.6167
36.2
35.2
37
41.7667
40.8333
39.2833
36.0833
long_dd
-102.183
-103.6
-100.55
-71.7167
-71.5
-70.95
-71.1333
-71.6667
-71.3
-71.1833
-71.6333
-71.3833
-72.3167
-74.5667
-74.9333
-74.9167
-75.1167
-74.1667
-74.4333
-74.3167
-74.3
-74.4167
-74.5833
-106.617
-108.817
-107.617
-104.25
-105.883
-106.967
-105.4
-106.733
-105.067
-103.683
-116.717
-114.75
-115.8
-114.85
-115.167
                   B.2-19

-------
 BASINS Version 2.0

State Sta_# Sta_Name COOPJD
NV
NV
NV
NV
NV
NY
NY
NY
NY
NY
NY
NY
NY
NY
NY
OH
OH
OH
OH
OH
OH
OH
OH
OH
OH
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OR
OR
OR
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
LEONARD CREEK RANCH
PAHRANAGAT W L REFUG
RENO AIRPORT
SMOKEY VALLEY
WiNNEMUCCA AIRPORT
ALBANY COUNTY AP
BINGHAMTON LINK FLD
BUFFALO GR BUFFLO AP
CANTON 4 SE
NEW YORK CNTRL PARK
OLD FORGE
ROCHESTER INTLAP
SYRACUSE HANCOCK AP
WELLSViLLE
WHITEHALL
AKRON CANTON WSO AP
CLEVELAND WSFO AP
COLUMBUS WSO AIRPORT
DAYTON WSO AIRPORT
MANSRELD WSO AP
PANDORA
PORTSMOUTH SCIOTOVIL
TOLEDO EXPRESS WSO A
TOM JENKINS DAM-BURR
YOUNGSTOWN WSO AP
CARTER TOWER
FORT SUPPLY DAM
GOODWELL RESEARCH ST
GREAT SALT PLAINS DA
LEHIGH
M AYR ELD
OKLAHOMA CITY AIRPOR
TULSAINTL AIRPORT
WEBBERS FALLS DAM
WICHITA MTN WL REF
ALLEGANY
ASTORIA WSO AIRPORT
BEULAH
4527
5880
6779
7620
9171
42
687
1012
1185
5801
6184
7167
8383
9072
9389
58
1657
1786
2075
4865
6405
6781
8357
8378
9406
1544
3304
3628
3740
5108
5648
6661
8992
9450
9629
126
328
723
Lat_dd
41.5167
37.2667
39.5
38.7833
40.9
42.75
42.2167
42.9333
44.5667
40.7833
43.7167
43.1333
43.1167
42.1167
43.55
40.9167
41.4167
40
39.9
40.8167
40.95
38.75
41.6
39.55
41.25
34.2667
36.55
36.6
36.75
34.4667
35.3333
35.3833
36.2
35.55
34.7333
43.4333
46.15
43.9167
long_dd
-118.717
-115.117
-119.783
-117.167
-117.8
-73.8
-75.9833
-78.7333
-75.1167
-73.9667
-74.9833
-77.6667
-76.1167
-77.95
-73.4
-81.4333
-81.8667
-82.8833
-84.2
-82.5167
-83.9667
-82.8833
-83.8
-82.0667
-80.6667
-94.7833
-99.5833
-101.617
-98.1333
-96.2167
-99.8667
-97.6
-95,8833
-95.1667
-98.7167
-124.033
-123.883
-118.167
B.2-20

-------
5.2 Weather Date Hies (WDM)

State Sta_#
OR 4
OR 5
OR 6
OR 7
OR 8
OR 9
OR 10
PA 1
PA 2
PA 3
PA 4
PA 5
PA 6
PA 7
PA 8
PA 9
PA 10
PR 1
PR 2
PR 3
PR 4
PR 5
Rl 1
Rl 2
RI 3
SC 1
SC 2
SC 3
SC 4
SC 5
SC 6
SC 7
SC 8
SC 9
SC 10
SD 1
SD 2
SD 3
Sta_Name
EUGENE WSO AIRPORT
LA GRANDE
MEDFORD WSO AP
OCHOCO DAM
PENDLETON WSO AIRPOR
PORTLAND INTLA1RPOR
SALEM WSO AIRPORT
ALLENTOWN A-B-E INTL
ALVIN R BUSH DAM
ERIE INTL ARPT
JOHNSTOWN 2
KANE 1 NNE
PHILADELPHIA INTL AP
PITTSBURGH GR P'BURG
PUTNEYVILLE2SEDAM
WILKES-BARRE SCRANTN
YORK 1 S RLTER PLAN
COROZAL SUBSTATION
PONCE 4 E
SAN JUAN ISLA VERDE
SAN SEBASTIAN 2 WNW
YABUCOA 1 NNE
BLOCK IS STATE AP
NEWPORT ROSE
PROVIDENCE GREEN ST
BISHOPVILLE 8 NNW
CHARLESTON INTL ARPT
CLARK HILL 1 W
COLUMBIA METRO AP
GEORGETOWN 2 E
GREER GREENV'L-SPART
JOCASSEE 8 WNW
LAURENS
MULLINS 4 W
SANTEE COOP SPLWY
BUFFALO
EDGEMONT
HURON AP
COOPJD
2709
4622
5429
6238
6546
6751
7500
106
147
2682
4390
4432
6889
6993
7229
9705
9938
2934
7292
8812
8881
9829
896
5215
6698
736
1544
1726
1939
3468
3747
4581
5017
6114
7712
1114
2557
4127
Lat dd
44.1167
45.3167
42.3833
44.3
45.6833
45.6
44.9167
40.65
41.3667
42.0833
40.3167
41.6833
39.8833
40.5
40.9333
41.3333
39.9333
18.3333
18.0167
18.4333
18.35
18.0667
41.1667
41.5
41.7333
34.3333
32.9
33.6667
33.95
33.35
34.9
34.9833
34.5
34.2
33.45
45.6
43.3
44.4
long_dd
-123.217
-118.067
-122.883
-120.733
-118.85
-122.617
-123
-75.4333
-77.9333
-80.1833
-78.9167
-78.8
-75.25
-80.2167
-79.2833
-75.7333
-76.7333
-66.3667
-66.5333
-66
-67.0167
-65.8667
-71.5833
-71.35
-71.4333
-80.3
-80.0333
-82.1833
-81.1167
-79.25
-82.2167
-83.0667
-82.0333
-79.3167
-80.15
-103.55
-103.833
-98.2167
                 B.2-21

-------
BASINS Version 2.0

State Sta_# Sta_Name COOPJD
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
SD
TN
TN
TN
TN
TN
TN
TN
TN
TN
TN
TX
TX
TX
TX
TX
TX
TX
TX
TX
TX
UT
UT
UT
UT
UT
UT
UT
UT
UT
UT
VA
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
ISABEL
LA CREEK NATLWILDLI
OAHE DAM
PICKSTOWN
RAPID CITY WSOAP
SIOUX FALLS WSFO
WAUBAY NATL WILDLIFE
BRISTOL WSO AIRPORT
BROWNSVILLE SEWAGE P
CHATTANOOGA WSO AP
KNOXVILLE WSO AIRPOR
LEWISBURG EXP STN
MEMPHIS WSCMO AP
MONTEREY
NASHVILLE NWSCMO AP
PORTLAND SEWAGE PLAN
SAMBURG WILDLIFE REF
ABILENE WSO AIRPORT
AMARILLO WSO AIRPORT
BROWNSVILLE WSOAP
CORPUS CHRISTI WSFO
EL PASO AP
HOUSTON WSCMO AP
SAN ANGELO WSO AP
SAN ANTONIO INTLAP
WACO WSOAP
WICHITA FALLS WSO AP
BLANDING
DUGWAY
EPHRAIM SORENSENS FL
HANKSV1LLE
LOGAN UTAH STATE UNI
MILFORD
OGDEN PIONEER P H
ROOSEVELT RADIO
ST GEORGE
SALT LAKE CITY NWSFO
HURLEY
4268
4651
6170
6574
6937
7667
8980
1094
1150
1656
4950
5187
5954
6170
6402
7359
8065
16
211
1136
2015
2797
4300
7943
7945
9419
9729
738
2257
2578
3611
5186
5654
6404
7395
7516
7598
4180
Lat_dd
45.4
43.1
44.45
43.0667
44.05
43.5667
45.4333
36.4833
35.5833
35.0167
35.8333
35.4167
35.05
36.15
36.1167
36.5833
36.45
32.4167
35.2333
25.9
27.7667
31.8
29.9667
31.3667
29.5333
31.6167
33.9833
37.6167
40.1833
39.3667
38.3667
41.75
38.4
41.25
40.2833
37.1167
40.7667
37.4167
long_dd
-101.433
-101.567
-100.417
-98.5333
-103.05
-96.7333
-97.3333
-82.4
-89.2667
-85.2
-83.9833
-86.8
-90
-85.2667
-86.6833
-86.5333
-89.3167
-99.6833
-101.7
-97.4333
-97.5
-106.4
-95.35
-100.483
-98.4667
-97.2167
-98.5
-109.483
-112.917
-111.583
-110.717
-111.8
-113.017
-111.95
-109.967
-113.567
-111.95
-82.0167
B.2-22

-------
B.2 Weather Data Hies (WDM)

State
VA
VA
VA
VA
VA
VA
VA
VA
VA
VI
VI
VT
VT
VT
VT
VT
VT
VT
VT
VT
VT
WA
WA
WA
WA
WA
WA
WA
WA
WA
WA
Wl
Wl
Wl
Wl
Wl
Wl
Wl
Sta_#
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
StaJName
JOHN H KERR DAM
LYNCHBURG MUNI AP
NORFOLK INTLARPT
PIEDMONT RESEARCH ST
RICHMOND BYRD AP
ROANOKE WOODRUM AP
THE PLAINS 2 NNE
WASHINGTN DC NATLAP
WYTHEVILLE 1 S
BETH UPPER NEW WORKS
CANEEL BAY PLANTATIO
BALL MOUNTAIN LAKE
BURLINGTON INTLAP
CORINTH
HIGHGATE FALLS
MORRISVILLE
NEWPORT
NORTH HARTLAND LAKE
NORTH SPRINGFIELD LA
SAINT JOHNSBURY
SEARSBURG STATION
COUGAR 4 SW
FRANCES
MARBLEMOUNT RANGER S
OLYMPIA AIRPORT
QUILLAYUTE WSCMO AP
SEATTLE TACOMA AiRPO
SNOQUALMIE PASS
SPOKANE WSO AIRPORT
WHITMAN MISSION
YAKIMAWSOAP
ASHLAND EXP FARM
CHIPPEWA FALLS
GREEN BAY WSO
LA FARGE
LANCASTER 4 WSW
MADISON WSO AIRPORT
MARSHFIELD EIXP FARM
COOP ID
4414
5120
6139
6712
7201
7285
8396
8906
9301
480
1316
277
1081
1565
3914
5366
5542
5768
5982
7054
7152
1759
2984
4999
6114
6858
7473
7781
7938
9200
9465
349
1578
3269
4404
4546
4961
5120
Lat dd
36.6
37.3333
36.9
38.2167
37.5167
37.3167
38.9
38.85
36.9333
17.7167
18.35
43.1167
44.4667
44.0167
44.9333
44.5667
44.9333
43.6
43.3333
44.4167
42.8667
46.0167
46.55
48.5333
46.9667
47.95
47.45
47.4167
47.6333
46.05
46.5667
46.5667
44.9333
44.5
43.5667
42.8333
43.1333
44.6333
long_dd
-78.2833
-79.2
-76.2
-78.1167
-77.3333
-79.9667
-77.75
-77.0333
-81.0833
-64.8
-64.7833
-72.8
-73.15
-72.2833
-73.05
-72.6
-72.2
-72.35
-72.5
-72.0167
-72.9167
-122.35
-123.5
-121.45
-122.9
-124.55
-122.3
-121.417
-117.533
-118.45
-120.533
-90.9667
-91.3833
-88.1167
-90.6333
-90.7833
-89.3333
-90.1333
                  B.2-23

-------
BASINS Version 2.0

State Sta #
Wl 8
Wl 9
Wl 10
WV 1
WV 2
WV 3
WV 4
WV 5
WV 6
WV 7
WV 8
WV 9
WV 10
WY 1
WY 2
WY 3
WY 4
WY 5
WY 6
WY 7
WY 8
WY 9
WY 10
Sta Name
MILWAUKEE WSO AIRPOR
PHELPS
SPOONER EXPERMNT FAR
BECKLEYWSOAP
CHARLESTON AP
ELKINS WSO AIRPORT
HUNTINGTON WSO AP
LAKE LYNN
LIVERPOOL
MOOREFIELD 2 SSE
TERRA ALTA NO 1
TYGART DAM
VALLEY HEAD
CASPER WSCMO
CHEYENNE WSFOAP
MORAN 5 WNW
ENCAMPMENT
JACKSON
LAKE YELLOWSTONE
LANDER AP
MOUNTAIN VIEW
OSAGE
SHERIDAN AP
COOPJD
5479
6518
8027
582
1570
2718
4393
5002
5323
6163
8777
8986
9086
1570
1675
6440
3050
4910
5345
5390
6555
6935
8155
Lat_dd
42.95
46.0667
45.8167
37.7833
38.3667
38.8833
38.3667
39.7167
38.9
39.0333
39.45
39.3167
38.5333
42.9
41.15
43.85
41.2167
43.4833
44.55
42.8167
41.2833
43.9833
44.7667
long_dd
-87.9
-89.0667
-91.8833
-81,1167
-81.6
-79.85
-82.55
-79.85
-81.5333
-78,9667
-79.55
-80.0333
-80.0333
-106.467
-104.817
-110.583
-106.783
-110.767
-110.4
-108.733
-110.317
-104.417
-106.967
B.2-24

-------